1 # Maintained by Axel Boldt (boldt@math.ucsb.edu)
3 # This version of the Linux kernel configuration help texts
4 # corresponds to the kernel versions 2.3.x.
6 # Translations of this file available on the WWW:
8 # - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (JF@linux.or.jp), at
9 # http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/JFdocs/Configure.help/
10 # - Russian, by kaf@linux.nevod.perm.su, at
11 # http://nevod.perm.su/service/linux/doc/kernel/Configure.help
12 # - French, by Tane Pierre (tanep@bigfoot.com), at
13 # http://www.kernelfr.org
14 # - Spanish, by Carlos Perelló Marín (fperllo@ehome.encis.es), at
15 # http://visar.csustan.edu/~carlos/
16 # - Italian, by Alessandro Rubini (rubini@linux.it), at
17 # ftp://ftp-pavia1.linux.it/pub/linux/Configure.help
18 # - Polish, by Cezar Cichocki (cezar@cs.net.pl), at
19 # http://www.cs.net.pl/~cezar/Kernel
20 # - German, by SuSE, at http://www.suse.de/~ke/kernel . This patch
21 # includes infrastructure to support different languages as well.
23 # To access a document on the WWW, you need to have a direct Internet
24 # connection and a browser program such as netscape or lynx. If you
25 # only have email access, you can still use FTP and WWW servers: send
26 # an email to mail-server@rtfm.mit.edu with the text
27 # send usenet/news.answers/internet-services/access-via-email
28 # in the body of the message.
30 # Information about what a kernel is, what it does, how to patch and
31 # compile it and much more is contained in the Kernel-HOWTO, available
32 # at http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Before you start
33 # compiling, make sure that you have the necessary versions of all
34 # programs and libraries required to compile and run this kernel; they
35 # are listed in the file Documentation/Changes. Make sure to read the
36 # toplevel kernel README file as well.
38 # Format of this file: description<nl>variable<nl>help text<nl><nl>. If
39 # the question being documented is of type "choice", we list only the
40 # first occurring config variable. The help texts may contain empty
41 # lines, but every non-empty line must be indented two positions.
42 # Order of the help texts does not matter, however, no variable should
43 # be documented twice: if it is, only the first occurrence will be
44 # used by Configure. We try to keep the help texts of related variables
45 # close together. Lines starting with `#' are ignored. To be nice to
46 # menuconfig, limit your line length to 70 characters. Use emacs'
47 # kfill.el to edit and ispell.el to spell check this file or you lose.
49 # If you add a help text to this file, please try to be as gentle as
50 # possible. Don't use unexplained acronyms and generally write for the
51 # hypothetical ignorant but intelligent user who has just bought a PC,
52 # removed Windows, installed Linux and is now recompiling the kernel
53 # for the first time. Tell them what to do if they're unsure. Technical
54 # information should go in a README in the Documentation directory.
55 # Mention all the relevant READMEs and HOWTOs in the help text.
56 # Repetitions are fine since the help texts are not meant to be read
59 # All this was shamelessly stolen from several different sources. Many
60 # thanks to all the contributors. Feel free to use these help texts in
61 # your own kernel configuration tools. The texts are copyrighted (c)
62 # 1995-1999 by Axel Boldt and many others and are governed by the GNU
63 # General Public License.
65 Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers
67 Some of the various things that Linux supports (such as network
68 drivers, filesystems, network protocols, etc.) can be in a state
69 of development where the functionality, stability, or the level of
70 testing is not yet high enough for general use. This is usually
71 known as the "alpha-test" phase amongst developers. If a feature is
72 currently in alpha-test, then the developers usually discourage
73 uninformed widespread use of this feature by the general public to
74 avoid "Why doesn't this work?" type mail messages. However, active
75 testing and use of these systems is welcomed. Just be aware that it
76 may not meet the normal level of reliability or it may fail to work
77 in some special cases. Detailed bug reports from people familiar
78 with the kernel internals are usually welcomed by the developers
79 (before submitting bug reports, please read the documents README,
80 MAINTAINERS, REPORTING_BUGS, Documentation/BUG-HUNTING, and
81 Documentation/oops-tracing.txt in the kernel source).
83 Unless you intend to help test and develop a feature or driver that
84 falls into this category, or you have a situation that requires
85 using these features you should probably say N here, which will
86 cause this configure script to present you with fewer choices. If
87 you say Y here, you will be offered the choice of using features or
88 drivers that are currently considered to be in the alpha-test phase.
90 Symmetric Multi Processing
92 This enables support for systems with more than one CPU. If you have
93 a system with only one CPU, like most personal computers, say N. If
94 you have a system with more than one CPU, say Y.
96 If you say N here, the kernel will run on single and multiprocessor
97 machines, but will use only one CPU of a multiprocessor machine. If
98 you say Y here, the kernel will run on many, but not all,
99 singleprocessor machines. On a singleprocessor machine, the kernel
100 will run faster if you say N here.
102 Note that if you say Y here and choose architecture "586" or
103 "Pentium" under "Processor family", the kernel will not work on 486
104 architectures. Similarly, multiprocessor kernels for the "PPro"
105 architecture may not work on all Pentium based boards.
107 People using multiprocessor machines who say Y here should also say
108 Y to "Enhanced Real Time Clock Support", below. The "Advanced Power
109 Management" code will be disabled if you say Y here.
111 See also: Documentation/SMP.txt, Documentation/smp.tex,
112 Documentation/smp.txt, and Documentation/IO-APIC.txt. Also see the
113 SMP-FAQ on the WWW at http://www.irisa.fr/prive/mentre/smp-faq/ .
115 If you don't know what to do here, say N.
117 Kernel math emulation
118 CONFIG_MATH_EMULATION
119 Linux can emulate a math coprocessor (used for floating point
120 operations) if you don't have one. 486DX and Pentium processors have
121 a math coprocessor built in, 486SX and 386 do not, unless you added
122 a 487DX or 387, respectively. (The messages during boot time can
123 give you some hints here ["man dmesg"].) Everyone needs either a
124 coprocessor or this emulation.
126 If you don't have a math coprocessor, you need to say Y here; if you
127 say Y here even though you have a coprocessor, the coprocessor will
128 be used nevertheless. (This behavior can be changed with the kernel
129 command line option "no387", which comes handy if your coprocessor
130 is broken. Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot
131 loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel at
132 boot time. The lilo procedure is also explained in the SCSI-HOWTO,
133 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .) This
134 means that it is a good idea to say Y here if you intend to use this
135 kernel on different machines.
137 More information about the internals of the Linux math coprocessor
138 emulation can be found in arch/i386/math-emu/README.
140 If you are not sure, say Y; apart from resulting in a 45 KB bigger
141 kernel, it won't hurt.
143 Timer and CPU usage LEDs
145 If you say Y here, the LEDs on your machine will be used
146 to provide useful information about your current system status.
148 If you are compiling a kernel for a NetWinder or EBSA-285, you will
149 be able to select which LEDs are active using the options below. If
150 you are compiling a kernel for the EBSA-110 however, the red LED
151 will simply flash regularly to indicate that the system is still
152 functional. It is safe to say Y here if you have a CATS system, but
153 the driver will do nothing.
157 If you say Y here, one of the system LEDs (the green one on the
158 NetWinder or the amber one on the EBSA285) will flash regularly to
159 indicate that the system is still operational. This is mainly
160 useful to kernel hackers who are debugging unstable kernels.
164 If you say Y here, the red LED will be used to give a good real
165 time indication of CPU usage, by lighting whenever the idle task
166 is not currently executing.
168 Kernel FP software completion
170 This option is required for IEEE compliant floating point arithmetic
171 on the Alpha. The only time you would ever not say Y is to say M in
172 order to debug the code. Say Y unless you know what you are doing.
176 Linux can use up to 2 Gigabytes (= 2^31 bytes) of physical memory.
177 If you are compiling a kernel which will never run on a machine with
178 more than 1 Gigabyte, answer N here. Otherwise, say Y.
180 The actual amount of physical memory should be specified using a
181 kernel command line option such as "mem=256M". (Try "man bootparam"
182 or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about
183 how to pass options to the kernel at boot time. The lilo procedure
184 is also explained in the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
185 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .)
187 Normal PC floppy disk support
189 If you want to use the floppy disk drive(s) of your PC under Linux,
190 say Y. Information about this driver, especially important for IBM
191 Thinkpad users, is contained in drivers/block/README.fd. This file
192 also contains the location of the Floppy driver FAQ as well as
193 location of the fdutils package used to configure additional
194 parameters of the driver at run time.
196 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
197 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
198 The module will be called floppy.o. If you want to compile it as a
199 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
201 Support for PowerMac floppy
203 If you have a SWIM-3 (Super Woz Integrated Machine 3; from Apple)
204 floppy controller, say Y here. Most commonly found in PowerMacs.
208 Saying Y here will allow you to use a portion of your RAM memory as
209 a block device, so that you can make filesystems on it, read and
210 write to it and do all the other things that you can do with normal
211 block devices (such as hard drives). It is usually used to load and
212 store a copy of a minimal root file system off of a floppy into RAM
213 during the initial install of Linux.
215 Note that the kernel command line option "ramdisk=XX" is now
216 obsolete. For details, read Documentation/ramdisk.txt.
218 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
219 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
220 say M and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
223 Most normal users won't need the RAM disk functionality, and can
226 Initial RAM disk (initrd) support
227 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD
228 The initial RAM disk is a RAM disk that is loaded by the boot loader
229 (loadlin or lilo) and that is mounted as root before the normal boot
230 procedure. It is typically used to load modules needed to mount the
231 "real" root file system, etc. See Documentation/initrd.txt for
236 Saying Y here will allow you to use a regular file as a block
237 device; you can then create a file system on that block device and
238 mount it just as you would mount other block devices such as hard
239 drive partitions, CDROM drives or floppy drives.
241 This is useful if you want to check an ISO 9660 file system before
242 burning the CD, or if you want to use floppy images without first
243 writing them to floppy.
245 The loop device driver can also be used to "hide" a filesystem in a
246 disk partition, floppy, or regular file, either using encryption
247 (scrambling the data) or steganography (hiding the data in the low
248 bits of, say, a sound file). This is also safe if the file resides
249 on a remote file server. If you want to do this, you will first have
250 to acquire and install a kernel patch from
251 ftp://ftp.replay.com/pub/crypto/linux/all or
252 ftp://verden.pvv.org/pub/linux/kerneli/v2.1/ , and then you need to
253 say Y to this option.
255 Note that alternative ways to use encrypted filesystems are provided
256 by the cfs package, which can be gotten from
257 ftp://ftp.replay.com/pub/crypto/disk/ , and the newer tcfs package,
258 available at http://tcfs.dia.unisa.it/ . You do not need to say Y
259 here if you want to use one of these. However, using cfs requires
260 saying Y to "NFS filesystem support" below while using tcfs requires
261 applying a kernel patch.
263 To use the loop device, you need the losetup utility and a recent
264 version of the mount program, both contained in the util-linux
265 package. The location and current version number of util-linux is
266 contained in the file Documentation/Changes.
268 Note that this loop device has nothing to do with the loopback
269 device used for network connections from the machine to itself.
271 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
272 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
273 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
276 Most users will answer N here.
278 Network Block Device support
280 Saying Y here will allow your computer to be a client for network
281 block devices, i.e. it will be able to use block devices exported by
282 servers (mount filesystems on them etc.). Communication between
283 client and server works over TCP/IP networking, but to the client
284 program this is hidden: it looks like a regular local file access to
285 a block device special file such as /dev/nd0.
287 Network block devices also allows you to run a block-device in
288 userland (making server and client physically the same computer,
289 communicating using the loopback network device).
291 Read Documentation/nbd.txt for more information, especially about
292 where to find the server code, which runs in user space and does not
293 need special kernel support.
295 Note that this has nothing to do with the network file systems NFS
296 or Coda; you can say N here even if you intend to use NFS or Coda.
298 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
299 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
300 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
305 Enhanced IDE/MFM/RLL disk/cdrom/tape/floppy support
307 If you say Y here, you will use the full-featured IDE driver to
308 control up to eight IDE interfaces, each being able to serve a
309 "master" and a "slave" device, for a total of up to sixteen IDE
310 disk/cdrom/tape/floppy drives. People with SCSI-only systems
313 Useful information about large (>540 MB) IDE disks, multiple
314 interfaces, what to do if IDE devices are not automatically
315 detected, sound card IDE ports, module support, and other topics, is
316 contained in Documentation/ide.txt. For detailed information about
317 hard drives, consult the Disk-HOWTO and the Multi-Disk-HOWTO,
318 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
320 To fine-tune IDE drive/interface parameters for improved
321 performance, look for the hdparm package at
322 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/kernel/patches/diskdrives/ .
324 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
325 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
326 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
327 Documentation/ide.txt. The module will be called ide.o. Do not
328 compile this driver as a module if your root filesystem (the one
329 containing the directory /) is located on an IDE device.
331 If you have one or more IDE drives, say Y or M here. If your system
332 has no IDE drives, or if memory requirements are really tight, you
333 could say N here, and select the "Old hard disk driver" below
334 instead to save about 13 KB of memory in the kernel.
336 Old hard disk (MFM/RLL/IDE) driver
337 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD_ONLY
338 There are two drivers for MFM/RLL/IDE hard disks. Most people use
339 the newer enhanced driver, but this old one is still around for two
340 reasons. Some older systems have strange timing problems and seem to
341 work only with the old driver (which itself does not work with some
342 newer systems). The other reason is that the old driver is smaller,
343 since it lacks the enhanced functionality of the new one. This makes
344 it a good choice for systems with very tight memory restrictions, or
345 for systems with only older MFM/RLL/ESDI drives. Choosing the old
346 driver can save 13 KB or so of kernel memory.
348 If you are unsure, then just choose the Enhanced IDE/MFM/RLL driver
349 instead of this one. For more detailed information, read the
350 Disk-HOWTO, available from
351 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
353 People with SCSI-only systems can say N here.
355 Use old disk-only driver on primary interface
356 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD_IDE
357 There are two drivers for MFM/RLL/IDE disks. Most people use just
358 the new enhanced driver by itself. This option however installs the
359 old hard disk driver to control the primary IDE/disk interface in
360 the system, leaving the new enhanced IDE driver to take care of only
361 the 2nd/3rd/4th IDE interfaces. Doing this will prevent you from
362 having an IDE/ATAPI CDROM or tape drive connected to the primary IDE
363 interface. Choosing this option may be useful for older systems
364 which have MFM/RLL/ESDI controller+drives at the primary port
365 address (0x1f0), along with IDE drives at the secondary/3rd/4th port
368 Normally, just say N here; you will then use the new driver for all
371 People with SCSI-only systems don't need this and can say N here as
374 Include IDE/ATA-2 DISK support
375 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK
376 This will include enhanced support for MFM/RLL/IDE hard disks. If
377 you have a MFM/RLL/IDE disk, and there is no special reason to use
378 the old hard disk driver instead, say Y. If you have an SCSI-only
379 system, you can say N here.
381 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
382 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
383 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
384 called ide-disk.o. Do not compile this driver as a module if your
385 root filesystem (the one containing the directory /) is located on
386 the IDE disk. If unsure, say Y.
388 Use multi-mode by default
389 CONFIG_IDEDISK_MULTI_MODE
390 If you get this error, try to say Y here:
392 hda: set_multmode: status=0x51 { DriveReady SeekComplete Error }
393 hda: set_multmode: error=0x04 { DriveStatusError }
397 Include IDE/ATAPI CDROM support
399 If you have a CDROM drive using the ATAPI protocol, say Y. ATAPI is
400 a newer protocol used by IDE CDROM and TAPE drives, similar to the
401 SCSI protocol. Most new CDROM drives use ATAPI, including the
402 NEC-260, Mitsumi FX400, Sony 55E, and just about all non-SCSI
403 double(2X) or better speed drives.
405 If you say Y here, the CDROM drive will be identified at boot time
406 along with other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something
407 similar (check the boot messages with dmesg). If this is your only
408 CDROM drive, you can say N to all other CDROM options, but be sure
409 to say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support".
411 Read the CDROM-HOWTO, available from
412 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto and the file
413 Documentation/cdrom/ide-cd. Note that older versions of lilo (the
414 Linux boot loader) cannot properly deal with IDE/ATAPI CDROMs, so
415 install lilo-16 or higher, available from
416 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/boot/lilo .
418 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
419 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
420 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
423 Include CD-Changer Reporting
425 If you have an IDE/ATAPI multi-slot cd-changer and you want
426 to report which slots have a disk present, say Y. If you say Y
427 and there is no multi-slot cdrom present, this code is skipped.
429 This code could be the basis of multi-disk access based on
430 multi-mounts, but this is still pie-in-the-sky.
434 Include IDE/ATAPI TAPE support
435 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDETAPE
436 If you have an IDE tape drive using the ATAPI protocol, say Y.
437 ATAPI is a newer protocol used by IDE tape and CDROM drives, similar
438 to the SCSI protocol. If you have an SCSI tape drive however, you
441 If you say Y here, the tape drive will be identified at boot time
442 along with other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something
443 similar, and will be mapped to a character device such as "ht0"
444 (check the boot messages with dmesg). Be sure to consult the
445 drivers/block/ide-tape.c and Documentation/ide.txt files for usage
448 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
449 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
450 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
453 Include IDE/ATAPI FLOPPY support
454 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEFLOPPY
455 If you have an IDE floppy drive which uses the ATAPI protocol,
456 answer Y. ATAPI is a newer protocol used by IDE CDROM/tape/floppy
457 drives, similar to the SCSI protocol.
459 The LS-120 and the IDE/ATAPI Iomega ZIP drive are also supported by
460 this driver. (ATAPI PD-CD/CDR drives are not supported by this
461 driver; support for PD-CD/CDR drives is available if you answer Y to
462 "SCSI emulation support", below).
464 If you say Y here, the FLOPPY drive will be identified along with
465 other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something similar (check
466 the boot messages with dmesg).
468 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
469 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
470 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
473 SCSI emulation support
474 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDESCSI
475 This will provide SCSI host adapter emulation for IDE ATAPI devices,
476 and will allow you to use a SCSI device driver instead of a native
479 This is useful if you have an ATAPI device for which no native
480 driver has been written (for example, an ATAPI PD-CD or CDR drive);
481 you can then use this emulation together with an appropriate SCSI
482 device driver. In order to do this, say Y here and to "SCSI support"
483 and "SCSI generic support", below.
485 Note that this option does NOT allow you to attach SCSI devices to a
486 box that doesn't have a SCSI host adapter installed.
488 If both this SCSI emulation and native ATAPI support are compiled
489 into the kernel, the native support will be used.
491 People with SCSI-only systems can say N here. If unsure, say N.
493 CMD640 chipset bugfix/support
494 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD640
495 The CMD-Technologies CMD640 IDE chip is used on many common 486 and
496 Pentium motherboards, usually in combination with a "Neptune" or
497 "SiS" chipset. Unfortunately, it has a number of rather nasty
498 design flaws that can cause severe data corruption under many common
499 conditions. Say Y here to include code which tries to automatically
500 detect and correct the problems under Linux. This option also
501 enables access to the secondary IDE ports in some CMD640 based
504 This driver will work automatically in PCI based systems (most new
505 systems have PCI slots). But if your system uses VESA local bus
506 (VLB) instead of PCI, you must also supply a kernel boot parameter
507 to enable the CMD640 bugfix/support: "ide0=cmd640_vlb". (Try "man
508 bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about how to
509 pass options to the kernel. The lilo procedure is also explained in
510 the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
511 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .)
513 The CMD640 chip is also used on add-in cards by Acculogic, and on
514 the "CSA-6400E PCI to IDE controller" that some people have. For
515 details, read Documentation/ide.txt.
517 People with SCSI-only systems should say N here. If unsure, say Y.
519 CMD640 enhanced support
520 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD640_ENHANCED
521 This option includes support for setting/autotuning PIO modes and
522 prefetch on CMD640 IDE interfaces. For details, read
523 Documentation/ide.txt. If you have a CMD640 IDE interface and your
524 BIOS does not already do this for you, then say Y here. Otherwise
527 RZ1000 chipset bugfix/support
528 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RZ1000
529 The PC-Technologies RZ1000 IDE chip is used on many common 486 and
530 Pentium motherboards, usually along with the "Neptune" chipset.
531 Unfortunately, it has a rather nasty design flaw that can cause
532 severe data corruption under many conditions. Say Y here to include
533 code which automatically detects and corrects the problem under
534 Linux. This may slow disk throughput by a few percent, but at least
535 things will operate 100% reliably.
537 People with SCSI-only systems should say N here. If unsure, say Y.
539 Generic PCI IDE chipset support
540 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEPCI
541 Say Y here for PCI systems which use IDE drive(s).
542 This option helps the IDE driver to automatically detect and
543 configure all PCI-based IDE interfaces in your system.
545 People with SCSI-only systems should say N here; if unsure say Y.
547 Generic PCI bus-master DMA support
548 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PCI
549 If your PCI system uses IDE drive(s) (as opposed to SCSI, say) and
550 is capable of bus-master DMA operation (most Pentium PCI systems),
551 you will want to say Y here to reduce CPU overhead. You can then use
552 the "hdparm" utility to enable DMA for drives for which it was not
553 enabled automatically. By default, DMA is not enabled automatically
554 for these drives, but you can change that by saying Y to the
555 following question "Use DMA by default when available". You can get
556 the latest version of the hdparm utility from
557 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/hardware/ .
559 Read the comments at the beginning of drivers/block/idedma.c and the
560 file Documentation/ide.txt for more information.
562 It is safe to say Y to this question.
564 Good-Bad DMA Model-Firmware (EXPERIMENTAL)
565 IDEDMA_NEW_DRIVE_LISTINGS
566 If you say Y here, the model and firmware revision of your drive
567 will be compared against a blacklist of buggy drives that claim to
568 be (U)DMA capable but aren't. This is a blanket on/off test with no
571 Straight GNU GCC 2.7.3/2.8.X compilers are known to be safe;
572 whereas, many versions of EGCS have a problem and miscompile if you
577 Winbond SL82c105 support
578 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SL82C105
579 If you have a Winbond SL82c105 IDE controller, say Y here to enable
580 special configuration for this chip. This is common on various CHRP
581 motherboards, but could be used elsewhere. If in doubt, say Y.
583 Boot off-board chipsets first support
584 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OFFBOARD
585 Normally, IDE controllers built into the motherboard (on-board
586 controllers) are assigned to ide0 and ide1 while those on add-in PCI
587 cards (off-board controllers) are relegated to ide2 and ide3.
588 Answering Y here will allow you to reverse the situation, with
589 off-board controllers on ide0/1 and on-board controllers on ide2/3.
590 This can improve the usability of some boot managers such as LILO
591 when booting from a drive on an off-board controller.
593 If you say Y here, and you actually want to reverse the device scan
594 order as explained above, you also need to issue the kernel command
595 line option "pci=reverse". (Try "man bootparam" or see the
596 documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to
597 pass options to the kernel at boot time. The lilo procedure is also
598 explained in the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
599 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .)
601 Note that, if you do this, the order of the hd* devices will be
602 rearranged which may require modification of fstab and other files.
606 Use DMA by default when available
607 CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_AUTO
608 Prior to kernel version 2.1.112, Linux used to automatically use
609 DMA for IDE drives and chipsets which support it. Due to concerns
610 about a couple of cases where buggy hardware may have caused damage,
611 the default is now to NOT use DMA automatically. To revert to the
612 previous behaviour, say Y to this question.
614 If you suspect your hardware is at all flakey, say N here.
615 Do NOT email the IDE kernel people regarding this issue!
617 It is normally safe to answer Y to this question unless your
618 motherboard uses a VIA VP2 chipset, in which case you should say N.
620 Other IDE chipset support
622 Say Y here if you want to include enhanced support for various IDE
623 interface chipsets used on motherboards and add-on cards. You can
624 then pick your particular IDE chip from among the following options.
625 This enhanced support may be necessary for Linux to be able to
626 access the 3rd/4th drives in some systems. It may also enable
627 setting of higher speed I/O rates to improve system performance with
628 these chipsets. Most of these also require special kernel boot
629 parameters to actually turn on the support at runtime; you can find
630 a list of these in the file Documentation/ide.txt.
632 People with SCSI-only systems can say N here.
634 Generic 4 drives/port support
635 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_4DRIVES
636 Certain older chipsets, including the Tekram 690CD, use a single set
637 of I/O ports at 0x1f0 to control up to four drives, instead of the
638 customary two drives per port. Support for this can be enabled at
639 runtime using the "ide0=four" kernel boot parameter if you say Y
643 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DTC2278
644 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=dtc2278" kernel
645 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
646 of the DTC-2278 card, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as
647 well. See the Documentation/ide.txt and drivers/block/dtc2278.c
650 Holtek HT6560B support
651 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HT6560B
652 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=ht6560b" kernel
653 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
654 of the Holtek card, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as well.
655 See the Documentation/ide.txt and drivers/block/ht6560b.c files for
658 PROMISE DC4030 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
659 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC4030
660 This driver provides support for the secondary IDE interface and
661 cache of Promise IDE chipsets, e.g. DC4030 and DC5030. This driver
662 is known to incur timeouts/retries during heavy I/O to drives
663 attached to the secondary interface. CDROM and TAPE devices are not
664 supported yet. This driver is enabled at runtime using the
665 "ide0=dc4030" kernel boot parameter. See the Documentation/ide.txt
666 and drivers/block/pdc4030.c files for more info.
668 PS/2 ESDI hard disk support
670 Say Y here if you have a PS/2 machine with a MCA bus and an ESDI
673 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
674 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
675 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
678 Tekram TRM290 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
679 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_TRM290
680 This driver adds support for bus master DMA transfers
681 using the Tekram TRM290 PCI IDE chip. Volunteers are
682 needed for further tweaking and development.
683 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/trm290.c.
685 OPTi 82C621 enhanced support (EXPERIMENTAL)
686 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OPTI621
687 This is a driver for the OPTi 82C621 EIDE controller.
688 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/opti621.c.
690 NS87415 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
691 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NS87415
692 This driver adds detection and support for the NS87415 chip
693 (used in SPARC64, among others).
695 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/ns87415.c.
697 CY82C693 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
698 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CY82C693
699 This driver adds detection and support for the CY82C693 chipset
700 used on Digital's PC-Alpha 164SX boards.
702 If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default
703 when available" as well.
705 VIA82C586 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
706 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_VIA82C586
707 Saying Y here adds initial timing settings for VIA (U)DMA onboard
708 IDE controllers that are ATA3 compliant. May work with ATA4 systems,
709 but not tested to date. To use some features of this chipset, you
710 will have to issue a kernel command line as described in the file
711 drivers/block/via82c586.c. Furthermore, if you also say Y to "/proc
712 filesystem support" and set DISPLAY_APOLLO_TIMINGS in via82c586.c,
713 you will be able to read information about the IDE controller from
714 the virtual file /proc/ide/via.
716 If you say Y here, you also need to say Y to "Use DMA by default
717 when available", above.
721 CMD646 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
722 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD646
723 Say Y here if you have an IDE controller which uses this chipset.
725 ALI M15x3 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
726 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ALI15X3
727 This driver ensures (U)DMA support for ALI 1533, 1543 and 1543C
728 onboard chipsets. It also tests for Simplex mode and enables
729 normal dual channel support.
731 If you say Y here, you also need to say Y to "Use DMA by default
732 when available", above.
734 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/alim15x3.c
738 PROMISE PDC20246/PDC20262 support
739 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC202XX
740 Promise Ultra33 or PDC20246
742 This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single
743 interrupt. This add-on card is a bootable PCI UDMA controller. Since
744 multiple cards can be installed and there are BIOS ROM problems that
745 happen if the BIOS revisions of all installed cards (three-max) do
746 not match, the driver attempts to do dynamic tuning of the chipset at
747 boot-time for max-speed. Ultra33 BIOS 1.25 or newer is required for
748 more than one card. This card may require that you say Y to "Special
749 UDMA Feature (EXPERIMENTAL)".
751 Promise Ultra66 or PDC20262
753 This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single
754 interrupt. This add-on card is a bootable PCI UDMA ATA-66
755 controller. The driver attempts to dynamic tuning of the chipset at
756 boot-time for max-speed. Note tested limits are UDMA-2. Ultra66 BIOS
757 1.11 or newer required.
759 If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when
762 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/pdc202xx.c
766 Special UDMA Feature (EXPERIMENTAL)
767 PDC202XX_FORCE_BURST_BIT
768 For PDC20246 and PDC20262 Ultra DMA chipsets. Designed originally
769 for PDC20246/Ultra33 that has BIOS setup failures when using 3 or
772 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/pdc202xx.c
776 Special Mode Feature (DANGEROUS)
777 PDC202XX_FORCE_MASTER_MODE
778 For PDC20246 and PDC20262 Ultra DMA chipsets. This is reserved for
779 possible Hardware RAID 0,1 for the FastTrak Series.
783 AEC6210 chipset support
784 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_AEC6210
785 This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single
786 interrupt. This add-on card is a bootable PCI UDMA controller. In
787 order to get this card to initialize correctly in some cases, you
788 should say Y here, and preferably also to "Use DMA by default when
791 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/aec6210.c
793 HPT366 chipset support
794 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HPT366
795 This is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-66.
797 This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single
798 interrupt. The HPT366 chipset in its current form is a non-bootable.
799 This driver requires dynamic tuning of the chipset during the
800 ide-probe at boot. It is reported to support DVD II drives, by the
803 Intel PIIXn chipsets support
805 This driver adds PIO mode setting and tuning for all PIIX IDE
806 controllers by Intel. Since the BIOS can sometimes improperly tune
807 PIO 0-4 mode settings, this allows dynamic tuning of the chipset
808 via the standard end-user tool 'hdparm'.
810 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/piix.c
814 PIIXn Tuning support (EXPERIMENTAL)
815 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PIIX_TUNING
816 This driver extension adds DMA mode setting and tuning for all PIIX
817 IDE controllers by Intel. Since the BIOS can sometimes improperly
818 set up the device/adapter combination and speed limits, it has
819 become a necessity to back/forward speed devices as needed.
821 Case 430HX/440FX PIIX3 need speed limits to reduce UDMA to DMA mode
822 2 if the BIOS can not perform this task at initialization.
826 HPT34X chipset support
827 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HPT34X
828 This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single
829 interrupt. The HPT343 chipset in its current form is a non-bootable
830 controller; the HPT345/HPT363 chipset is a bootable (needs BIOS FIX)
831 PCI UDMA controllers. This driver requires dynamic tuning of the
832 chipset during the ide-probe at boot time. It is reported to support
833 DVD II drives, by the manufacturer.
835 HPT34X DMA support (DANGEROUS)
836 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HPT34X_DMA
837 you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when available" if you say
840 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/hpt343.c
843 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_QD6580
844 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=qd6580" kernel
845 boot parameter. It permits faster I/O speeds to be set. See the
846 files Documentation/ide.txt and drivers/block/qd6580.c for more
850 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMC8672
851 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=umc8672" kernel
852 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
853 of the UMC-8672, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as well.
854 See the files Documentation/ide.txt and drivers/block/umc8672.c for
858 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ALI14XX
859 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=ali14xx" kernel
860 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
861 of the ALI M1439/1443/1445/1487/1489 chipsets, and permits faster
862 I/O speeds to be set as well. See the files Documentation/ide.txt
863 and drivers/block/ali14xx.c for more info.
865 Amiga builtin Gayle IDE interface support
867 This is the IDE driver for the builtin IDE interface on some Amiga
868 models. It supports both the `A1200 style' (used in A600 and A1200)
869 and `A4000 style' (used in A4000 and A4000T) of the Gayle IDE
870 interface. Say Y if you have such an Amiga model and want to use IDE
871 devices (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to the
872 builtin IDE interface.
874 Falcon IDE interface support
875 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FALCON_IDE
876 This is the IDE driver for the builtin IDE interface on the Atari
877 Falcon. Say Y if you have a Falcon and want to use IDE devices (hard
878 disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to the builtin IDE
881 Amiga Buddha/Catweasel IDE interface support (EXPERIMENTAL)
882 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_BUDDHA
883 This is the IDE driver for the IDE interfaces on the Buddha and
884 Catweasel expansion boards. It supports up to two interfaces on the
885 Buddha and three on the Catweasel.
887 Say Y if you have a Buddha or Catweasel expansion board and want to
888 use IDE devices (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected
889 to one of its IDE interfaces.
891 Amiga IDE Doubler support (EXPERIMENTAL)
892 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDOUBLER
893 This driver provides support for the so called `IDE doublers' (made
894 by various manufacturers, e.g. Eyetech) that can be connected to the
895 builtin IDE interface of some Amiga models. Using such an IDE
896 doubler, you can connect up to four instead of two IDE devices on
897 the Amiga's builtin IDE interface.
899 Note that the normal Amiga Gayle IDE driver may not work correctly
900 if you have an IDE doubler and don't enable this driver!
902 Say Y if you have an IDE doubler. The driver is enabled at kernel
903 runtime using the "ide=doubler" kernel boot parameter.
905 Support for PowerMac IDE devices (must also enable IDE)
906 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_PMAC
907 No help for CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_PMAC
909 PowerMac IDE DMA support
910 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PMAC
911 No help for CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PMAC
914 CONFIG_IDEDMA_PMAC_AUTO
915 No help for CONFIG_IDEDMA_PMAC_AUTO
917 Macintosh Quadra/Powerbook IDE interface support
918 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MAC_IDE
919 This is the IDE driver for the builtin IDE interface on some m68k
920 Macintosh models. It supports both the `Quadra style' (used in
921 Quadra/ Centris 630 and Performa 588 models) and `Powerbook style'
922 (used in the Powerbook 150 and 190 models) IDE interface.
924 Say Y if you have such an Macintosh model and want to use IDE
925 devices (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to the
926 builtin IDE interface.
928 ICS IDE interface support
929 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_ICSIDE
930 No help for CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_ICSIDE
933 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_ICS
934 No help for CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_ICS
936 Use ICS DMA by default
937 CONFIG_IDEDMA_ICS_AUTO
938 No help for CONFIG_IDEDMA_ICS_AUTO
940 RapIDE interface support
941 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_RAPIDE
942 No help for CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_RAPIDE
946 Very old 8 bit hard disk controllers used in the IBM XT computer
947 will be supported if you say Y here.
949 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
950 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
951 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
954 It's pretty unlikely that you have one of these: say N.
956 Mylex DAC960/DAC1100 PCI RAID Controller support
957 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DAC960
958 This driver adds support for the Mylex DAC960, AcceleRAID, and
959 eXtremeRAID PCI RAID controllers. See the file
960 Documentation/README.DAC960 for further information about this
963 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
964 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
965 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
968 Parallel port IDE device support
970 There are many external CD-ROM and disk devices that connect through
971 your computer's parallel port. Most of them are actually IDE devices
972 using a parallel port IDE adapter. This option enables the PARIDE
973 subsystem which contains drivers for many of these external drives.
974 Read linux/Documentation/paride.txt for more information.
976 If you have said Y to the "Parallel-port support" configuration
977 option, you may share a single port between your printer and other
978 parallel port devices. Answer Y to build PARIDE support into your
979 kernel, or M if you would like to build it as a loadable module. If
980 your parallel port support is in a loadable module, you must build
981 PARIDE as a module. If you built PARIDE support into your kernel,
982 you may still build the individual protocol modules and high-level
983 drivers as loadable modules. If you build this support as a module,
984 it will be called paride.o.
986 To use the PARIDE support, you must say Y or M here and also to at
987 least one high-level driver (e.g. "Parallel port IDE disks",
988 "Parallel port ATAPI CD-ROMs", "Parallel port ATAPI disks" etc.) and
989 to at least one protocol driver (e.g. "ATEN EH-100 protocol",
990 "MicroSolutions backpack protocol", "DataStor Commuter protocol"
993 Parallel port IDE disks
995 This option enables the high-level driver for IDE-type disk devices
996 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
997 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
998 parallel port IDE driver, otherwise you should answer M to build
999 it as a loadable module. The module will be called pd.o. You
1000 must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in your
1001 system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the SyQuest
1002 EZ-135, EZ-230 and SparQ drives, the Avatar Shark and the backpack
1003 hard drives from MicroSolutions.
1005 Parallel port ATAPI CD-ROMs
1007 This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI CD-ROM devices
1008 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
1009 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1010 parallel port ATAPI CD-ROM driver, otherwise you should answer M to
1011 build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pcd.o. You
1012 must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in your
1013 system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the
1014 MicroSolutions backpack CD-ROM drives and the Freecom Power CD. If
1015 you have such a CD-ROM drive, you should also say Y or M to "ISO
1016 9660 CDROM filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem
1019 Parallel port ATAPI disks
1021 This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI disk devices
1022 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
1023 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1024 parallel port ATAPI disk driver, otherwise you should answer M
1025 to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pf.o.
1026 You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in
1027 your system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the
1028 MicroSolutions backpack PD/CD drive and the Imation Superdisk
1031 Parallel port ATAPI tapes
1033 This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI tape devices
1034 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
1035 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1036 parallel port ATAPI disk driver, otherwise you should answer M
1037 to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pt.o.
1038 You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in
1039 your system. Among the devices supported by this driver is the
1040 parallel port version of the HP 5GB drive.
1042 Parallel port generic ATAPI devices
1044 This option enables a special high-level driver for generic ATAPI
1045 devices connected through a parallel port. The driver allows user
1046 programs, such as cdrecord, to send ATAPI commands directly to a
1049 If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may
1050 answer Y here to build in the parallel port generic ATAPI driver,
1051 otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The
1052 module will be called pg.o.
1054 You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in
1057 This driver implements an API loosely related to the generic SCSI
1058 driver. See /usr/include/linux/pg.h for details.
1060 You can obtain the most recent version of cdrecord from
1061 ftp://ftp.fokus.gmd.de/pub/unix/cdrecord/ . Versions 1.6.1a3 and
1062 later fully support this driver.
1064 ATEN EH-100 protocol
1066 This option enables support for the ATEN EH-100 parallel port IDE
1067 protocol. This protocol is used in some inexpensive low performance
1068 parallel port kits made in Hong Kong. If you chose to build PARIDE
1069 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1070 protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a
1071 loadable module. The module will be called aten.o. You must also
1072 have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to
1075 MicroSolutions backpack protocol
1077 This option enables support for the MicroSolutions backpack parallel
1078 port IDE protocol. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your
1079 kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver,
1080 otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The
1081 module will be called bpck.o. You must also have a high-level driver
1082 for the type of device that you want to support.
1084 DataStor Commuter protocol
1086 This option enables support for the Commuter parallel port IDE
1087 protocol from DataStor. If you chose to build PARIDE support
1088 into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol
1089 driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable
1090 module. The module will be called comm.o. You must also have
1091 a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support.
1093 DataStor EP-2000 protocol
1095 This option enables support for the EP-2000 parallel port IDE
1096 protocol from DataStor. If you chose to build PARIDE support
1097 into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol
1098 driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable
1099 module. The module will be called dstr.o. You must also have
1100 a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support.
1102 Shuttle EPAT/EPEZ protocol
1104 This option enables support for the EPAT parallel port IDE protocol.
1105 EPAT is a parallel port IDE adapter manufactured by Shuttle
1106 Technology and widely used in devices from major vendors such as
1107 Hewlett-Packard, SyQuest, Imation and Avatar. If you chose to build
1108 PARIDE support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in
1109 the protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a
1110 loadable module. The module will be called epat.o. You must also
1111 have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to
1114 Shuttle EPIA protocol
1116 This option enables support for the (obsolete) EPIA parallel port
1117 IDE protocol from Shuttle Technology. This adapter can still be
1118 found in some no-name kits. If you chose to build PARIDE support
1119 into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol
1120 driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable
1121 module. The module will be called epia.o. You must also have a
1122 high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support.
1124 FIT TD-2000 protocol
1126 This option enables support for the TD-2000 parallel port IDE
1127 protocol from Fidelity International Technology. This is a simple
1128 (low speed) adapter that is used in some portable hard drives. If
1129 you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may answer Y
1130 here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M
1131 to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called ktti.o.
1132 You must also have a high-level driver for the type of device that
1133 you want to support.
1135 FIT TD-3000 protocol
1137 This option enables support for the TD-3000 parallel port IDE
1138 protocol from Fidelity International Technology. This protocol is
1139 used in newer models of their portable disk, CD-ROM and PD/CD
1140 devices. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1141 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1142 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
1143 called fit3.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1144 of device that you want to support.
1146 Freecom IQ ASIC-2 protocol
1148 This option enables support for version 2 of the Freecom IQ parallel
1149 port IDE adapter. This adapter is used by the Maxell Superdisk
1150 drive. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1151 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1152 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
1153 called friq.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1154 of device that you want to support.
1156 FreeCom power protocol
1158 This option enables support for the Freecom power parallel port IDE
1159 protocol. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1160 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1161 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
1162 called frpw.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1163 of device that you want to support.
1165 KingByte KBIC-951A/971A protocols
1167 This option enables support for the KBIC-951A and KBIC-971A parallel
1168 port IDE protocols from KingByte Information Corp. KingByte's
1169 adapters appear in many no-name portable disk and CD-ROM products,
1170 especially in Europe. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your
1171 kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver,
1172 otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The
1173 module will be called kbic.o. You must also have a high-level driver
1174 for the type of device that you want to support.
1178 This option enables support for the "PHd" parallel port IDE protocol
1179 from KT Technology. This is a simple (low speed) adapter that is
1180 used in some 2.5" portable hard drives. If you chose to build PARIDE
1181 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
1182 protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a
1183 loadable module. The module will be called ktti.o. You must also
1184 have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to
1187 OnSpec 90c20 protocol
1189 This option enables support for the (obsolete) 90c20 parallel port
1190 IDE protocol from OnSpec (often marketed under the ValuStore brand
1191 name). If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1192 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1193 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will
1194 be called on20.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the
1195 type of device that you want to support.
1197 OnSpec 90c26 protocol
1199 This option enables support for the 90c26 parallel port IDE protocol
1200 from OnSpec Electronics (often marketed under the ValuStore brand
1201 name). If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
1202 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
1203 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
1204 called on26.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
1205 of device that you want to support.
1207 Multiple devices driver support
1209 This driver lets you combine several hard disk partitions into one
1210 logical block device. This can be used to simply append one
1211 partition to another one or to combine several redundant
1212 hard disks to a RAID1/4/5 device so as to provide protection against
1213 hard disk failures. This is called "Software RAID" since the
1214 combining of the partitions is done by the kernel. "Hardware RAID"
1215 means that the combining is done by a dedicated controller; if you
1216 have such a controller, you do not need to say Y here.
1218 More information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
1219 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available from
1220 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . There you will also
1221 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
1225 Linear (append) mode
1227 If you say Y here, then your multiple devices driver will be able to
1228 use the so-called linear mode, i.e. it will combine the hard disk
1229 partitions by simply appending one to the other.
1231 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
1232 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
1233 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
1238 RAID-0 (striping) mode
1240 If you say Y here, then your multiple devices driver will be able to
1241 use the so-called raid0 mode, i.e. it will combine the hard disk
1242 partitions into one logical device in such a fashion as to fill them
1243 up evenly, one chunk here and one chunk there. This will increase
1244 the throughput rate if the partitions reside on distinct disks.
1246 Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
1247 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available from
1248 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . There you will also
1249 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
1251 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
1252 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
1253 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
1258 RAID-1 (mirroring) mode
1260 A RAID-1 set consists of several disk drives which are exact copies
1261 of each other. In the event of a mirror failure, the RAID driver
1262 will continue to use the operational mirrors in the set, providing
1263 an error free MD (multiple device) to the higher levels of the
1264 kernel. In a set with N drives, the available space is the capacity
1265 of a single drive, and the set protects against a failure of (N - 1)
1268 Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
1269 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available from
1270 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . There you will also
1271 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
1273 If you want to use such a RAID-1 set, say Y. This code is also
1274 available as a module called raid1.o ( = code which can be inserted
1275 in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). If you
1276 want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
1277 Documentation/modules.txt.
1283 A RAID-5 set of N drives with a capacity of C MB per drive provides
1284 the capacity of C * (N - 1) drives, and protects against a failure
1285 of a single drive. For a given sector (row) number, (N - 1) drives
1286 contain data sectors, and one drive contains the parity protection.
1287 For a RAID-4 set, the parity blocks are present on a single drive,
1288 while a RAID-5 set distributes the parity across the drives in one
1289 of the available parity distribution methods.
1291 Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
1292 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available from
1293 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . There you will also
1294 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
1296 If you want to use such a RAID-4/RAID-5 set, say Y. This code is
1297 also available as a module called raid5.o ( = code which can be
1298 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
1299 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
1300 Documentation/modules.txt.
1304 Boot support (linear, striped)
1306 To boot with an initial linear or striped md device you have to
1307 answer Y here. For lilo and loadlin options see the file
1308 Documentation/md.txt.
1310 Support for Deskstation RPC44
1311 CONFIG_DESKSTATION_RPC44
1312 This is a machine with a R4400 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
1313 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux
1314 on the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
1315 http://lena.fnet.fr/ .
1317 Support for Acer PICA 1 chipset
1319 This is a machine with a R4400 133/150 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
1320 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on
1321 the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
1322 http://lena.fnet.fr/ .
1324 Support for Algorithmics P4032
1326 This is an evaluation board of the British company Algorithmics. The
1327 board uses the R4300 and a R5230 CPUs. For more information about
1328 this board see http://www.algor.co.uk .
1331 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_CARDS
1332 On Acorn systems, say Y here if you wish to use an IDE interface
1333 expansion card. If you do not or are unsure, say N to this.
1336 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_ICS
1337 On Acorn systems, say Y here if you wish to use the ICS IDE
1338 interface card. This is not required for ICS partition support.
1339 If you are unsure, say N to this.
1341 ADFS partition support
1343 This allows Linux on Acorn systems to determine its partitions in
1344 the 'non-ADFS' partition area of the hard disk - usually located
1345 after the ADFS partition. You are probably using this system, so
1346 you should say Y here.
1348 Support for Mips Magnum 4000
1349 CONFIG_MIPS_MAGNUM_4000
1350 This is a machine with a R4000 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
1351 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on
1352 the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
1353 http://lena.fnet.fr/ .
1355 Support for Olivetti M700
1356 CONFIG_OLIVETTI_M700
1357 This is a machine with a R4000 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
1358 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on
1359 the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
1360 http://lena.fnet.fr/ .
1364 Give the type of your machine's MIPS CPU. For this question, it
1365 suffices to give a unique prefix of the option you want to choose.
1366 In case of doubt select the R3000 CPU. The kernel will then run on
1367 other MIPS machines but with slightly reduced performance.
1369 Compile the kernel into the ECOFF object format
1371 Some machines require a kernel in the ECOFF format. You will have to
1372 say Y here for example if you want to use a Mips Magnum 3000 or a
1375 Generate little endian code
1376 CONFIG_CPU_LITTLE_ENDIAN
1377 Some MIPS machines can be configured for either little or big endian
1378 byte order. These modes require different kernels. Say Y if your
1379 machine is little endian, N if it's a big endian machine.
1381 Kernel support for IRIX binaries
1383 If you say Y here, the kernel will support running of IRIX binaries.
1384 You will need IRIX libraries for this to work.
1388 Unless you really know what you are doing, you should say Y here.
1389 The reason is that some programs need kernel networking support even
1390 when running on a stand-alone machine that isn't connected to any
1391 other computer. If you are upgrading from an older kernel, you
1392 should consider updating your networking tools too because changes
1393 in the kernel and the tools often go hand in hand. The tools are
1394 contained in the package net-tools, the location and version number
1395 of which are given in Documentation/Changes.
1397 For a general introduction to Linux networking, it is highly
1398 recommended to read the NET-3-HOWTO, available from
1399 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
1403 The Linux Socket Filter is derived from the Berkeley Packet Filter.
1404 If you say Y here, user-space programs can attach a filter to any
1405 socket and thereby tell the kernel that it should allow or disallow
1406 certain types of data to get through the socket. Linux Socket
1407 Filtering works on all socket types except TCP for now. See the text
1408 file linux/Documentation/networking/filter.txt for more information.
1411 Network packet filtering
1413 Netfilter is a framework for filtering and mangling network packets
1414 that pass through your Linux box.
1416 The most common use of packet filtering is to run your Linux box as
1417 a firewall protecting a local network from the Internet. The type of
1418 firewall provided by this kernel support is called a "packet
1419 filter", which means that it can reject individual network packets
1420 based on type, source, destination etc. The other kind of firewall,
1421 a "proxy-based" one, is more secure but more intrusive and more
1422 bothersome to set up; it inspects the network traffic much more
1423 closely, modifies it and has knowledge about the higher level
1424 protocols, which a packet filter lacks. Moreover, proxy-based
1425 firewalls often require changes to the programs running on the local
1426 clients. Proxy-based firewalls don't need support by the kernel, but
1427 they are often combined with a packet filter, which only works if
1430 You should also say Y here if you intend to use your Linux box as
1431 the gateway to the Internet for a local network of machines without
1432 globally valid IP addresses. This is called "masquerading": if one
1433 of the computers on your local network wants to send something to
1434 the outside, your box can "masquerade" as that computer, i.e. it
1435 forwards the traffic to the intended outside destination, but
1436 modifies the packets to make it look like they came from the
1437 firewall box itself. It works both ways: if the outside host
1438 replies, the Linux box will silently forward the traffic to the
1439 correct local computer. This way, the computers on your local net
1440 are completely invisible to the outside world, even though they can
1441 reach the outside and can receive replies. It is even possible to
1442 run globally visible servers from within a masqueraded local network
1443 using a mechanism called portforwarding. Masquerading is also often
1444 called NAT (Network Address Translation).
1446 Another use of Netfilter is in transparent proxying: if a machine on
1447 the local network tries to connect to an outside host, your Linux
1448 box can transparently forward the traffic to a local server,
1449 typically a caching proxy server.
1451 Various modules exist for netfilter which replace the previous
1452 masquerading (ipmasqadm), packet filtering (ipchains), transparent
1453 proxying, and portforwarding mechanisms. More information is
1454 available from http://netfilter.kernelnotes.org .
1456 Make sure to say N to "Fast switching" below if you intend to say Y
1457 here, as Fast switching currently bypasses netfilter.
1459 Chances are that you should say Y here if you compile a kernel which
1460 will run as a router and N for regular hosts. If unsure, say N.
1462 Network packet filtering debugging
1463 CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG
1464 Say Y to make sure packets aren't leaking.
1466 SYN flood protection
1468 Normal TCP/IP networking is open to an attack known as "SYN
1469 flooding". This denial-of-service attack prevents legitimate remote
1470 users from being able to connect to your computer during an ongoing
1471 attack and requires very little work from the attacker, who can
1472 operate from anywhere on the Internet.
1474 SYN cookies provide protection against this type of attack. If you
1475 say Y here, the TCP/IP stack will use a cryptographic challenge
1476 protocol known as "SYN cookies" to enable legitimate users to
1477 continue to connect, even when your machine is under attack. There
1478 is no need for the legitimate users to change their TCP/IP software;
1479 SYN cookies work transparently to them. For technical information
1480 about SYN cookies, check out
1481 ftp://koobera.math.uic.edu/pub/docs/syncookies-archive .
1483 If you are SYN flooded, the source address reported by the kernel is
1484 likely to have been forged by the attacker; it is only reported as
1485 an aid in tracing the packets to their actual source and should not
1486 be taken as absolute truth.
1488 SYN cookies may prevent correct error reporting on clients when the
1489 server is really overloaded. If this happens frequently better turn
1492 If you say Y here, note that SYN cookies aren't enabled by default;
1493 you can enable them by saying Y to "/proc filesystem support" and
1494 "Sysctl support" below and executing the command
1496 echo 1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies
1498 at boot time after the proc filesystem has been mounted.
1502 Sun floppy controller support
1503 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SUNFD
1504 This is support for floppy drives on Sun SPARC workstations. Say Y
1505 if you have a floppy drive, otherwise N. Easy.
1508 CONFIG_ALPHA_GENERIC
1509 This is the system type of your hardware. A "generic" kernel will
1510 run on any supported Alpha system. However, if you configure a
1511 kernel for your specific system, it will be faster and smaller.
1513 To find out what type of Alpha system you have, you may want to
1514 check out the Linux/Alpha FAQ, accessible on the WWW from
1515 http://www.alphalinux.org . In summary:
1517 Alcor/Alpha-XLT AS 600
1518 Alpha-XL XL-233, XL-266
1519 AlphaBook1 Alpha laptop
1520 Avanti AS 200, AS 205, AS 250, AS 255, AS 300, AS 400
1521 Cabriolet AlphaPC64, AlphaPCI64
1523 EB164 EB164 21164 evaluation board
1524 EB64+ EB64+ 21064 evaluation board
1525 EB66 EB66 21066 evaluation board
1526 EB66+ EB66+ 21066 evaluation board
1527 Jensen DECpc 150, DEC 2000 model 300,
1530 Miata Personal Workstation 433a, 433au, 500a,
1531 500au, 600a, or 600au
1533 Noname AXPpci33, UDB (Multia)
1534 Noritake AS 1000A, AS 600A, AS 800
1536 Rawhide AS 1200, AS 4000, AS 4100
1537 Ruffian RPX164-2, AlphaPC164-UX, AlphaPC164-BX
1539 Sable AS 2000, AS 2100
1542 If you don't know what to do, choose "generic".
1544 EV5 CPU daughtercard
1546 Say Y if you have an AS 1000 5/xxx or an AS 1000A 5/xxx.
1550 Say Y if you have an AS 2000 5/xxx or an AS 2100 5/xxx.
1552 Using SRM as bootloader
1554 There are two different types of booting firmware on Alphas: SRM,
1555 which is command line driven, and ARC, which uses menus and arrow
1556 keys. Details about the Linux/Alpha booting process are contained in
1557 the Linux/Alpha FAQ, accessible on the WWW from
1558 http://www.alphalinux.org .
1560 The usual way to load Linux on an Alpha machine is to use MILO
1561 (a bootloader that lets you pass command line parameters to the
1562 kernel just like lilo does for the x86 architecture) which can be
1563 loaded either from ARC or can be installed directly as a permanent
1564 firmware replacement from floppy (which requires changing a certain
1565 jumper on the motherboard). If you want to do either of these, say N
1566 here. If MILO doesn't work on your system (true for Jensen
1567 motherboards), you can bypass it altogether and boot Linux directly
1568 from an SRM console; say Y here in order to do that. Note that you
1569 won't be able to boot from an IDE disk using SRM.
1574 CONFIG_ALPHA_SRM_SETUP
1575 This option controls whether or not the PCI configuration set up by
1576 SRM is modified. If you say Y, the existing PCI configuration will
1579 Non-standard serial port support
1580 CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD
1581 Say Y here if you have any non-standard serial boards -- boards
1582 which aren't supported using the standard "dumb" serial driver.
1583 This includes intelligent serial boards such as Cyclades,
1584 Digiboards, etc. These are usually used for systems that need many
1585 serial ports because they serve many terminals or dial-in
1588 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
1589 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
1590 the questions about non-standard serial boards.
1592 Most people can say N here.
1594 Extended dumb serial driver options
1595 CONFIG_SERIAL_EXTENDED
1596 If you wish to use any non-standard features of the standard "dumb"
1597 driver, say Y here. This includes HUB6 support, shared serial
1598 interrupts, special multiport support, support for more than the
1599 four COM 1/2/3/4 boards, etc.
1601 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
1602 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
1603 the questions about serial driver options. If unsure, say N.
1605 Support more than 4 serial ports
1606 CONFIG_SERIAL_MANY_PORTS
1607 Say Y here if you have dumb serial boards other than the four
1608 standard COM 1/2/3/4 ports. This may happen if you have an AST
1609 FourPort, Accent Async, Boca (read the Boca mini-HOWTO, available
1610 from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto ), or other custom
1611 serial port hardware which acts similar to standard serial port
1612 hardware. If you only use the standard COM 1/2/3/4 ports, you can
1613 say N here to save some memory. You can also say Y if you have an
1614 "intelligent" multiport card such as Cyclades, Digiboards, etc.
1616 Support for sharing serial interrupts
1617 CONFIG_SERIAL_SHARE_IRQ
1618 Some serial boards have hardware support which allows multiple dumb
1619 serial ports on the same board to share a single IRQ. To enable
1620 support for this in the serial driver, say Y here.
1622 Auto detect IRQ on standard ports (unsafe)
1623 CONFIG_SERIAL_DETECT_IRQ
1624 Say Y here if you want the kernel to try to guess which IRQ
1625 to use for your serial port.
1627 This is considered unsafe; it is far better to configure the IRQ in
1628 a boot script using the setserial command.
1632 Support special multiport boards
1633 CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTIPORT
1634 Some multiport serial ports have special ports which are used to
1635 signal when there are any serial ports on the board which need
1636 servicing. Say Y here to enable the serial driver to take advantage
1637 of those special I/O ports.
1639 SGI Zilog85C30 serial support
1641 If you want to use your SGI's built-in serial ports under Linux,
1644 SGI Newport Graphics support
1645 CONFIG_SGI_NEWPORT_GFX
1646 If you have an SGI machine and you want to compile the graphics
1647 drivers, say Y here. This will include the code for the
1648 /dev/graphics and /dev/gfx drivers into the kernel for supporting
1649 virtualized access to your graphics hardware.
1651 Support the Bell Technologies HUB6 card
1653 Say Y here to enable support in the dumb serial driver to support
1658 Find out whether you have a PCI motherboard. PCI is the name of a
1659 bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff inside
1660 your box. Other bus systems are ISA, EISA, Microchannel (MCA) or
1661 VESA. If you have PCI, say Y, otherwise N.
1663 The PCI-HOWTO, available from
1664 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , contains valuable
1665 information about which PCI hardware does work under Linux and which
1670 On PCI systems, the BIOS can be used to detect the PCI devices and
1671 determine their configuration. However, some old PCI motherboards
1672 have BIOS bugs and may crash if this is done. Also, some embedded
1673 PCI-based systems don't have any BIOS at all. Linux can also try to
1674 detect the PCI hardware directly without using the BIOS.
1676 With this option, you can specify how Linux should detect the PCI
1677 devices. If you choose "BIOS", the BIOS will be used, if you choose
1678 "Direct", the BIOS won't be used, and if you choose "Any", the
1679 kernel will try the direct access method and falls back to the BIOS
1680 if that doesn't work. If unsure, go with the default.
1684 MicroChannel Architecture is found in some IBM PS/2 machines and
1685 laptops. It is a bus system similar to PCI or ISA. See
1686 Documentation/mca.txt (and especially the web page given there)
1687 before attempting to build an MCA bus kernel.
1689 SGI Visual Workstation support
1691 The SGI Visual Workstation series is an IA32-based workstation
1692 based on SGI systems chips with some legacy PC hardware attached.
1693 Say Y here to create a kernel to run on the SGI 320 or 540.
1694 A kernel compiled for the Visual Workstation will not run on other
1695 PC boards and vice versa.
1696 See Documentation/sgi-visws.txt for more.
1698 SGI Visual Workstation framebuffer support
1700 SGI Visual Workstation support for framebuffer graphics.
1704 The Intelligent Input/Output (I2O) architecture allows hardware
1705 drivers to be split into two parts: an operating system specific
1706 module called the OSM and an hardware specific module called the
1707 HDM. The OSM can talk to a whole range of HDM's, and ideally the
1708 HDM's are not OS dependent. This allows for the same HDM driver to
1709 be used under different operating systems if the relevant OSM is in
1710 place. In order for this to work, you need to have an I2O interface
1711 adapter card in your computer. This card contains a special I/O
1712 processor (IOP), thus allowing high speeds since the CPU does not
1713 have to deal with I/O.
1715 If you say Y here, you will get a choice of interface adapter
1716 drivers and OSM's with the following questions.
1718 This support is also available as a module ( = code which can be
1719 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
1720 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
1721 Documentation/modules.txt. You will get modules called i2o_core.o
1728 Say Y for support of PCI bus I2O interface adapters. Currently this
1729 is the only variety supported, so you should say Y.
1731 This support is also available as a module called i2o_pci.o ( = code
1732 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
1733 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
1734 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
1738 Include support for the I2O Block OSM. The Block OSM presents disk
1739 and other structured block devices to the operating system.
1741 This support is also available as a module called i2o_block.o ( =
1742 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
1743 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
1744 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
1748 Include support for the LAN OSM. You will also need to include
1749 support for token ring or FDDI if you wish to use token ring or FDDI
1750 I2O cards with this driver.
1752 This support is also available as a module called i2o_lan.o ( = code
1753 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
1754 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
1755 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
1759 Allows direct SCSI access to SCSI devices on a SCSI or FibreChannel
1760 I2O controller. You can use both the SCSI and Block OSM together if
1763 This support is also available as a module called i2o_scsi.o ( =
1764 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
1765 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
1766 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
1770 If you say Y here and to "/proc filesystem support", you will be
1771 able to read I2O related information from the virtual directory
1774 This support is also available as a module called i2o_proc.o ( =
1775 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
1776 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
1777 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
1779 Plug and Play support
1781 Plug and Play (PnP) is a standard for peripherals which allows those
1782 peripherals to be configured by software, e.g. assign IRQ's or other
1783 parameters. No jumpers on the cards are needed, instead the values
1784 are provided to the cards from the BIOS, from the operating system,
1785 or using a user-space utility.
1787 Say Y here if you would like Linux to configure your Plug and Play
1788 devices. You should then also say Y to "ISA Plug and Play support",
1789 below. Alternatively, you can configure your PnP devices using the
1790 user space utilities contained in the isapnptools package.
1792 This support is also available as a module ( = code which can be
1793 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
1794 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
1795 Documentation/modules.txt.
1797 ISA Plug and Play support
1799 Say Y here if you would like support for ISA Plug and Play devices.
1801 This support is also available as a module called isapnp.o ( =
1802 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
1803 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
1804 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
1808 PCMCIA/Cardbus support
1810 Say Y here if you want to attach PCMCIA's (PC-cards) to your Linux
1811 computer. These are credit-card size devices such as network cards,
1812 modems or hard drives popular with laptops.
1814 You will also need David Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file
1815 Documentation/Changes for location).
1819 CardBus is a bus mastering architecture for PC-cards (it allows
1820 PC-cards to talk to the rest of the stuff inside your computer). If
1825 Inter Process Communication is a suite of library functions and
1826 system calls which let processes (running programs) synchronize and
1827 exchange information. It is generally considered to be a good thing,
1828 and some programs won't run unless you say Y here. In particular, if
1829 you want to run the DOS emulator dosemu under Linux (read the
1830 DOSEMU-HOWTO, available from
1831 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto ), you'll need to say Y
1834 You can find documentation about IPC with "info ipc" and also in
1835 section 6.4 of the Linux Programmer's Guide, available from
1836 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#guide .
1838 Saying Y here enlarges your kernel by about 7 KB. Just say Y.
1840 BSD Process Accounting
1841 CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT
1842 If you say Y here, a user level program will be able to instruct the
1843 kernel (via a special system call) to write process accounting
1844 information to a file: whenever a process exits, information about
1845 that process will be appended to the file by the kernel. The
1846 information includes things such as creation time, owning user,
1847 command name, memory usage, controlling terminal etc. (the complete
1848 list is in the struct acct in include/linux/acct.h). It is up to the
1849 user level program to do useful things with this information. This
1850 is generally a good idea, so say Y.
1854 The sysctl interface provides a means of dynamically changing
1855 certain kernel parameters and variables on the fly without requiring
1856 a recompile of the kernel or reboot of the system. The primary
1857 interface consists of a system call, but if you say Y to "/proc
1858 filesystem support", a tree of modifiable sysctl entries will be
1859 generated beneath the /proc/sys directory. They are explained in the
1860 files in Documentation/sysctl/. Note that enabling this option will
1861 enlarge the kernel by at least 8 KB.
1863 As it is generally a good thing, you should say Y here unless
1864 building a kernel for install/rescue disks or your system is very
1867 Kernel support for ELF binaries
1869 ELF (Executable and Linkable Format) is a format for libraries and
1870 executables used across different architectures and operating
1871 systems. Saying Y here will enable your kernel to run ELF binaries
1872 and enlarge it by about 2 KB. ELF support under Linux has now all
1873 but replaced the traditional Linux a.out formats (QMAGIC and ZMAGIC)
1874 because it is portable (this does *not* mean that you will be able
1875 to run executables from different architectures or operating systems
1876 however) and makes building run-time libraries very easy. Many new
1877 executables are distributed solely in ELF format. You definitely
1880 Information about ELF is contained in the ELF HOWTO available from
1881 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
1883 If you find that after upgrading from Linux kernel 1.2 and saying Y
1884 here, you still can't run any ELF binaries (they just crash), then
1885 you'll have to install the newest ELF runtime libraries, including
1886 ld.so (check the file Documentation/Changes for location and latest
1889 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
1890 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
1891 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
1892 called binfmt_elf.o. Saying M or N here is dangerous because some
1893 crucial programs on your system might be in ELF format.
1895 Kernel support for A.OUT binaries
1897 A.out (Assembler.OUTput) is a set of formats for libraries and
1898 executables used in the earliest versions of UNIX. Linux used the
1899 a.out formats QMAGIC and ZMAGIC until they were replaced with the
1902 As more and more programs are converted to ELF, the use for a.out
1903 will gradually diminish. If you disable this option it will reduce
1904 your kernel by one page. This is not much and by itself does not
1905 warrant removing support. However its removal is a good idea if you
1906 wish to ensure that absolutely none of your programs will use this
1907 older executable format. If you don't know what to answer at this
1908 point then answer Y. If someone told you "You need a kernel with
1909 QMAGIC support" then you'll have to say Y here. You may answer M to
1910 compile a.out support as a module and later load the module when you
1911 want to use a program or library in a.out format. The module will be
1912 called binfmt_aout.o. Saying M or N here is dangerous though,
1913 because some crucial programs on your system might still be in A.OUT
1916 Kernel support for Linux/Intel ELF binaries
1918 Say Y here if you want to be able to execute Linux/Intel ELF
1919 binaries just like native Alpha binaries on your Alpha machine. For
1920 this to work, you need to have the emulator /usr/bin/em86 in place.
1922 You can get the same functionality by saying N here and saying Y to
1923 "Kernel support for MISC binaries".
1925 You may answer M to compile the emulation support as a module and
1926 later load the module when you want to use a Linux/Intel binary. The
1927 module will be called binfmt_em86.o. If unsure, say Y.
1929 Kernel support for MISC binaries
1931 If you say Y here, it will be possible to plug wrapper-driven binary
1932 formats into the kernel. You will like this especially when you use
1933 programs that need an interpreter to run like Java, Python or
1934 Emacs-Lisp. It's also useful if you often run DOS executables under
1935 the Linux DOS emulator DOSEMU (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, available from
1936 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto ). Once you have
1937 registered such a binary class with the kernel, you can start one of
1938 those programs simply by typing in its name at a shell prompt; Linux
1939 will automatically feed it to the correct interpreter.
1941 You can do other nice things, too. Read the file
1942 Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt to learn how to use this feature, and
1943 Documentation/java.txt for information about how to include Java
1946 You must say Y to "proc filesystem support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) to
1947 use this part of the kernel.
1949 You may say M here for module support and later load the module when
1950 you have use for it; the module is called binfmt_misc.o. If you
1951 don't know what to answer at this point, say Y.
1953 Solaris binary emulation
1955 This is experimental code which will enable you to run (many)
1956 Solaris binaries on your SPARC Linux machine.
1958 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
1959 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
1960 The module will be called solaris.o. If you want to compile it as a
1961 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
1965 This is the processor type of your CPU. This information is used for
1966 optimizing purposes. In order to compile a kernel that can run on
1967 all x86 CPU types (albeit not optimally fast), you can specify
1970 If you specify one of "486" or "586" or "Pentium" or "PPro", then
1971 the kernel will not necessarily run on earlier architectures (e.g. a
1972 Pentium optimized kernel will run on a PPro, but not necessarily on
1975 Here are the settings recommended for greatest speed:
1976 - "386" for the AMD/Cyrix/Intel 386DX/DXL/SL/SLC/SX, Cyrix/TI
1977 486DLC/DLC2 and UMC 486SX-S. Only "386" kernels will run on a 386
1979 - "486" for the AMD/Cyrix/IBM/Intel 486DX/DX2/DX4 or
1980 SL/SLC/SLC2/SLC3/SX/SX2, AMD/Cyrix 5x86, NexGen Nx586 and
1982 - "586" for generic Pentium CPUs, possibly lacking the TSC
1983 (time stamp counter) register.
1984 - "Pentium" for the Intel Pentium/Pentium MMX, AMD K5, K6 and
1986 - "PPro" for the Cyrix/IBM/National Semiconductor 6x86MX, MII and
1987 Intel Pentium II/Pentium Pro.
1989 If you don't know what to do, choose "386".
1993 Saying Y here will allow you to use Linux in text mode through a
1994 display that complies with the generic VGA standard. Virtually
1995 everyone wants that.
1997 The program SVGATextMode can be used to utilize SVGA video cards to
1998 their full potential in text mode. Download it from
1999 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/console .
2003 Video mode selection support
2005 This enables support for text mode selection on kernel startup. If
2006 you want to take advantage of some high-resolution text mode your
2007 card's BIOS offers, but the traditional Linux utilities like
2008 SVGATextMode don't, you can say Y here and set the mode using the
2009 "vga=" option from your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) or set
2010 "vga=ask" which brings up a video mode menu on kernel startup. (Try
2011 "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about
2012 how to pass options to the kernel. The lilo procedure is also
2013 explained in the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
2014 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .)
2016 Read the file Documentation/svga.txt for more information about the
2017 Video mode selection support. If unsure, say N.
2019 Support for frame buffer devices (EXPERIMENTAL)
2021 The frame buffer device provides an abstraction for the graphics
2022 hardware. It represents the frame buffer of some video hardware and
2023 allows application software to access the graphics hardware through
2024 a well-defined interface, so the software doesn't need to know
2025 anything about the low-level (hardware register) stuff.
2027 Frame buffer devices work identically across the different
2028 architectures supported by Linux and make the implementation of
2029 application programs easier and more portable; at this point, an X
2030 server exists which uses the frame buffer device exclusively.
2031 On several non-X86 architectures, the frame buffer device is the
2032 only way to use the graphics hardware.
2034 The device is accessed through special device nodes, usually located
2035 in the /dev directory, i.e. /dev/fb*.
2037 You need an utility program called fbset to make full use of frame
2038 buffer devices. Please read Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt and the
2039 Framebuffer-HOWTO at
2040 http://www.tahallah.demon.co.uk/programming/prog.html for more
2043 Say Y here and to the driver for your graphics board below if you
2044 are compiling a kernel for a non-x86 architecture.
2046 If you are compiling for the x86 architecture, you can say Y if you
2047 want to play with it, but it is not essential. Please note that
2048 running graphical applications that directly touch the hardware
2049 (e.g. an accelerated X server) and that are not frame buffer
2050 device-aware may cause unexpected results. If unsure, say N.
2054 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Acorn VIDC graphics
2057 Apollo frame buffer device
2059 This is the frame buffer device driver for the monochrome graphics
2060 hardware found in some Apollo workstations.
2062 Amiga native chipset support
2064 This is the frame buffer device driver for the builtin graphics
2065 chipset found in Amigas.
2067 Amiga OCS chipset support
2069 This enables support for the original Agnus and Denise video chips,
2070 found in the Amiga 1000 and most A500's and A2000's. If you intend
2071 to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise say N.
2073 Amiga ECS chipset support
2075 This enables support for the Enhanced Chip Set, found in later
2076 A500's, later A2000's, the A600, the A3000, the A3000T and CDTV. If
2077 you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise
2080 Amiga AGA chipset support
2082 This enables support for the Advanced Graphics Architecture (also
2083 known as the AGA or AA) Chip Set, found in the A1200, A4000, A4000T
2084 and CD32. If you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y;
2087 Amiga CyberVision support
2089 This enables support for the Cybervision 64 graphics card from
2090 Phase5. Please note that its use is not all that intuitive (i.e. if
2091 you have any questions, be sure to ask!). Say N unless you have a
2092 Cybervision 64 or plan to get one before you next recompile the
2093 kernel. Please note that this driver DOES NOT support the
2094 Cybervision 64 3D card, as they use incompatible video chips.
2096 Amiga CyberVision3D support (EXPERIMENTAL)
2098 This enables support for the Cybervision 64/3D graphics card from
2099 Phase5. Please note that its use is not all that intuitive (i.e. if
2100 you have any questions, be sure to ask!). Say N unless you have a
2101 Cybervision 64/3D or plan to get one before you next recompile the
2102 kernel. Please note that this driver DOES NOT support the older
2103 Cybervision 64 card, as they use incompatible video chips.
2105 Amiga RetinaZ3 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
2107 This enables support for the Retina Z3 graphics card. Say N unless
2108 you have a Retina Z3 or plan to get one before you next recompile
2111 Cirrus Logic support (EXPERIMENTAL)
2113 This enables support for Cirrus Logic GD542x/543x based boards on
2114 Amiga: SD64, Piccolo, Picasso II/II+, Picasso IV, or EGS Spectrum.
2116 If you have a PCI-based system, this enables support for these
2117 chips: GD-543x, GD-544x, GD-5480.
2119 Please read the file Documentation/fb/clgenfb.txt.
2121 Say N unless you have such a graphics board or plan to get one
2122 before you next recompile the kernel.
2124 Permedia2 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
2126 Say Y here if this is your graphics board.
2130 Say Y here if you want to run Linux on an MC680x0-based Apollo
2131 Domain workstation such as the DN3500.
2133 Apollo 3c505 support
2134 CONFIG_APOLLO_ELPLUS
2135 Say Y or M here if your Apollo has a 3Com 3c505 ISA Ethernet card.
2136 If you don't have one made for Apollos, you can use one from a PC,
2137 except that your Apollo won't be able to boot from it (because the
2138 code in the ROM will be for a PC).
2140 Atari native chipset support
2142 This is the frame buffer device driver for the builtin graphics
2143 chipset found in Ataris.
2145 Open Firmware frame buffer device support
2147 Say Y if you want support with Open Firmware for your graphics
2150 S3 Trio frame buffer device support
2152 If you have a S3 Trio say Y. Say N for S3 Virge.
2154 ATI Mach64 display support
2156 This driver supports graphics boards with the ATI Mach64 chips.
2157 Say Y if you have such a graphics board.
2159 The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2160 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The
2161 module will be called atyfb.o. If you want to compile it as a
2162 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2164 PowerMac "control" frame buffer device support
2166 This driver supports a frame buffer for the graphics adapter in the
2167 Power Macintosh 7300 and others.
2169 PowerMac "platinum" frame buffer device support
2171 This driver supports a frame buffer for the "platinum" graphics
2172 adapter in some Power Macintoshes.
2174 PowerMac "valkyrie" frame buffer device support
2176 This driver supports a frame buffer for the "valkyrie" graphics
2177 adapter in some Power Macintoshes.
2179 Chips 65550 display support
2181 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Chips & Technologies
2182 65550 graphics chip in PowerBooks.
2184 Mac frame buffer device
2186 This is the frame buffer device driver for the graphics hardware in
2189 HP300 frame buffer device
2191 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Topcat graphics
2192 hardware found in HP300 workstations.
2194 TGA frame buffer support
2196 This is the frame buffer device driver for generic TGA graphic
2197 cards. Say Y if you have one of those.
2199 VESA VGA graphics console
2201 This is the frame buffer device driver for generic VESA 2.0
2202 compliant graphic cards. The older VESA 1.2 cards are not supported.
2203 You will get a boot time penguin logo at no additional cost. Please
2204 read Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt. If unsure, say Y.
2206 VGA 16-color graphics console
2208 This is the frame buffer device driver for VGA 16 color graphic
2209 cards. Say Y if you have such a card.
2211 This code is also available as a module. If you want to compile it
2212 as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
2213 running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read
2214 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called vga16fb.o.
2216 Backward compatibility mode for Xpmac
2217 CONFIG_FB_COMPAT_XPMAC
2218 If you use the Xpmac X server (common with mklinux), you'll need to
2219 say Y here to use X. You should consider changing to XFree86 which
2220 includes a server that supports the frame buffer device directly
2223 Matrox unified accelerated driver
2225 Say Y here if you have Matrox Millennium, Matrox Millennium II,
2226 Matrox Mystique, Matrox Mystique 220, Matrox Productiva G100, Matrox
2227 Mystique G200, Matrox Millennium G200 or Matrox Marvel G200 video
2228 card in your box. At this time, support for the G100, Mystique G200
2229 and Marvel G200 is untested.
2231 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2232 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2233 The module will be called matroxfb.o. If you want to compile it as
2234 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2236 You can pass several parameters to the driver at boot time or at
2237 module load time. The parameters look like "video=matrox:XXX", where
2238 the meaning of XXX can be found at the end of the main source file
2239 (drivers/video/matroxfb.c). Please see the file
2240 Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt.
2242 Matrox Millennium support
2243 CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MILLENIUM
2244 Say Y here if you have a Matrox Millennium or Matrox Millennium II
2245 video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options" below,
2246 you should check 4 bpp packed pixel, 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp
2247 packed pixel, 24 bpp packed pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can
2248 also use font widths different from 8.
2250 Matrox Mystique support
2251 CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MYSTIQUE
2252 Say Y here if you have a Matrox Mystique or Matrox Mystique 220
2253 video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options" below,
2254 you should check 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp
2255 packed pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths
2258 Matrox G100/G200/G400 support
2259 CONFIG_FB_MATROX_G100
2260 Say Y here if you have a Matrox Productiva G100, Matrox Mystique
2261 G200, Matrox Marvel G200 or Matrox Millennium G200 video card. If
2262 you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options", you should check 8
2263 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp packed pixel and 32
2264 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths different from 8.
2266 Matrox unified driver multihead support
2267 CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MULTIHEAD
2268 Say Y here if you have more than one (supported) Matrox device in
2269 your computer and you want to use all of them. If you have only one
2270 device, you should say N because the driver compiled with Y is
2271 larger and a bit slower, especially on ia32 (ix86).
2273 If you said M to "Matrox unified accelerated driver" and N here, you
2274 will still be able to use several Matrox devices simultaneously.
2275 This is slightly faster but uses 40 KB of kernel memory per Matrox
2276 card. You do this by inserting several instances of the module
2277 matroxfb.o into the kernel with insmod, supplying the parameter
2278 "dev=N" where N is 0, 1, etc. for the different Matrox devices.
2280 MDA text console (dual-headed)
2282 Say Y here if you have an old MDA or monochrome Hercules graphics
2283 adapter in your system acting as a second head ( = video card). You
2284 will then be able to use two monitors with your Linux system. Do not
2285 say Y here if your MDA card is the primary card in your system; the
2286 normal VGA driver will handle it.
2288 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2289 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2290 The module will be called mdacon.o. If you want to compile it as
2291 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2295 SBUS and UPA frame buffers
2297 Say Y if you want support for SBUS or UPA based frame buffer device.
2299 Creator/Creator3D support
2301 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Creator and Creator3D
2304 CGsix (GX,TurboGX) support
2306 This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGsix (GX, TurboGX)
2311 This is the frame buffer device driver for the BWtwo frame buffer.
2315 This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGthree frame buffer.
2317 TCX (SS4/SS5 only) support
2319 This is the frame buffer device driver for the TCX 24/8bit frame
2322 Virtual Frame Buffer support (ONLY FOR TESTING!)
2324 This is a `virtual' frame buffer device. It operates on a chunk of
2325 unswapable kernel memory instead of on the memory of a graphics
2326 board. This means you cannot see any output sent to this frame
2327 buffer device, while it does consume precious memory. The main use
2328 of this frame buffer device is testing and debugging the frame
2329 buffer subsystem. Do NOT enable it for normal systems! To protect
2330 the innocent, it has to be enabled explicitly at boot time using the
2331 kernel option `video=vfb:'.
2333 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2334 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The
2335 module will be called vfb.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
2336 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2340 Advanced low level driver options
2341 CONFIG_FBCON_ADVANCED
2342 The frame buffer console uses character drawing routines that are
2343 tailored to the specific organization of pixels in the memory of
2344 your graphics hardware. These are called the low level frame buffer
2345 console drivers. Note that they are used for text console output
2346 only; they are NOT needed for graphical applications.
2348 If you say N here, the needed low level drivers are automatically
2349 enabled, depending on what frame buffer devices you selected above.
2350 This is recommended for most users.
2352 If you say Y here, you have more fine-grained control over which low
2353 level drivers are enabled. You can e.g. leave out low level drivers
2354 for color depths you do not intend to use for text consoles.
2356 Low level frame buffer console drivers can be modules ( = code which
2357 can be inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you
2358 want). The modules will be called fbcon-*.o. If you want to compile
2359 (some of) them as modules, read Documentation/modules.txt.
2365 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for monochrome
2366 (2 colors) packed pixels.
2368 2 bpp packed pixels support
2370 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 2 bits per
2371 pixel (4 colors) packed pixels.
2373 4 bpp packed pixels support
2375 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 4 bits per
2376 pixel (16 colors) packed pixels.
2378 8 bpp packed pixels support
2380 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 8 bits per
2381 pixel (256 colors) packed pixels.
2383 16 bpp packed pixels support
2385 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 15 or 16 bits
2386 per pixel (32K or 64K colors, also known as `hicolor') packed
2389 24 bpp packed pixels support
2391 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 24 bits per
2392 pixel (16M colors, also known as `truecolor') packed pixels. It is
2393 NOT for `sparse' 32 bits per pixel mode.
2395 32 bpp packed pixels support
2397 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 32 bits per
2398 pixel (16M colors, also known as `truecolor') sparse packed pixels.
2400 Amiga bitplanes support
2402 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1 to 8
2403 bitplanes (2 to 256 colors) on Amiga.
2405 Amiga interleaved bitplanes support
2407 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1 to 8
2408 interleaved bitplanes (2 to 256 colors) on Amiga.
2410 Atari interleaved bitplanes (2 planes) support
2411 CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P2
2412 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 2 interleaved
2413 bitplanes (4 colors) on Atari.
2415 Atari interleaved bitplanes (4 planes) support
2416 CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P4
2417 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 4 interleaved
2418 bitplanes (16 colors) on Atari.
2420 Atari interleaved bitplanes (8 planes) support
2421 CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P8
2422 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 8 interleaved
2423 bitplanes (256 colors) on Atari.
2425 Mac variable bpp packed pixels support
2427 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1/2/4/8/16/32
2428 bits per pixel packed pixels on Mac. It supports variable font
2429 widths for low resolution screens.
2431 #VGA 16-color planar support
2432 #CONFIG_FBCON_VGA_PLANES
2437 VGA characters/attributes support
2439 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for VGA text mode;
2440 it is used by frame buffer device drivers that support VGA text
2443 Parallel-port support
2445 If you want to use devices connected to your machine's parallel port
2446 (the connector at the computer with 25 holes), e.g. printer, ZIP
2447 drive, PLIP link (Parallel Line Internet Protocol is mainly used to
2448 create a mini network by connecting the parallel ports of two local
2449 machines) etc., then you need to say Y here; please read
2450 Documentation/parport.txt and drivers/misc/BUGS-parport.
2452 For extensive information about drivers for many devices attaching
2453 to the parallel port see http://www.torque.net/linux-pp.html on the
2456 It is possible to share a single parallel port among several devices
2457 and it is safe to compile all the corresponding drivers into the
2458 kernel. If you want to compile parallel port support as a module ( =
2459 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
2460 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2461 The module will be called parport.o. If you have more than one
2462 parallel port and want to specify which port and IRQ to be used by
2463 this driver at module load time, take a look at
2464 Documentation/networking/parport.txt.
2470 You should say Y here if you have a PC-style parallel port. All IBM
2471 PC compatible computers and some Alphas have PC-style parallel
2474 This code is also available as a module. If you want to compile it
2475 as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
2476 running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read
2477 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called parport_pc.o.
2481 Use FIFO/DMA if available
2482 CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_FIFO
2483 Many parallel port chipsets provide hardware that can speed up
2484 printing. Say Y here if you want to take advantage of that.
2486 As well as actually having a FIFO, or DMA capability, the kernel
2487 will need to know which IRQ the parallel port has. By default,
2488 parallel port interrupts will not be used, and so neither will the
2489 FIFO. See Documentation/parport.txt to find out how to specify
2490 which IRQ/DMA to use.
2492 Support for PCMCIA management for PC-style ports
2493 CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_PCMCIA
2494 Say Y here if you need PCMCIA support for your PC-style parallel
2495 ports. If unsure, say N.
2497 Support foreign hardware
2498 CONFIG_PARPORT_OTHER
2499 Say Y here if you want to be able to load driver modules to support
2500 other non-standard types of parallel ports. This causes a
2501 performance loss, so most people say N.
2503 Sun Ultra/AX-style hardware
2505 Say Y here if you need support for the parallel port hardware on Sun
2506 Ultra/AX machines. This code is also available as a module (say M),
2507 called parport_ax.o. If in doubt, saying N is the safe plan.
2509 IEEE1284 transfer modes
2511 If you have a printer that supports status readback or device ID, or
2512 want to use a device that uses enhanced parallel port transfer modes
2513 such as EPP and ECP, say Y here to enable advanced IEEE 1284
2514 transfer modes. Also say Y if you want device ID information to
2515 appear in /proc/sys/dev/parport/*/autoprobe*. It is safe to say N.
2517 Enable loadable module support
2519 Kernel modules are small pieces of compiled code which can be
2520 inserted in or removed from the running kernel, using the programs
2521 insmod and rmmod. This is described in the file
2522 Documentation/modules.txt, including the fact that you have to say
2523 "make modules" in order to compile the modules that you chose during
2524 kernel configuration. Modules can be device drivers, file systems,
2525 binary executable formats, and so on. If you think that you may want
2526 to make use of modules with this kernel in the future, then say Y
2527 here. If unsure, say Y.
2529 Set version information on all symbols for modules
2531 Usually, modules have to be recompiled whenever you switch to a new
2532 kernel. Saying Y here makes it possible, and safe, to use the
2533 same modules even after compiling a new kernel; this requires the
2534 program modprobe. All the software needed for module support is in
2535 the modutils package (check the file Documentation/Changes for
2536 location and latest version). NOTE: if you say Y here but don't
2537 have the program genksyms (which is also contained in the above
2538 mentioned modutils package), then the building of your kernel will
2539 fail. If you are going to use modules that are generated from
2540 non-kernel sources, you would benefit from this option. Otherwise
2541 it's not that important. So, N ought to be a safe bet.
2543 Kernel module loader support
2545 Normally when you have selected some drivers and/or filesystems to
2546 be created as loadable modules, you also have the responsibility to
2547 load the corresponding modules (using the programs insmod or
2548 modprobe) before you can use them. If you say Y here however, the
2549 kernel will be able to load modules for itself: when a part of the
2550 kernel needs a module, it runs modprobe with the appropriate
2551 arguments, thereby loading the module if it is available. (This is a
2552 replacement for kerneld.) Say Y here and read about configuring it
2553 in Documentation/kmod.txt.
2555 ARP daemon support (EXPERIMENTAL)
2557 Normally, the kernel maintains an internal cache which maps IP
2558 addresses to hardware addresses on the local network, so that
2559 Ethernet/Token Ring/ etc. frames are sent to the proper address on
2560 the physical networking layer. For small networks having a few
2561 hundred directly connected hosts or less, keeping this address
2562 resolution (ARP) cache inside the kernel works well. However,
2563 maintaining an internal ARP cache does not work well for very large
2564 switched networks, and will use a lot of kernel memory if TCP/IP
2565 connections are made to many machines on the network.
2567 If you say Y here, the kernel's internal ARP cache will never grow
2568 to more than 256 entries (the oldest entries are expired in a LIFO
2569 manner) and communication will be attempted with the user space ARP
2570 daemon arpd. Arpd then answers the address resolution request either
2571 from its own cache or by asking the net.
2573 This code is experimental and also obsolete. If you want to use it,
2574 you need to find a version of the daemon arpd on the net somewhere,
2575 and you should also say Y to "Kernel/User network link driver",
2576 below. If unsure, say N.
2580 These are the protocols used on the Internet and on most local
2581 Ethernets. It is highly recommended to say Y here (this will enlarge
2582 your kernel by about 35 KB), since some programs (e.g. the X window
2583 system) use TCP/IP even if your machine is not connected to any
2584 other computer. You will get the so-called loopback device which
2585 allows you to ping yourself (great fun, that!).
2587 For an excellent introduction to Linux networking, please read the
2588 NET-3-HOWTO, available from
2589 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
2591 This option is also necessary if you want to use the full power of
2592 term (term is a program which gives you almost full Internet
2593 connectivity if you have a regular dial up shell account on some
2594 Internet connected Unix computer; for more information, read
2595 http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html ).
2597 If you say Y here and also to "/proc filesystem support" and "Sysctl
2598 support" below, you can change various aspects of the behavior of
2599 the TCP/IP code by writing to the (virtual) files in
2600 /proc/sys/net/ipv4/*; the options are explained in the file
2601 Documentation/Networking/ip-sysctl.txt.
2603 Short answer: say Y.
2607 This is code for addressing several networked computers at once,
2608 enlarging your kernel by about 2 kB. You need multicasting if you
2609 intend to participate in the MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top
2610 of the Internet which carries audio and video broadcasts. More
2611 information about the MBONE is on the WWW at
2612 http://www-itg.lbl.gov/mbone/ . Information about the multicast
2613 capabilities of the various network cards is contained in
2614 Documentation/networking/multicast.txt. For most people, it's safe
2618 CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER
2619 If you intend to run your Linux box mostly as a router, i.e. as a
2620 computer that forwards and redistributes network packets, say Y; you
2621 will then be presented with several options that allow more precise
2622 control about the routing process.
2624 The answer to this question won't directly affect the kernel:
2625 answering N will just cause this configure script to skip all the
2626 questions about advanced routing.
2628 Note that your box can only act as a router if you enable IP
2629 forwarding in your kernel; you can do that by saying Y to "/proc
2630 filesystem support" and "Sysctl support" below and executing the
2633 echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
2635 at boot time after the /proc filesystem has been mounted.
2637 If you turn on IP forwarding, you will also get the rp_filter, which
2638 automatically rejects incoming packets if the routing table entry
2639 for their source address doesn't match the network interface they're
2640 arriving on. This has security advantages because it prevents the
2641 so-called IP spoofing, however it can pose problems if you use
2642 asymmetric routing (packets from you to a host take a different path
2643 than packets from that host to you) or if you operate a non-routing
2644 host which has several IP addresses on different interfaces. To turn
2647 echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/<device>/rp_filter
2649 echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter
2651 If unsure, say N here.
2654 CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES
2655 Normally, a router decides what to do with a received packet based
2656 solely on the packet's final destination address. If you say Y here,
2657 the Linux router will also be able to take the packet's source
2658 address into account. Furthermore, if you also say Y to "IP: use TOS
2659 value as routing key" below, the TOS (Type-Of-Service) field of the
2660 packet can be used for routing decisions as well. In addition, if
2661 you say Y here and to "IP: fast network address translation" below,
2662 the router will also be able to modify source and destination
2663 addresses of forwarded packets.
2665 If you are interested in this, please see the preliminary
2666 documentation at http://www.compendium.com.ar/policy-routing.txt and
2667 ftp://post.tepkom.ru/pub/vol2/Linux/docs/advanced-routing.tex . You
2668 will need supporting software from ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/
2672 IP: equal cost multipath
2673 CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH
2674 Normally, the routing tables specify a single action to be taken in
2675 a deterministic manner for a given packet. If you say Y here
2676 however, it becomes possible to attach several actions to a packet
2677 pattern, in effect specifying several alternative paths to travel
2678 for those packets. The router considers all these paths to be of
2679 equal "cost" and chooses one of them in a non-deterministic fashion
2680 if a matching packet arrives.
2682 IP: use TOS value as routing key
2684 The header of every IP packet carries a TOS (Type of Service) value
2685 with which the packet requests a certain treatment, e.g. low latency
2686 (for interactive traffic), high throughput, or high reliability. If
2687 you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for
2688 packets with different TOS values.
2690 IP: use FWMARK value as routing key
2691 CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_FWMARK
2692 If you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for
2693 packets with different FWMARK ("firewalling mark") values
2694 (see ipchains(8), "-m" argument).
2696 IP: verbose route monitoring
2697 CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_VERBOSE
2698 If you say Y here, which is recommended, then the kernel will print
2699 verbose messages regarding the routing, for example warnings about
2700 received packets which look strange and could be evidence of an
2701 attack or a misconfigured system somewhere. The information is
2702 handled by the klogd daemon which is responsible for kernel messages
2705 IP: large routing tables
2706 CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_LARGE_TABLES
2707 If you have routing zones that grow to more than about 64 entries,
2708 you may want to say Y here to speed up the routing process.
2710 IP: fast network address translation
2712 If you say Y here, your router will be able to modify source and
2713 destination addresses of packets that pass through it, in a manner
2714 you specify. General information about Network Address Translation
2715 can be gotten from the document
2716 http://www.csn.tu-chemnitz.de/~mha/linux-ip-nat/diplom/nat.html
2718 IP: optimize as router not host
2720 Some Linux network drivers use a technique called copy and checksum
2721 to optimize host performance. For a machine which acts as a router
2722 most of the time and is forwarding most packets to another host this
2723 is however a loss. If you say Y here, copy and checksum will be
2724 switched off. In the future, it may make other changes which
2725 optimize for router operation.
2727 Note that your box can only act as a router if you enable IP
2728 forwarding in your kernel; you can do that by saying Y to "/proc
2729 filesystem support" and "Sysctl support" below and executing the
2732 echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
2734 at boot time after the /proc filesystem has been mounted. You can do
2735 that even if you say N here.
2737 If unsure, say N here.
2739 IP: kernel level autoconfiguration
2741 This enables automatic configuration of IP addresses of devices and
2742 of the routing table during kernel boot, based on either information
2743 supplied at the kernel command line or by BOOTP or RARP protocols.
2744 You need to say Y only for diskless machines requiring network
2745 access to boot (in which case you want to say Y to "Root file system
2746 on NFS" as well), because all other machines configure the network
2747 in their startup scripts.
2751 If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root filesystem (the
2752 one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the
2753 net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be
2754 discovered automatically at boot time using the BOOTP protocol (a
2755 special protocol designed for doing this job), say Y here. In case
2756 the boot ROM of your network card was designed for booting Linux and
2757 does BOOTP itself, providing all necessary information on the kernel
2758 command line, you can say N here. If unsure, say Y. Note that if you
2759 want to use BOOTP, a BOOTP server must be operating on your network.
2760 Read Documentation/nfsroot.txt for details.
2764 If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root filesystem (the
2765 one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the
2766 net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be
2767 discovered automatically at boot time using the RARP protocol (an
2768 older protocol which is being obsoleted by BOOTP and DHCP), say Y
2769 here. Note that if you want to use RARP, a RARP server must be
2770 operating on your network. Read Documentation/nfsroot.txt for
2775 Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within
2776 another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the
2777 encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements
2778 encapsulation of IP within IP, which sounds kind of pointless, but
2779 can be useful if you want to make your (or some other) machine
2780 appear on a different network than it physically is, or to use
2781 mobile-IP facilities (allowing laptops to seamlessly move between
2782 networks without changing their IP addresses; check out
2783 http://anchor.cs.binghamton.edu/~mobileip/LJ/index.html ).
2785 Saying Y to this option will produce two modules ( = code which can
2786 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
2787 want). Most people won't need this and can say N.
2789 IP: GRE tunnels over IP
2791 Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within
2792 another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the
2793 encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements
2794 GRE (Generic Routing Encapsulation) and at this time allows
2795 encapsulating of IPv4 or IPv6 over existing IPv4 infrastructure.
2796 This driver is useful if the other endpoint is a Cisco router: Cisco
2797 likes GRE much better than the other Linux tunneling driver ("IP:
2798 tunneling" above). In addition, GRE allows multicast redistribution
2801 IP: broadcast GRE over IP
2802 CONFIG_NET_IPGRE_BROADCAST
2803 One application of GRE/IP is to construct a broadcast WAN (Wide Area
2804 Network), which looks like a normal Ethernet LAN (Local Area
2805 Network), but can be distributed all over the Internet. If you want
2806 to do that, say Y here and to "IP: multicast routing" below.
2808 IP: aliasing support
2810 Sometimes it is useful to give several IP addresses to a single
2811 physical network interface (serial port or Ethernet card). The most
2812 common case is that you want to serve different WWW or FTP documents
2813 to the outside depending on which of your host names was used to
2814 connect to you. This is called "multihosting" or "virtual domains"
2815 or "virtual hosting services" and is explained in the
2816 Virtual-Services-HOWTO, available from
2817 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
2819 Another scenario would be that there are two logical networks living
2820 on your local Ethernet and you want to access them both with the
2821 same Ethernet card. This can also be done if you say Y here.
2823 The configuration of these alias addresses is done with a special
2824 name syntax explained in Documentation/networking/alias.txt and in
2825 the IP-Alias mini-HOWTO. If you want this, say Y. Most people don't
2828 IP: multicast routing
2830 This is used if you want your machine to act as a router for IP
2831 packets that have several destination addresses. It is needed on the
2832 MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top of the Internet which carries
2833 audio and video broadcasts. In order to do that, you would most
2834 likely run the program mrouted. Information about the multicast
2835 capabilities of the various network cards is contained in
2836 Documentation/networking/multicast.txt. If you haven't heard about
2837 it, you don't need it.
2839 IP: PIM-SM version 1 support
2841 Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM (Protocol Independent
2842 Multicast) version 1. This multicast routing protocol is used widely
2843 because Cisco supports it. You need special software to use it
2844 (pimd-v1). Please see http://netweb.usc.edu/pim/ for more
2845 information about PIM.
2847 Say Y if you want to use PIM-SM v1. Note that you can say N here if
2848 you just want to use Dense Mode PIM.
2850 IP: PIM-SM version 2 support
2852 Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM version 2. In order to use
2853 this, you need an experimental routing daemon supporting it (pimd or
2854 gated-5). This routing protocol is not used widely, so say N unless
2855 you want to play with it.
2857 PC/TCP compatibility mode
2859 If you have been having difficulties telnetting to your Linux
2860 machine from a DOS system that uses (broken) PC/TCP networking
2861 software (all versions up to OnNet 2.0) over your local Ethernet try
2862 saying Y here. Everyone else says N.
2864 People having problems with NCSA telnet should see the file
2865 linux/Documentation/networking/ncsa-telnet.
2867 Assume subnets are local
2869 Say Y if you are on a subnetted network with all machines connected
2870 by Ethernet segments only, as this option optimizes network access
2871 for this special case. If there are other connections, e.g. SLIP
2872 links, between machines of your IP network, say N. If in doubt,
2873 answer N. The PATH mtu discovery facility will cover most cases
2876 Path MTU Discovery (normally enabled)
2877 CONFIG_PATH_MTU_DISCOVERY
2878 MTU (maximal transfer unit) is the size of the chunks we send out
2879 over the net. "Path MTU Discovery" means that, instead of always
2880 sending very small chunks, we start out sending big ones and if we
2881 then discover that some host along the way likes its chunks smaller,
2882 we adjust to a smaller size. This is good, so most people say Y
2885 However, some DOS software (versions of DOS NCSA telnet and Trumpet
2886 Winsock in PPP mode) is broken and won't be able to connect to your
2887 Linux machine correctly in all cases (especially through a terminal
2888 server) unless you say N here. See
2889 Documentation/networking/ncsa-telnet for the location of fixed NCSA
2890 telnet clients. If in doubt, say Y.
2892 Disable NAGLE algorithm (normally enabled)
2893 CONFIG_TCP_NAGLE_OFF
2894 The NAGLE algorithm works by requiring an acknowledgment before
2895 sending small IP frames (packets). This keeps tiny telnet and
2896 rlogin packets from congesting Wide Area Networks. Most people
2897 strongly recommend to say N here, thereby leaving NAGLE
2898 enabled. Those programs that would benefit from disabling this
2899 facility can do it on a per connection basis themselves.
2901 IP: Allow large windows (not recommended if <16 MB of memory)
2903 On high speed, long distance networks the performance limit on
2904 networking becomes the amount of data the sending machine can buffer
2905 until the other end confirms its reception. (At 45 Mbit/second there
2906 are a lot of bits between New York and London ...). If you say Y
2907 here, bigger buffers can be used which allows larger amounts of data
2908 to be "in flight" at any given time. It also means a user process
2909 can require a lot more memory for network buffers and thus this
2910 option is best used only on machines with 16 MB of memory or higher.
2911 Unless you are using long links with end to end speeds of over 2
2912 Mbit a second or satellite links this option will make no difference
2917 If you say Y here, you will include support for Unix domain sockets;
2918 sockets are the standard Unix mechanism for establishing and
2919 accessing network connections. Many commonly used programs such as
2920 the X Window system and syslog use these sockets even if your
2921 machine is not connected to any network. Unless you are working on
2922 an embedded system or something similar, you therefore definitely
2925 However, the socket support is also available as a module ( = code
2926 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
2927 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
2928 here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
2929 unix.o. If you try building this as a module and you have said Y to
2930 "Kernel module loader support" above, be sure to add 'alias net-pf-1
2931 unix' to your /etc/conf.modules file. Note that several important
2932 services won't work correctly if you say M here and then neglect to
2935 Say Y unless you know what you are doing.
2939 This is experimental support for the next version of the Internet
2940 Protocol: IP version 6 (also called IPng "IP next generation").
2941 Features of this new protocol include: expanded address space,
2942 authentication and privacy, and seamless interoperability with the
2943 current version of IP (IP version 4). For general information about
2944 IPv6, see http://playground.sun.com/pub/ipng/html/ipng-main.html ;
2945 for specific information about IPv6 under Linux read the HOWTO at
2946 http://www.bieringer.de/linux/IPv6/ and the file net/ipv6/README in
2949 If you want to use IPv6, please upgrade to the newest net-tools as
2950 given in Documentation/Changes. You will still be able to do regular
2951 IPv4 networking as well.
2953 This protocol support is also available as a module ( = code which
2954 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
2955 want). The module will be called ipv6.o. If you want to compile it
2956 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2958 It is safe to say N here for now.
2960 IPv6: enable EUI-64 token format
2962 6bone, the network of computers using the IPv6 protocol, is moving
2963 to a new aggregatable address format and a new link local address
2964 assignment (EUI-64). Say Y if your site has upgraded already, or
2965 has started to upgrade.
2967 IPv6: disable provider based addresses
2969 Linux tries to operate correctly when your site has moved to EUI-64
2970 only partially. Unfortunately, the two address formats (old:
2971 "provider based" and new: "aggregatable") are incompatible. Say Y if
2972 your site finished the upgrade to EUI-64, and/or you encountered
2973 some problems caused by the presence of two link-local addresses on
2976 IPv6: routing messages via old netlink
2978 You can say Y here to receive routing messages from the IPv6 code
2979 through the old netlink interface. However, a better option is to
2980 say Y to "Kernel/User network link driver" and to "Routing
2985 This is support for the Novell networking protocol, IPX, commonly
2986 used for local networks of Windows machines. You need it if you want
2987 to access Novell NetWare file or print servers using the Linux
2988 Novell client ncpfs (available from
2989 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/ ) or from within
2990 the Linux DOS emulator DOSEMU (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, available from
2991 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto ). In order to do the
2992 former, you'll also have to say Y to "NCP filesystem support",
2995 IPX is similar in scope to IP, while SPX, which runs on top of IPX,
2996 is similar to TCP. There is also experimental support for SPX in
2997 Linux (see "SPX networking", below).
2999 To turn your Linux box into a fully featured NetWare file server and
3000 IPX router, say Y here and fetch either lwared from
3001 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/daemons/ or mars_nwe
3002 from ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/ncpfs . For more information,
3003 read the IPX-HOWTO available from
3004 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
3006 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
3007 Macs is on the WWW at http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html .
3009 The IPX driver would enlarge your kernel by about 5 kB. This driver
3010 is also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
3011 removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The module will
3012 be called ipx.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
3013 and read Documentation/modules.txt. Unless you want to integrate
3014 your Linux box with a local Novell network, say N.
3016 IPX: Full internal IPX network
3018 Every IPX network has an address that identifies it. Sometimes it is
3019 useful to give an IPX "network" address to your Linux box as well
3020 (for example if your box is acting as a file server for different
3021 IPX networks: it will then be accessible from everywhere using the
3022 same address). The way this is done is to create a virtual internal
3023 "network" inside your box and to assign an IPX address to this
3024 network. Say Y here if you want to do this; read the IPX-HOWTO at
3025 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto for details.
3027 The full internal IPX network enables you to allocate sockets on
3028 different virtual nodes of the internal network. This is done by
3029 evaluating the field sipx_node of the socket address given to the
3030 bind call. So applications should always initialize the node field
3031 to 0 when binding a socket on the primary network. In this case the
3032 socket is assigned the default node that has been given to the
3033 kernel when the internal network was created. By enabling the full
3034 internal IPX network the cross-forwarding of packets targeted at
3035 'special' sockets to sockets listening on the primary network is
3036 disabled. This might break existing applications, especially RIP/SAP
3037 daemons. A RIP/SAP daemon that works well with the full internal net
3038 can be found on ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/ncpfs .
3040 If you don't know what you are doing, say N.
3042 IPX: SPX networking (EXPERIMENTAL)
3044 The Sequenced Packet eXchange protocol is a transport layer protocol
3045 built on top of IPX. It is used in Novell NetWare systems for
3046 client-server applications and is similar to TCP (which runs on top
3049 Note that Novell NetWare file sharing does not use SPX; it uses a
3050 protocol called NCP, for which separate Linux support is available
3051 ("NCP filesystem support" below for the client side, and the user
3052 space programs lwared or mars_nwe for the server side).
3054 Say Y here if you have use for SPX; read the IPX-HOWTO at
3055 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto for details.
3057 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3058 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3059 The module will be called af_spx.o. If you want to compile it as a
3060 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3064 The DECnet networking protocol was used in many products made by
3065 Digital (now Compaq). It provides reliable stream and sequenced
3066 packet communications over which run a variety of services similar
3067 to those which run over TCP/IP.
3069 To find some tools to use with the kernel layer support, please
3070 look at Patrick Caulfield's web site:
3071 http://linux.dreamtime.org/decnet/
3073 More detailed documentation is available in the
3074 Documentation/networking/decnet.txt file.
3076 Be sure to say Y to "/proc filesystem support" and "Sysctl support"
3077 below when using DECnet, since you will need sysctl support to aid
3078 in configuration at run time.
3080 The DECnet code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3081 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3082 The module is called decnet.o.
3084 DECnet SIOCFIGCONF support
3085 CONFIG_DECNET_SIOCGIFCONF
3086 This option should only be turned on if you are really sure that
3087 you know what you are doing. It can break other applications which
3088 use this system call and the proper way to get the information
3089 provided by this call is to use rtnetlink.
3093 DECnet Router Support
3094 CONFIG_DECNET_ROUTER
3095 Add support for turning your DECnet Endnode into a level 1 or 2
3096 router. This is an unfinished option for developers only. If you do
3097 turn it on, then make sure that you also say Y to "Kernel/User
3098 network link driver" and "Routing messages", since rtnetlink is the
3099 only current method of configuration.
3101 DECnet Raw Socket Support
3103 Add support for the SOCK_RAW type under DECnet. Used by userland
3104 routing programs to receive routing messages from the kernel and
3105 also as a general debugging aid to see what's going on "under the
3110 AppleTalk is the way Apple computers speak to each other on a
3111 network. If your Linux box is connected to such a network and you
3112 want to join the conversation, say Y. You will need to use the
3113 netatalk package so that your Linux box can act as a print and file
3114 server for Macs as well as access AppleTalk printers. Check out
3115 http://threepio.hitchcock.org/cgi-bin/faq/netatalk/faq.pl on the WWW
3116 for details. EtherTalk is the name used for AppleTalk over Ethernet
3117 and the cheaper and slower LocalTalk is AppleTalk over a proprietary
3118 Apple network using serial links. EtherTalk and LocalTalk are fully
3121 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
3122 Macs is on the WWW at http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html The
3123 NET-3-HOWTO, available from
3124 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , contains valuable
3125 information as well.
3127 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3128 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3129 The module is called appletalk.o. If you want to compile it as a
3130 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. I hear that
3131 the GNU boycott of Apple is over, so even politically correct people
3132 are allowed to say Y here.
3134 AppleTalk-IP driver support
3136 This allows IP networking for users who only have AppleTalk
3137 networking available. This feature is experimental. With this
3138 driver, you can encapsulate IP inside AppleTalk (e.g. if your Linux
3139 box is stuck on an AppleTalk only network) or decapsulate (e.g. if
3140 you want your Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for a zoo of
3141 AppleTalk connected Macs). Please see the file
3142 Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt for more information.
3144 If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP support will be compiled into
3145 the kernel. In this case, you can either use encapsulation or
3146 decapsulation, but not both. With the following two questions, you
3147 decide which one you want.
3149 If you say M here, the AppleTalk-IP support will be compiled as a
3150 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
3151 running kernel whenever you want, read Documentation/modules.txt).
3152 The module is called ipddp.o. In this case, you will be able to use
3153 both encapsulation and decapsulation simultaneously, by loading two
3154 copies of the module and specifying different values for the module
3157 IP to AppleTalk-IP Encapsulation support
3159 If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP code will be able to encapsulate
3160 IP packets inside AppleTalk frames; this is useful if your Linux box
3161 is stuck on an AppleTalk network (which hopefully contains a
3162 decapsulator somewhere). Please see
3163 Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt for more information. If you said
3164 Y to "AppleTalk-IP driver support" above and you say Y here, then
3165 you cannot say Y to "AppleTalk-IP to IP Decapsulation support",
3168 AppleTalk-IP to IP Decapsulation support
3170 If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP code will be able to decapsulate
3171 AppleTalk-IP frames to IP packets; this is useful if you want your
3172 Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for an AppleTalk network.
3173 Please see Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt for more information.
3174 If you said Y to "AppleTalk-IP driver support" above and you say Y
3175 here, then you cannot say Y to "IP to AppleTalk-IP Encapsulation
3178 Apple/Farallon LocalTalk PC card support
3180 This allows you to use the AppleTalk PC card to connect to LocalTalk
3181 networks. The card is also known as the Farallon PhoneNet PC card.
3182 If you are in doubt, this card is the one with the 65C02 chip on it.
3183 You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk package.
3184 This driver is experimental, which means that it may not work.
3185 See the file Documentation/networking/ltpc.txt.
3187 COPS LocalTalk PC card support
3189 This allows you to use COPS AppleTalk cards to connect to LocalTalk
3190 networks. You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk
3191 package. This driver is experimental, which means that it may not
3192 work. This driver will only work if you choose "AppleTalk DDP"
3193 networking support, above.
3194 Please read the file Documentation/networking/cops.txt.
3196 Dayna firmware support
3198 Support COPS compatible cards with Dayna style firmware (Dayna
3199 DL2000/ Daynatalk/PC (half length), COPS LT-95, Farallon PhoneNET PC
3200 III, Farallon PhoneNET PC II).
3202 Tangent firmware support
3204 Support COPS compatible cards with Tangent style firmware (Tangent
3205 ATB_II, Novell NL-1000, Daystar Digital LT-200.
3207 Amateur Radio support
3209 If you want to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio, answer Y
3210 here. You want to read http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html
3211 and the HAM-HOWTO and the AX25-HOWTO, both available from
3212 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
3214 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
3215 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
3216 the questions about amateur radio.
3218 Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2
3220 This is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur
3221 radio. It is either used by itself for point-to-point links, or to
3222 carry other protocols such as tcp/ip. To use it, you need a device
3223 that connects your Linux box to your amateur radio. You can either
3224 use a low speed TNC (a Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of
3225 modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's
3226 microphone input and speaker output) supporting the KISS protocol or
3227 one of the various SCC cards that are supported by the generic Z8530
3228 or the DMA SCC driver. Another option are the Baycom modem serial
3229 and parallel port hacks or the sound card modem (supported by their
3230 own drivers). If you say Y here, you also have to say Y to one of
3233 Information about where to get supporting software for Linux amateur
3234 radio as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is
3235 contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from
3236 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . You might also want to
3237 check out the file Documentation/networking/ax25.txt in the kernel
3238 source. More information about digital amateur radio in general is
3239 on the WWW at http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html .
3241 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3242 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3243 The module will be called ax25.o. If you want to compile it as a
3244 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3246 AX.25 DAMA Slave support
3247 CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_SLAVE
3248 DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25
3249 networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic
3250 from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other slaves.
3251 If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA slave; this is
3252 transparent in that you don't have to do any special DAMA
3253 configuration. (Linux cannot yet act as a DAMA server.) If unsure,
3256 AX.25 DAMA Master support
3257 CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_MASTER
3258 DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25
3259 networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic
3260 from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other
3261 slaves. If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA server.
3264 Amateur Radio NET/ROM
3266 NET/ROM is a network layer protocol on top of AX.25 useful for
3269 A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio
3270 users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is
3271 contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from
3272 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . You also might want to
3273 check out the file Documentation/networking/ax25.txt. More
3274 information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at
3275 http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html .
3277 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3278 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3279 The module will be called netrom.o. If you want to compile it as a
3280 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3282 Amateur Radio X.25 PLP (Rose)
3284 The Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) is a way to route packets over X.25
3285 connections in general and amateur radio AX.25 connections in
3286 particular, essentially an alternative to NET/ROM.
3288 A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio
3289 users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is
3290 contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from
3291 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . You also might want to
3292 check out the file Documentation/networking/ax25.txt. More
3293 information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at
3294 http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html .
3296 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3297 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3298 The module will be called rose.o. If you want to compile it as a
3299 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3301 Serial port KISS driver for AX.25
3303 KISS is a protocol used for the exchange of data between a computer
3304 and a Terminal Node Controller (a small embedded system commonly
3305 used for networking over AX.25 amateur radio connections; it
3306 connects the computer's serial port with the radio's microphone
3307 input and speaker output).
3309 Although KISS is less advanced than the 6pack protocol, it has
3310 the advantage that it is already supported by most modern TNCs
3311 without the need for a firmware upgrade.
3313 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3314 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3315 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3318 Serial port 6PACK driver for AX.25
3320 6pack is a transmission protocol for the data exchange between your
3321 PC and your TNC (the Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of
3322 modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's
3323 microphone input and speaker output). This protocol can be used as
3324 an alternative to KISS for networking over AX.25 amateur radio
3325 connections, but it has some extended functionality.
3327 Note that this driver is still experimental and might cause
3328 problems. For details about the features and the usage of the
3329 driver, read Documentation/networking/6pack.txt.
3331 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3332 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3333 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3338 AX.25 is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur
3339 radio. If you say Y here, you will be able to send and receive AX.25
3340 traffic over Ethernet (also called "BPQ AX.25"), which could be
3341 useful if some other computer on your local network has a direct
3342 amateur radio connection.
3344 High-speed (DMA) SCC driver for AX.25
3346 This is a driver for high-speed SCC boards, i.e. those supporting
3347 DMA on one port. You usually use those boards to connect your
3348 computer to an amateur radio modem (such as the WA4DSY 56kbps
3349 modem), in order to send and receive AX.25 packet radio network
3352 Currently, this driver supports Ottawa PI/PI2
3353 (http://hydra.carleton.ca/info/pi2.html ) and Gracilis PackeTwin
3354 (http://www.paccomm.com/gracilis.html ) boards. They are detected
3355 automatically. If you have one of these cards, say Y here and read
3356 the AX25-HOWTO, available from
3357 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
3359 This driver can operate multiple boards simultaneously. If you
3360 compile it as a module (by saying M instead of Y), it will be called
3361 dmascc.o. If you don't pass any parameter to the driver, all
3362 possible I/O addresses are probed. This could irritate other devices
3363 that are currently not in use. You may specify the list of addresses
3364 to be probed by "dmascc=addr1,addr2,..." (when compiled into the
3365 kernel image) or "io=addr1,addr2,..." (when loaded as a module). The
3366 network interfaces will be called dmascc0 and dmascc1 for the board
3367 detected first, dmascc2 and dmascc3 for the second one, and so on.
3369 Before you configure each interface with ifconfig, you MUST set
3370 certain parameters, such as channel access timing, clock mode, and
3371 DMA channel. This is accomplished with a small utility program,
3372 dmascc_cfg, available at
3373 http://www.nt.tuwien.ac.at/~kkudielk/Linux/ .
3375 Z8530 SCC driver for AX.25
3377 These cards are used to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio
3378 in order to communicate with other computers. If you want to use
3379 this, read Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt and the AX25-HOWTO,
3380 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Also
3381 make sure to say Y to "Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2" support.
3383 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
3384 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3385 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3388 additional delay for PA0HZP OptoSCC compatible boards
3390 Say Y here if you experience problems with the SCC driver not
3391 working properly; please read Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt
3392 for details. If unsure, say N.
3394 #support for TRX that feedback the tx signal to rx
3397 ### Don't know what's going on here.
3401 YAM driver for AX.25
3403 The YAM is a modem for packet radio which connects to the serial
3404 port and includes some of the functions of a Terminal Node
3405 Controller. If you have one of those, say Y here.
3407 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
3408 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3409 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3411 BAYCOM picpar and par96 driver for AX.25
3413 This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that
3414 connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the picpar and
3415 par96 designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility
3416 available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on
3417 the modems, see http://www.baycom.de and the file
3418 Documentation/networking/baycom.txt.
3420 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3421 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3422 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3423 The module will be called baycom_par.o.
3425 BAYCOM EPP driver for AX.25
3427 This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that
3428 connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the EPP
3429 designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility available
3430 in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on the
3431 modems, see http://www.baycom.de and the file
3432 Documentation/networking/baycom.txt.
3434 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3435 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3436 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3437 The module will be called baycom_par.o.
3439 BAYCOM ser12 full duplex driver for AX.25
3440 CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_FDX
3441 This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio
3442 modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the
3443 ser12 design in full duplex mode. In addition, it allows the
3444 baudrate to be set between 300 and 4800 baud (however not all modems
3445 support all baudrates). This is the preferred driver. The next
3446 driver, "BAYCOM ser12 half duplex driver for AX.25" is the old
3447 driver and still provided in case this driver does not work with
3448 your serial interface chip. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc
3449 utility available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For
3450 information on the modems, see http://www.baycom.de and
3451 Documentation/networking/baycom.txt.
3453 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3454 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3455 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3456 The module will be called baycom_ser_fdx.o.
3458 BAYCOM ser12 half duplex driver for AX.25
3459 CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_HDX
3460 This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio
3461 modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the
3462 ser12 design in full duplex mode. This is the old driver. It is
3463 still provided in case your serial interface chip does not work with
3464 the full duplex driver. This driver is depreciated. To configure the
3465 driver, use the sethdlc utility available in the standard ax25
3466 utilities package. For information on the modems, see
3467 http://www.baycom.de and Documentation/networking/baycom.txt.
3469 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3470 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3471 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3472 The module will be called baycom_ser_hdx.o.
3474 Sound card modem driver for AX.25
3476 This experimental driver allows a standard Sound Blaster or
3477 WindowsSoundSystem compatible sound card to be used as a packet
3478 radio modem (NOT as a telephone modem!), to send digital traffic
3481 To configure the driver, use the sethdlc, smdiag and smmixer
3482 utilities available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For
3483 information on how to key the transmitter, see
3484 http://www.ife.ee.ethz.ch/~sailer/pcf/ptt_circ/ptt.html and
3485 Documentation/networking/soundmodem.txt.
3487 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3488 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3489 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3490 The module will be called soundmodem.o.
3492 Sound card modem support for Sound Blaster and compatible cards
3493 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_SBC
3494 This option enables the soundmodem driver to use Sound Blaster and
3495 compatible cards. If you have a dual mode card (i.e. a WSS cards
3496 with a Sound Blaster emulation) you should say N here and Y to
3497 "Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards", below, because
3498 this usually results in better performance. This option also
3499 supports SB16/32/64 in full duplex mode.
3501 Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards
3502 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_WSS
3503 This option enables the soundmodem driver to use WindowsSoundSystem
3504 compatible cards. These cards feature a codec chip from either
3505 Analog Devices (such as AD1848, AD1845, AD1812) or Crystal
3506 Semiconductors (such as CS4248, CS423x). This option also supports
3507 the WSS full duplex operation which currently works with Crystal
3508 CS423x chips. If you don't need full duplex operation, do not enable
3509 it to save performance.
3511 Sound card modem support for 1200 baud AFSK modulation
3512 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK1200
3513 This option enables the soundmodem driver 1200 baud AFSK modem,
3514 compatible to popular modems using TCM3105 or AM7911. The
3515 demodulator requires about 12% of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU
3518 Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (7.3728MHz crystal)
3519 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_7
3520 This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem,
3521 compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with a 7.3728MHz
3522 crystal. Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply
3523 that I recommend building such links. It is only here since users
3524 especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this
3525 modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility
3526 with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if
3527 used) is operated widely outside its specifications.
3529 Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (8MHz crystal)
3530 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_8
3531 This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem,
3532 compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with an 8MHz crystal.
3533 Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply that I
3534 recommend building such links. It is only here since users
3535 especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this
3536 modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility
3537 with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if
3538 used) is operated widely outside its specifications.
3540 Sound card modem support for 2666 baud AFSK modulation
3541 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2666
3542 This option enables the soundmodem driver 2666 baud AFSK modem.
3543 This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything
3546 Sound card modem support for 4800 baud 8PSK modulation
3547 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_PSK4800
3548 This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud 8PSK modem.
3549 This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything
3552 Sound card modem support for 4800 baud HAPN-1 modulation
3553 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_HAPN4800
3554 This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud HAPN-1
3555 compatible modem. This modulation seems to be widely used 'down
3556 under' and in the Netherlands. Here, nobody uses it, so I could not
3557 test if it works. It is compatible to itself, however :-)
3559 Sound card modem support for 9600 baud FSK G3RUH modulation
3560 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_FSK9600
3561 This option enables the soundmodem driver 9600 baud FSK modem,
3562 compatible to the G3RUH standard. The demodulator requires about 4%
3563 of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU per channel. You can say Y to
3564 both 1200 baud AFSK and 9600 baud FSK if you want (but obviously you
3565 can only use one protocol at a time, depending on what the other end
3568 CCITT X.25 Packet Layer
3570 X.25 is a set of standardized network protocols, similar in scope to
3571 frame relay; the one physical line from your box to the X.25 network
3572 entry point can carry several logical point-to-point connections
3573 (called "virtual circuits") to other computers connected to the X.25
3574 network. Governments, banks, and other organizations tend to use it
3575 to connect to each other or to form Wide Area Networks (WANs). Many
3576 countries have public X.25 networks. X.25 consists of two
3577 protocols: the higher level Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) (say Y here
3578 if you want that) and the lower level data link layer protocol LAPB
3579 (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver" below if you want that).
3581 You can read more about X.25 at http://www.sangoma.com/x25.htm and
3582 http://www.cisco.com/univercd/data/doc/software/11_0/rpcg/cx25.htm .
3583 Information about X.25 for Linux is contained in the files
3584 Documentation/networking/x25.txt and
3585 Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt.
3587 One connects to an X.25 network either with a dedicated network card
3588 using the X.21 protocol (not yet supported by Linux) or one can do
3589 X.25 over a standard telephone line using an ordinary modem (say Y
3590 to "X.25 async driver" below) or over Ethernet using an ordinary
3591 Ethernet card and either the 802.2 LLC protocol (say Y to "802.2
3592 LLC" below) or LAPB over Ethernet (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver"
3593 and "LAPB over Ethernet driver" below).
3595 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3596 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3597 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3598 called x25.o. If unsure, say N.
3600 LAPB Data Link Driver (EXPERIMENTAL)
3602 Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB) is the data link layer (i.e.
3603 the lower) part of the X.25 protocol. It offers a reliable
3604 connection service to exchange data frames with one other host, and
3605 it is used to transport higher level protocols (mostly X.25 Packet
3606 Layer, the higher part of X.25, but others are possible as well).
3607 Usually, LAPB is used with specialized X.21 network cards, but Linux
3608 currently supports LAPB only over Ethernet connections. If you want
3609 to use LAPB connections over Ethernet, say Y here and to "LAPB over
3610 Ethernet driver" below. Read
3611 Documentation/networking/lapb-module.txt for technical details.
3613 If you want to compile this driver as a module though ( = code which
3614 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
3615 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
3616 will be called lapb.o. If unsure, say N.
3618 802.2 LLC (VERY EXPERIMENTAL)
3620 This is a Logical Link Layer protocol used for X.25 connections over
3621 Ethernet, using ordinary Ethernet cards.
3623 Bridging (EXPERIMENTAL)
3625 If you say Y here, then your Linux box will be able to act as an
3626 Ethernet bridge, which means that the different Ethernet segments it
3627 is connected to will appear as one Ethernet to the participants.
3628 Several such bridges can work together to create even larger
3629 networks of Ethernets using the IEEE802.1 spanning tree algorithm.
3630 As this is a standard, Linux bridges will interwork properly with
3631 other third party bridge products.
3633 In order to use this, you'll need the bridge configuration tools
3634 available from ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux . Please read the
3635 Bridge mini-HOWTO for more information. Note that if your box acts
3636 as a bridge, it probably contains several Ethernet devices, but the
3637 kernel is not able to recognize more than one at boot time without
3638 help; for details read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
3639 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
3641 The Bridging code is still in test. If unsure, say N.
3645 The Packet protocol is used by applications which communicate
3646 directly with network devices without an intermediate network
3647 protocol implemented in the kernel, e.g. tcpdump. If you want them
3650 This driver is also available as a module called af_packet.o ( =
3651 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
3652 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
3653 here and read Documentation/modules.txt; if you use modprobe or
3654 kmod, you may also want to add "alias net-pf-17 af_packet" to
3659 Packet socket: mmapped IO
3661 If you say Y here, the Packet protocol driver will use an IO
3662 mechanism that results in faster communication.
3666 Kernel/User network link driver
3668 This driver allows for two-way communication between the kernel and
3669 user processes; the user processes communicate with the kernel by
3670 reading from and writing to character special files in the /dev
3671 directory having major mode 36.
3673 So far, the kernel uses this feature to publish some network related
3674 information if you say Y to "Routing messages", below. You also need
3675 to say Y here if you want to use arpd, a daemon that helps keep the
3676 internal ARP cache (a mapping between IP addresses and hardware
3677 addresses on the local network) small. The ethertap device, which
3678 lets user space programs read and write raw Ethernet frames, also
3679 needs the network link driver.
3681 This driver is also available as a module called netlink_dev.o ( =
3682 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
3683 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
3684 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3690 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/route
3691 with major number 36 and minor number 0 using mknod ("man mknod"),
3692 you (or some user space utility) can read some network related
3693 routing information from that file. Everything you write to that
3694 file will be discarded.
3696 Netlink device emulation
3698 This is a backward compatibility option, choose Y for now.
3699 This option will be removed soon.
3701 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)
3703 ATM is a high-speed networking technology for Local Area Networks
3704 and Wide Area Networks. It uses a fixed packet size and is
3705 connection oriented, allowing for the negotiation of minimum
3706 bandwidth requirements.
3708 In order to participate in an ATM network, your Linux box needs an
3709 ATM networking card. If you have that, say Y here and to the driver
3710 of your ATM card below.
3712 Note that you need a set of user-space programs to actually make use
3713 of ATM. See the file Documentation/atm.txt for further details.
3715 Classical IP over ATM
3717 Classical IP over ATM for PVCs and SVCs, supporting InARP and
3718 ATMARP. Typically you will either use LAN Emulation (LANE) or
3719 Classical IP to communicate with other IP hosts on your ATM network.
3721 Do NOT send ICMP if no neighbour
3722 CONFIG_ATM_CLIP_NO_ICMP
3723 Normally, an "ICMP host unreachable" message is sent if a neighbour
3724 cannot be reached because there is no VC to it in the kernel's
3725 ATMARP table. This may cause problems when ATMARP table entries are
3726 briefly removed during revalidation. If you say Y here, packets to
3727 such neighbours are silently discarded instead.
3729 LAN Emulation (LANE) support
3731 LAN Emulation emulates services of existing LANs across an ATM
3732 network. Besides operating as a normal ATM end station client, Linux
3733 LANE client can also act as an proxy client bridging packets between
3734 ELAN and Ethernet segments. You need LANE if you want to try MPOA.
3736 Multi-Protocol Over ATM (MPOA) support
3738 Multi-Protocol Over ATM allows ATM edge devices such as routers,
3739 bridges and ATM attached hosts establish direct ATM VCs across
3740 subnetwork boundaries. These shortcut connections bypass routers
3741 enhancing overall network performance.
3745 ATM over TCP driver. Useful mainly for development and for
3746 experiments. If unsure, say N.
3748 Efficient Networks ENI155P
3750 Driver for the Efficient Networks ENI155p series and SMC ATM
3751 Power155 155 Mbps ATM adapters. Both, the versions with 512kB and
3752 2MB on-board RAM (Efficient calls them "C" and "S", respectively),
3753 and the FPGA and the ASIC Tonga versions of the board are supported.
3754 The driver works with MMF (-MF or ...F) and UTP-5 (-U5 or ...D)
3757 Enable extended debugging
3758 CONFIG_ATM_ENI_DEBUG
3759 Extended debugging records various events and displays that list
3760 when an inconsistency is detected. This mechanism is faster than
3761 generally using printks, but still has some impact on performance.
3762 Note that extended debugging may create certain race conditions
3763 itself. Enable this ONLY if you suspect problems with the driver.
3765 Fine-tune burst settings
3766 CONFIG_ATM_ENI_TUNE_BURST
3767 In order to obtain good throughput, the ENI NIC can transfer
3768 multiple words of data per PCI bus access cycle. Such a multi-word
3769 transfer is called a burst.
3771 The default settings for the burst sizes are suitable for most PCI
3772 chipsets. However, in some cases, large bursts may overrun buffers
3773 in the PCI chipset and cause data corruption. In such cases, large
3774 bursts must be disabled and only (slower) small bursts can be used.
3775 The burst sizes can be set independently in the send (TX) and
3776 receive (RX) direction.
3778 Note that enabling many different burst sizes in the same direction
3779 may increase the cost of setting up a transfer such that the
3780 resulting throughput is lower than when using only the largest
3781 available burst size.
3783 Also, sometimes larger bursts lead to lower throughput, e.g. on an
3784 Intel 440FX board, a drop from 135 Mbps to 103 Mbps was observed
3785 when going from 8W to 16W bursts.
3787 Enable 16W TX bursts (discouraged)
3788 CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_16W
3789 Burst sixteen words at once in the send direction. This may work
3790 with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets.
3792 Enable 8W TX bursts (recommended)
3793 CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_8W
3794 Burst eight words at once in the send direction. This is the default
3797 Enable 4W TX bursts (optional)
3798 CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_4W
3799 Burst four words at once in the send direction. You may want to try
3800 this if you have disabled 8W bursts. Enabling 4W if 8W is also set
3801 may or may not improve throughput.
3803 Enable 2W TX bursts (optional)
3804 CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_2W
3805 Burst two words at once in the send direction. You may want to try
3806 this if you have disabled 4W and 8W bursts. Enabling 2W if 4W or 8W
3807 are also set may or may not improve throughput.
3809 Enable 16W RX bursts (discouraged)
3810 CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_16W
3811 Burst sixteen words at once in the receive direction. This may work
3812 with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets.
3814 Enable 8W RX bursts (discouraged)
3815 CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_8W
3816 Burst eight words at once in the receive direction. This may work
3817 with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets,
3818 such as the Intel Neptune series.
3820 Enable 4W RX bursts (recommended)
3821 CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_4W
3822 Burst four words at once in the receive direction. This is the
3823 default setting. Enabling 4W if 8W is also set may or may not
3826 Enable 2W RX bursts (optional)
3827 CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_2W
3828 Burst two words at once in the receive direction. You may want to
3829 try this if you have disabled 4W and 8W bursts. Enabling 2W if 4W or
3830 8W are also set may or may not improve throughput.
3832 ZeitNet ZN1221/ZN1225
3834 Driver for the ZeitNet ZN1221 (MMF) and ZN1225 (UTP-5) 155 Mbps ATM
3837 Enable extended debugging
3838 CONFIG_ATM_ZATM_DEBUG
3839 Extended debugging records various events and displays that list
3840 when an inconsistency is detected. This mechanism is faster than
3841 generally using printks, but still has some impact on performance.
3842 Note that extended debugging may create certain race conditions
3843 itself. Enable this ONLY if you suspect problems with the driver.
3845 Enable usec resolution timestamps
3846 CONFIG_ATM_ZATM_EXACT_TS
3847 The uPD98401 SAR chip supports a high-resolution timer (approx. 30
3848 MHz) that is used for very accurate reception timestamps. Because
3849 that timer overflows after 140 seconds, and also to avoid timer
3850 drift, time measurements need to be periodically synchronized with
3851 the normal system time. Enabling this feature will add some general
3852 overhead for timer synchronization and also per-packet overhead for
3857 The NICStAR chipset family is used in a large number of ATM NICs for
3858 25 and for 155 Mbps, including IDT cards and the Fore ForeRunnerLE
3861 Madge Ambassador (Collage PCI 155 Server)
3862 CONFIG_ATM_AMBASSADOR
3863 This is a driver for ATMizer based ATM card produced by Madge
3864 Networks Ltd. Say Y (or M to compile as a module named ambassador.o)
3865 here if you have one of these cards.
3867 Enable debugging messages
3868 CONFIG_ATM_AMBASSADOR_DEBUG
3869 Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of
3870 messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a
3871 module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed
3872 dynamically using an ioctl (not yet) or changed by sending the
3873 string "Dxxxx" to VCI 1023 (where x is a hex digit). See the file
3874 drivers/atm/ambassador.h for the meanings of the bits in the mask.
3876 When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the
3877 speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When
3878 inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance.
3880 Madge Horizon [Ultra] (Collage PCI 25 and Collage PCI 155 Client)
3882 This is a driver for the Horizon chipset ATM adapter cards once
3883 produced by Madge Networks Ltd. Say Y (or M to compile as a module
3884 named horizon.o) here if you have one of these cards.
3886 Enable debugging messages
3887 CONFIG_ATM_HORIZON_DEBUG
3888 Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of
3889 messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a
3890 module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed
3891 dynamically using an ioctl (not yet) or changed by sending the
3892 string "Dxxxx" to VCI 1023 (where x is a hex digit). See the file
3893 drivers/atm/horizon.h for the meanings of the bits in the mask.
3895 When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the
3896 speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When
3897 inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance.
3901 If you want to use a SCSI hard disk, SCSI tape drive, SCSI CDROM or
3902 any other SCSI device under Linux, say Y and make sure that you know
3903 the name of your SCSI host adapter (the card inside your computer
3904 that "speaks" the SCSI protocol, also called SCSI controller),
3905 because you will be asked for it.
3907 You also need to say Y here if you want support for the parallel
3908 port version of the 100 MB IOMEGA ZIP drive.
3910 Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
3911 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . The
3912 SCSI-Programming-HOWTO contains information about how to add or
3913 remove an SCSI device from a running Linux machine without
3916 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3917 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3918 The module will be called scsi_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a
3919 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3920 Documentation/scsi.txt. However, do not compile this as a module if
3921 your root filesystem (the one containing the directory /) is located
3926 If you want to use a SCSI hard disk or the SCSI or parallel port
3927 version of the IOMEGA ZIP drive under Linux, say Y and read the
3928 SCSI-HOWTO, the Disk-HOWTO and the Multi-Disk-HOWTO, available from
3929 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . This is NOT for SCSI
3932 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3933 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3934 The module will be called sd_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a
3935 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3936 Documentation/scsi.txt. Do not compile this driver as a module if
3937 your root filesystem (the one containing the directory /) is located
3938 on a SCSI disk. In this case, do not compile the driver for your
3939 SCSI host adapter (below) as a module either.
3943 If you want to use a SCSI tape drive under Linux, say Y and read the
3944 SCSI-HOWTO, available from
3945 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , and
3946 drivers/scsi/README.st in the kernel source. This is NOT for SCSI
3949 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3950 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3951 The module will be called st.o. If you want to compile it as a
3952 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3953 Documentation/scsi.txt .
3957 If you want to use a SCSI CDROM under Linux, say Y and read the
3958 SCSI-HOWTO and the CDROM-HOWTO at
3959 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Also make sure to say Y
3960 or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support" later.
3962 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3963 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3964 The module will be called sr_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a
3965 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3966 Documentation/scsi.txt .
3968 Enable vendor-specific extensions (for SCSI CDROM)
3969 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR_VENDOR
3970 This enables the usage of vendor specific SCSI commands. This is
3971 required to support multisession CDs with old NEC/TOSHIBA cdrom
3972 drives (and HP Writers). If you have such a drive and get the first
3973 session only, try saying Y here; everybody else says N.
3975 SCSI generic support
3977 If you want to use SCSI scanners, synthesizers or CD-writers or just
3978 about anything having "SCSI" in its name other than hard disks,
3979 CDROMs or tapes, say Y here. These won't be supported by the kernel
3980 directly, so you need some additional software which knows how to
3981 talk to these devices using the SCSI protocol. For CD-writers, you
3982 would need the program cdwrite, available from
3983 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/disk-management ; for other
3984 devices, it's possible that you'll have to write the driver software
3985 yourself, so have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO and at the
3986 SCSI-Programming-HOWTO, both available from
3987 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Please read the file
3988 Documentation/scsi-generic.txt for more information.
3990 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
3991 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3992 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3993 Documentation/scsi.txt. The module will be called sg.o. If unsure,
3996 Probe all LUNs on each SCSI device
3997 CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN
3998 If you have a SCSI device that supports more than one LUN (Logical
3999 Unit Number), e.g. a CD jukebox, and only one LUN is detected, you
4000 can say Y here to force the SCSI driver to probe for multiple LUNs.
4001 A SCSI device with multiple LUNs acts logically like multiple SCSI
4002 devices. The vast majority of SCSI devices have only one LUN, and
4003 so most people can say N here and should in fact do so, because it
4006 Verbose SCSI error reporting (kernel size +=12K)
4007 CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS
4008 The error messages regarding your SCSI hardware will be easier to
4009 understand if you say Y here; it will enlarge your kernel by about
4010 12 KB. If in doubt, say Y.
4012 SCSI logging facility
4014 This turns on a logging facility that can be used to debug a number
4015 of SCSI related problems.
4017 If you say Y here, no logging output will appear by default, but you
4018 can enable logging by saying Y to "/proc filesystem support" and
4019 "Sysctl support" below and executing the command
4021 echo "scsi log token [level]" > /proc/scsi/scsi
4023 at boot time after the /proc filesystem has been mounted.
4025 There are a number of things that can be used for 'token' (you can
4026 find them in the source: drivers/scsi/scsi.c), and this allows you
4027 to select the types of information you want, and the level allows
4028 you to select the level of verbosity.
4030 If you say N here, it may be harder to track down some types of SCSI
4031 problems. If you say Y here your kernel will be somewhat larger, but
4032 there should be no noticeable performance impact as long as you have
4035 AdvanSys SCSI support
4036 CONFIG_SCSI_ADVANSYS
4037 This is a driver for all SCSI host adapters manufactured by
4038 AdvanSys. It is documented in the kernel source in
4039 drivers/scsi/advansys.c.
4041 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4042 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4043 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
4044 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called advansys.o.
4046 Adaptec AHA152X/2825 support
4048 This is a driver for the AHA-1510, AHA-1520, AHA-1522, and AHA-2825
4049 SCSI host adapters. It also works for the AVA-1505, but the IRQ etc.
4050 must be manually specified in this case.
4052 It is explained in section 3.3 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4053 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . You might also want to
4054 read the comments at the top of drivers/scsi/aha152x.c.
4056 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4057 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4058 The module will be called aha152x.o. If you want to compile it as a
4059 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4061 Adaptec AHA1542 support
4063 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section
4064 3.4 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4065 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Note that Trantor was
4066 purchased by Adaptec, and some former Trantor products are being
4067 sold under the Adaptec name. If it doesn't work out of the box, you
4068 may have to change some settings in drivers/scsi/aha1542.h.
4070 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4071 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4072 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4075 Adaptec AHA1740 support
4077 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section
4078 3.5 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4079 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . If it doesn't work out
4080 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4081 drivers/scsi/aha1740.h.
4083 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4084 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4085 The module will be called aha1740.o. If you want to compile it as a
4086 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4088 Adaptec AIC7xxx chipset SCSI controller support
4090 This is support for the various aic7xxx based Adaptec SCSI
4091 controllers. These include the 274x EISA cards; 284x VLB cards;
4092 2902, 2910, 293x, 294x, 394x, 3985 and several other PCI and
4093 motherboard based SCSI controllers from Adaptec. It does not support
4094 the AAA-13x RAID controllers from Adaptec, nor will it likely ever
4095 support them. It does not support the 2920 cards from Adaptec that
4096 use the Future Domain SCSI controller chip. For those cards, you
4097 need the "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" driver.
4099 In general, if the controller is based on an Adaptec SCSI controller
4100 chip from the aic777x series or the aic78xx series, this driver
4101 should work. The only exception is the 7810 which is specifically
4102 not supported (that's the RAID controller chip on the AAA-13x
4105 Note that the AHA2920 SCSI host adapter is *not* supported by this
4106 driver; choose "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" instead if you have
4109 Information on the configuration options for this controller can be
4110 found by checking the help file for each of the available
4111 configuration options. You should read drivers/scsi/README.aic7xxx
4112 at a minimum before contacting the maintainer with any questions.
4113 The SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4114 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , can also be of great
4117 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4118 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4119 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4122 Enable or Disable Tagged Command Queueing by default
4123 CONFIG_AIC7XXX_TCQ_ON_BY_DEFAULT
4124 This option causes the aic7xxx driver to attempt to use Tagged
4125 Command Queueing (TCQ) on all devices that claim to support it.
4127 TCQ is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host
4128 adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if
4129 previous commands haven't finished yet. Because the device is
4130 intelligent, it can optimize its operations (like head positioning)
4131 based on its own request queue. Not all devices implement this
4134 If you say Y here, you can still turn off TCQ on troublesome devices
4135 with the use of the tag_info boot parameter. See the file
4136 drivers/scsi/README.aic7xxx for more information on that and other
4137 aic7xxx setup commands. If this option is turned off, you may still
4138 enable TCQ on known good devices by use of the tag_info boot
4141 If you are unsure about your devices then it is safest to say N
4144 However, TCQ can increase performance on some hard drives by as much
4145 as 50% or more, so it is recommended that if you say N here, you
4146 should at least read the README.aic7xxx file so you will know how to
4147 enable this option manually should your drives prove to be safe in
4150 Conversely, certain drives are known to lock up or cause bus resets
4151 when TCQ is enabled on them. If you have a Western Digital
4152 Enterprise SCSI drive for instance, then don't even bother to enable
4153 TCQ on it as the drive will become unreliable, and it will actually
4156 Default number of TCQ commands per device
4157 CONFIG_AIC7XXX_CMDS_PER_DEVICE
4158 Specify the number of commands you would like to allocate per SCSI
4159 device when Tagged Command Queueing (TCQ) is enabled on that device.
4161 Reasonable figures are in the range of 8 to 24 commands per device,
4162 but depending on hardware could be increased or decreased from that
4163 figure. If the number is too high for any particular device, the
4164 driver will automatically compensate usually after only 10 minutes
4165 of uptime. It will not hinder performance if some of your devices
4166 eventually have their command depth reduced, but is a waste of
4167 memory if all of your devices end up reducing this number down to a
4168 more reasonable figure.
4170 NOTE: Certain very broken drives are known to lock up when given
4171 more commands than they like to deal with. Quantum Fireball drives
4172 are the most common in this category. For the Quantum Fireball
4173 drives it is suggested to use no more than 8 commands per device.
4177 Collect statistics to report in /proc
4178 CONFIG_AIC7XXX_PROC_STATS
4179 This option tells the driver to keep track of how many commands have
4180 been sent to each particular device and report that information to
4181 the user via the /proc/scsi/aic7xxx/n file, where n is the number of
4182 the aic7xxx controller you want the information on. This adds a
4183 small amount of overhead to each and every SCSI command the aic7xxx
4184 driver handles, so if you aren't really interested in this
4185 information, it is best to leave it disabled. This will only work if
4186 you also say Y to "/proc filesystem support", below.
4190 Delay in seconds after SCSI bus reset
4191 CONFIG_AIC7XXX_RESET_DELAY
4192 This sets how long the driver will wait after resetting the SCSI bus
4193 before attempting to communicate with the devices on the SCSI bus
4194 again. This delay will be used during the reset phase at bootup time
4195 as well as after any reset that might occur during normal operation.
4196 Reasonable numbers range anywhere from 5 to 15 seconds depending on
4197 your devices. DAT tape drives are notorious for needing more time
4198 after a bus reset to be ready for the next command, but most hard
4199 drives and CD-ROM devices are ready in only a few seconds. This
4200 option has a maximum upper limit of 20 seconds to avoid bad
4201 interactions between the aic7xxx driver and the rest of the linux
4202 kernel. The default value has been reduced to 5 seconds. If this
4203 doesn't work with your hardware, try increasing this value.
4205 IBM ServeRAID Support
4207 This is support for the IBM ServeRAID hardware RAID controllers.
4208 Consult the SCSI-HOWTO, available via anonymous FTP from
4209 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO, and the file
4210 README.ips in drivers/scsi for more information. If this driver
4211 does not work correctly without modification please contact the
4212 author by email at ipslinux@us.ibm.com.
4214 BusLogic SCSI support
4215 CONFIG_SCSI_BUSLOGIC
4216 This is support for BusLogic MultiMaster and FlashPoint SCSI Host
4217 Adapters. Consult the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4218 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , and the files
4219 README.BusLogic and README.FlashPoint in drivers/scsi for more
4220 information. If this driver does not work correctly without
4221 modification, please contact the author, Leonard N. Zubkoff, by
4222 email to lnz@dandelion.com.
4224 You can also build this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4225 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4226 but only a single instance may be loaded. If you want to compile it
4227 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The
4228 module will be called BusLogic.o.
4230 Omit BusLogic SCSI FlashPoint support
4231 CONFIG_SCSI_OMIT_FLASHPOINT
4232 This option allows you to omit the FlashPoint support from the
4233 BusLogic SCSI driver. The FlashPoint SCCB Manager code is
4234 substantial, so users of MultiMaster Host Adapters may wish to omit
4237 DTC3180/3280 SCSI support
4239 This is support for DTC 3180/3280 SCSI Host Adapters. Please read
4240 the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4241 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , and the file
4242 drivers/scsi/README.dtc3x80.
4244 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4245 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4246 The module will be called dtc.o. If you want to compile it as a
4247 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4249 EATA-DMA [Obsolete] (DPT, NEC, AT&T, SNI, AST, Olivetti, Alphatronix) support
4250 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_DMA
4251 This is support for the EATA-DMA protocol compliant SCSI Host
4252 Adapters like the SmartCache III/IV, SmartRAID controller families
4253 and the DPT PM2011B and PM2012B controllers.
4255 Note that this driver is obsolete; if you have one of the above SCSI
4256 Host Adapters, you should normally say N here and Y to "EATA
4257 ISA/EISA/PCI support", below. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available
4258 from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
4260 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4261 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4262 The module will be called eata_dma.o. If you want to compile it as a
4263 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4265 EATA-PIO (old DPT PM2001, PM2012A) support
4266 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_PIO
4267 This driver supports all EATA-PIO protocol compliant SCSI Host
4268 Adapters like the DPT PM2001 and the PM2012A. EATA-DMA compliant
4269 host adapters could also use this driver but are discouraged from
4270 doing so, since this driver only supports hard disks and lacks
4271 numerous features. You might want to have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO,
4272 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
4274 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4275 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4276 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4279 UltraStor 14F/34F support
4281 This is support for the UltraStor 14F and 34F SCSI-2 host adapters.
4282 The source at drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c contains some information about
4283 this hardware. If the driver doesn't work out of the box, you may
4284 have to change some settings in drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c. Read the
4285 SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4286 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Note that there is also
4287 another driver for the same hardware: "UltraStor SCSI support",
4288 below. You should say Y to both only if you want 24F support as
4291 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4292 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4293 The module will be called u14-34f.o. If you want to compile it as a
4294 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4296 enable elevator sorting
4297 CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_LINKED_COMMANDS
4298 This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and
4299 CDROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing
4300 random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable
4301 performance improvement: your mileage may vary...
4303 The safe answer is N.
4305 maximum number of queued commands
4306 CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_MAX_TAGS
4307 This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for
4308 each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 8
4309 only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support.
4310 Minimum is 2 and maximum is 14. This value is also the window size
4311 used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used
4312 by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time.
4314 Future Domain 16xx SCSI/AHA-2920A support
4315 CONFIG_SCSI_FUTURE_DOMAIN
4316 This is support for Future Domain's 16-bit SCSI host adapters
4317 (TMC-1660/1680, TMC-1650/1670, TMC-3260, TMC-1610M/MER/MEX) and
4318 other adapters based on the Future Domain chipsets (Quantum
4319 ISA-200S, ISA-250MG; Adaptec AHA-2920A; and at least one IBM board).
4320 It is explained in section 3.7 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4321 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
4323 NOTE: Newer Adaptec AHA-2920C boards use the Adaptec AIC-7850 chip
4324 and should use the aic7xxx driver ("Adaptec AIC7xxx chipset SCSI
4325 controller support"). This Future Domain driver works with the older
4326 Adaptec AHA-2920A boards with a Future Domain chip on them.
4328 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4329 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4330 The module will be called fdomain.o. If you want to compile it as a
4331 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4333 Future Domain MCS-600/700 SCSI support
4335 This is support for Future Domain MCS 600/700 MCA SCSI adapters.
4336 Some PS/2 computers are equipped with IBM Fast SCSI Adapter/A which
4337 is identical to the MCS 700 and hence also supported by this driver.
4338 This driver also supports the Reply SB16/SCSI card (the SCSI part).
4339 It supports multiple adapters in the same system.
4341 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4342 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4343 The module will be called fd_mcs.o. If you want to compile it as a
4344 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4346 Generic NCR5380/53c400 SCSI support
4347 CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR5380
4348 This is the generic NCR family of SCSI controllers, not to be
4349 confused with the NCR 53c7 or 8xx controllers. It is explained in
4350 section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4351 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . If it doesn't work out
4352 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4353 drivers/scsi/g_NCR5380.h.
4355 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4356 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4357 The module will be called g_NCR5380.o. If you want to compile it as
4358 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4360 Enable NCR53c400 extensions
4361 CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR53C400
4362 This enables certain optimizations for the NCR53c400 SCSI cards. You
4363 might as well try it out. Note that this driver will only probe for
4364 the Trantor T130B in its default configuration; you might have to
4365 pass a command line option to the kernel at boot time if it doesn't
4366 detect your card. See the file drivers/scsi/README.g_NCR5380 for
4369 NCR5380/53c400 mapping method (use Port for T130B)
4370 CONFIG_SCSI_G_NCR5380_PORT
4371 The NCR5380 and NCR53c400 SCSI controllers come in two varieties:
4372 port or memory mapped. You should know what you have. The most
4373 common card, Trantor T130B, uses port mapped mode.
4375 NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support
4376 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx
4377 This is a driver for the 53c7 and 8xx NCR family of SCSI
4378 controllers, not to be confused with the NCR 5380 controllers. It is
4379 explained in section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4380 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . If it doesn't work out
4381 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4382 drivers/scsi/53c7,8xx.h. Please read drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c7xx
4383 for the available boot time command line options.
4385 Note: there is another driver for the 53c8xx family of controllers
4386 ("NCR53C8XX SCSI support" below). If you want to use them both, you
4387 need to say M to both and build them as modules, but only one may be
4388 active at a time. If you have a 53c8xx board, it's better to use the
4391 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4392 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4393 The module will be called 53c7,8xx.o. If you want to compile it as a
4394 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4396 always negotiate synchronous transfers
4397 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_sync
4398 In general, this is good; however, it is a bit dangerous since there
4399 are some broken SCSI devices out there. Take your chances. Safe bet
4402 allow FAST-SCSI [10MHz]
4403 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_FAST
4404 This will enable 10MHz FAST-SCSI transfers with your host
4405 adapter. Some systems have problems with that speed, so it's safest
4409 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_DISCONNECT
4410 This enables the disconnect/reconnect feature of the NCR SCSI
4411 controller. When you say Y here, a slow SCSI device will not lock
4412 the SCSI bus while processing a request, allowing simultaneous use
4413 of e.g. a SCSI hard disk and SCSI tape or CD-ROM drive, and
4414 providing much better performance when using slow and fast SCSI
4415 devices at the same time. Some devices, however, do not operate
4416 properly with this option enabled, and will cause your SCSI system
4417 to hang, which might cause a system crash. The safe answer
4418 therefore is to say N.
4420 NCR53C8XX SCSI support
4421 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX
4422 This is the BSD ncr driver adapted to Linux for the NCR53C8XX family
4423 of PCI-SCSI controllers. This driver supports parity checking,
4424 tagged command queuing and fast synchronous data transfers up to 80
4425 MB/s with wide FAST-40 LVD devices and controllers.
4427 Recent versions of the 53C8XX chips are better supported by the
4428 option "SYM53C8XX SCSI support", below.
4430 Note: there is yet another driver for the 53c8xx family of
4431 controllers ("NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support" above). If you want to use
4432 them both, you need to say M to both and build them as modules, but
4433 only one may be active at a time. If you have a 53c8xx board, you
4434 probably do not want to use the "NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support".
4436 Please read drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c8xx for more information.
4438 SYM53C8XX SCSI support
4439 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX
4440 This driver supports all the features of recent 53C8XX chips (used
4441 in PCI SCSI controllers), notably the hardware phase mismatch
4442 feature of the SYM53C896.
4444 Older versions of the 53C8XX chips are not supported by this
4445 driver. If your system uses either a 810 rev. < 16, a 815, or a 825
4446 rev. < 16 PCI SCSI processor, you must use the generic NCR53C8XX
4447 driver ("NCR53C8XX SCSI support" above) or configure both the
4448 NCR53C8XX and this SYM53C8XX drivers either as module or linked to
4451 When both drivers are linked into the kernel, the SYM53C8XX driver
4452 is called first at initialization and you can use the 'excl=ioaddr'
4453 driver boot option to exclude attachment of adapters by the
4454 SYM53C8XX driver. For example, entering
4455 'sym53c8xx=excl:0xb400,excl=0xc000' at the lilo prompt prevents
4456 adapters at io address 0xb400 and 0xc000 from being attached by the
4457 SYM53C8XX driver, thus allowing the NCR53C8XX driver to attach them.
4458 The 'excl' option is also supported by the NCR53C8XX driver.
4460 Please read drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c8xx for more information.
4462 synchronous data transfers frequency
4463 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYNC
4464 The SCSI Parallel Interface-2 Standard defines 4 classes of transfer
4465 rates: FAST-5, FAST-10, FAST-20 and FAST-40. The numbers are
4466 respectively the maximum data transfer rates in mega-transfers per
4467 second for each class. For example, a FAST-20 Wide 16 device is able
4468 to transfer data at 20 million 16 bit packets per second for a total
4471 You may specify 0 if you want to only use asynchronous data
4472 transfers. This is the safest and slowest option. Otherwise, specify
4473 a value between 5 and 40, depending on the capability of your SCSI
4474 controller. The higher the number, the faster the data transfer.
4475 Note that 40 should normally be ok since the driver decreases the
4476 value automatically according to the controller's capabilities.
4478 Your answer to this question is ignored for controllers with NVRAM,
4479 since the driver will get this information from the user set-up. It
4480 also can be overridden using a boot setup option, as follows
4481 (example): 'ncr53c8xx=sync:12' will allow the driver to negotiate
4482 for FAST-20 synchronous data transfer (20 mega-transfers per
4485 The normal answer therefore is not to go with the default but to
4486 select the maximum value 40 allowing the driver to use the maximum
4487 value supported by each controller. If this causes problems with
4488 your SCSI devices, you should come back and decrease the value.
4490 There is no safe option other than using good cabling, right
4491 terminations and SCSI conformant devices.
4494 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_IOMAPPED
4495 If you say Y here, the driver will use normal IO, as opposed to
4496 memory mapped IO. Memory mapped IO has less latency than normal IO
4497 and works for most Intel-based hardware. Under Linux/Alpha only
4498 normal IO is currently supported by the driver and so, this option
4499 has no effect on those systems.
4501 The normal answer therefore is N; try Y only if you encounter SCSI
4504 not allow targets to disconnect
4505 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_NO_DISCONNECT
4506 This option is only provided for safety if you suspect some SCSI
4507 device of yours to not support properly the target-disconnect
4508 feature. In that case, you would say Y here. In general however, to
4509 not allow targets to disconnect is not reasonable if there is more
4510 than 1 device on a SCSI bus. The normal answer therefore is N.
4512 default tagged command queue depth
4513 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS
4514 "Tagged command queuing" is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves
4515 performance: the host adapter can send several SCSI commands to a
4516 device's queue even if previous commands haven't finished yet.
4517 Because the device is intelligent, it can optimize its operations
4518 (like head positioning) based on its own request queue. Some SCSI
4519 devices don't implement this properly; if you want to disable this
4520 feature, enter 0 or 1 here (it doesn't matter which).
4522 The default value is 8 and should be supported by most hard disks.
4523 This value can be overridden from the boot command line using the
4524 'tags' option as follows (example):
4525 'ncr53c8xx=tags:4/t2t3q16/t0u2q10' will set default queue depth to
4526 4, set queue depth to 16 for target 2 and target 3 on controller 0
4527 and set queue depth to 10 for target 0 / lun 2 on controller 1.
4529 The normal answer therefore is to go with the default 8 and to use
4530 a boot command line option for devices that need to use a different
4531 command queue depth.
4533 There is no safe option other than using good SCSI devices.
4535 maximum number of queued commands
4536 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_MAX_TAGS
4537 This option allows you to specify the maximum number of commands
4538 that can be queued to any device, when tagged command queuing is
4539 possible. The default value is 32. Minimum is 2, maximum is 64.
4540 Modern hard disks are able to support 64 tags and even more, but
4541 do not seem to be faster when more than 32 tags are being used.
4543 So, the normal answer here is to go with the default value 32 unless
4544 you are using very large hard disks with large cache (>= 1 MB) that
4545 are able to take advantage of more than 32 tagged commands.
4547 There is no safe option and the default answer is recommended.
4549 assume boards are SYMBIOS compatible
4550 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT
4551 This option allows you to enable some features depending on GPIO
4552 wiring. These General Purpose Input/Output pins can be used for
4553 vendor specific features or implementation of the standard SYMBIOS
4554 features. Genuine SYMBIOS controllers use GPIO0 in output for
4555 controller LED and GPIO3 bit as a flag indicating
4556 singled-ended/differential interface. The Tekram DC-390U/F boards
4557 uses a different GPIO wiring.
4559 Your answer to this question is ignored if all your controllers have
4560 NVRAM, since the driver is able to detect the board type from the
4563 If all the controllers in your system are genuine SYMBIOS boards or
4564 use BIOS and drivers from SYMBIOS, you would want to say Y here,
4565 otherwise N. N is the safe answer.
4567 enable profiling statistics gathering
4568 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PROFILE
4569 This option allows you to enable profiling information gathering.
4570 These statistics are not very accurate due to the low frequency
4571 of the kernel clock (100 Hz on i386) and have performance impact
4572 on systems that use very fast devices.
4574 The normal answer therefore is N.
4576 include support for the NCR PQS/PDS SCSI card
4577 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PQS_PDS
4578 Say Y here if you have a special SCSI adapter produced by NCR
4579 corporation called a PCI Quad SCSI or PCI Dual SCSI. You do not need
4580 this if you do not have one of these adapters. However, since this
4581 device is detected as a specific PCI device, this option is quite
4584 The common answer here is N, but answering Y is safe.
4588 This is support for the IBM SCSI adapter found in many of the PS/2
4589 series computers. These machines have an MCA bus, so you need to
4590 answer Y to "MCA support" as well and read Documentation/mca.txt.
4592 If the adapter isn't found during boot (a common problem for models
4593 56, 57, 76, and 77) you'll need to use the 'ibmmcascsi=<pun>' kernel
4594 option, where <pun> is the id of the SCSI subsystem (usually 7, but
4595 if that doesn't work check your reference diskette). Owners of model
4596 95 with a LED-matrix-display can in addition activate some activity
4597 info like under OS/2, but more informative, by setting
4598 'ibmmcascsi=display' as an additional kernel parameter. Try "man
4599 bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about how to
4600 pass options to the kernel. The lilo procedure is also explained in
4601 the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4602 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
4604 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4605 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4606 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4610 CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD
4611 In the PC-world and in most modern SCSI-BIOS-setups, SCSI-hard disks
4612 are assigned to the drive letters, starting with the lowest SCSI-id
4613 (physical number -- pun) to be drive C:, as seen from DOS and
4614 similar operating systems. When looking into papers describing the
4615 ANSI-SCSI-standard, this assignment of drives appears to be wrong.
4616 The SCSI-standard follows a hardware-hierarchy which says that id 7
4617 has the highest priority and id 0 the lowest. Therefore, the host
4618 adapters are still today everywhere placed as SCSI-id 7 by default.
4619 In the SCSI-standard, the drive letters express the priority of the
4620 disk. C: should be the hard disk, or a partition on it, with the
4621 highest priority. This must therefore be the disk with the highest
4622 SCSI-id (e.g. 6) and not the one with the lowest! IBM-BIOS kept the
4623 original definition of the SCSI-standard as also industrial- and
4624 process-control-machines, like VME-CPUs running under realtime-OSs
4625 (e.g. LynxOS, OS9) do.
4627 If you like to run Linux on your MCA-machine with the same
4628 assignment of hard disks as seen from e.g. DOS or OS/2 on your
4629 machine, which is in addition conformant to the SCSI-standard, you
4630 must say Y here. This is also necessary for MCA-Linux users who want
4631 to keep downward compatibility to older releases of the
4632 IBM-MCA-SCSI-driver (older than driver-release 2.00 and older than
4635 If you like to have the lowest SCSI-id assigned as drive C:, as
4636 modern SCSI-BIOSes do, which does not conform to the standard, but
4637 is widespread and common in the PC-world of today, you must say N
4638 here. If unsure, say Y.
4640 Reset SCSI-devices at boot time
4641 CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_DEV_RESET
4642 By default, SCSI-devices are reset when the machine is powered on.
4643 However, some devices exist, like special-control-devices,
4644 SCSI-CNC-machines, SCSI-printer or scanners of older type, that do
4645 not reset when switched on. If you say Y here, each device connected
4646 to your SCSI-bus will be issued a reset-command after it has been
4647 probed, while the kernel is booting. This may cause problems with
4648 more modern devices, like hard disks, which do not appreciate these
4649 reset commands, and can cause your system to hang. So say Y only if
4650 you know that one of your older devices needs it; N is the safe
4653 NCR 53C9x MCA support
4654 CONFIG_SCSI_MCA_53C9X
4655 Some Microchannel machines, notably the NCR 35xx line, use a SCSI
4656 controller based on the NCR 53C94. This driver will allow use of
4657 the controller on the 3550, and very possibly others.
4659 If you want to compile this as a module (= code which can be
4660 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say
4661 M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
4664 Always IN2000 SCSI support
4666 This is support for an ISA bus SCSI host adapter. You'll find more
4667 information in drivers/scsi/in2000.readme. If it doesn't work out of
4668 the box, you may have to change the jumpers for IRQ or address
4671 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4672 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4673 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4676 Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI support
4678 This is support for the Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI host adapter. Please
4679 read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4680 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
4682 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4683 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4684 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4689 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section
4690 3.10 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4691 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . If it doesn't work out
4692 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4693 drivers/scsi/pas16.h.
4695 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4696 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4697 The module will be called pas16.o. If you want to compile it as a
4698 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4700 Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI support
4702 This is support for the Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI host adapter. Please
4703 read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4704 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
4706 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4707 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4708 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4713 This is support for the PCI2000I EIDE interface card which acts as a
4714 SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4715 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
4717 This driver is also available as a module called pci2000.o ( = code
4718 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4719 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4720 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4723 CONFIG_SCSI_PCI2220I
4724 This is support for the PCI2220i EIDE interface card which acts as a
4725 SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4726 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
4728 This driver is also available as a module called pci2220i.o ( = code
4729 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4730 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4731 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4735 This is support for the PSI240i EIDE interface card which acts as a
4736 SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4737 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
4739 This driver is also available as a module called psi240i.o ( = code
4740 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4741 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4742 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4744 Qlogic FAS SCSI support
4745 CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FAS
4746 This is a driver for the ISA, VLB, and PCMCIA versions of the Qlogic
4747 FastSCSI! cards as well as any other card based on the FASXX chip
4748 (including the Control Concepts SCSI/IDE/SIO/PIO/FDC cards).
4750 This driver does NOT support the PCI versions of these cards. The
4751 PCI versions are supported by the Qlogic ISP driver ("Qlogic ISP
4752 SCSI support"), below.
4754 Information about this driver is contained in
4755 drivers/scsi/README.qlogicfas. You should also read the SCSI-HOWTO,
4756 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
4758 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4759 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4760 The module will be called qlogicfas.o. If you want to compile it as
4761 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4763 Qlogic ISP SCSI support (EXPERIMENTAL)
4764 CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_ISP
4765 This driver works for all QLogic PCI SCSI host adapters (IQ-PCI,
4766 IQ-PCI-10, IQ_PCI-D) except for the PCI-basic card. (This latter
4767 card is supported by the "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI" driver).
4769 If you say Y here, make sure to choose "BIOS" at the question "PCI
4772 Please read the file drivers/scsi/README.qlogicisp. You should also
4773 read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4774 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
4776 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4777 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4778 The module will be called qlogicisp.o. If you want to compile it as
4779 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4781 Qlogic ISP FC SCSI support
4782 CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FC
4783 This is a driver for the QLogic ISP2100 SCSI-FCP host adapter.
4785 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4786 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4787 The module will be called qlogicfc.o. If you want to compile it as
4788 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4790 Seagate ST-02 and Future Domain TMC-8xx SCSI support
4792 These are 8-bit SCSI controllers; the ST-01 is also supported by
4793 this driver. It is explained in section 3.9 of the SCSI-HOWTO,
4794 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . If it
4795 doesn't work out of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4796 drivers/scsi/seagate.h.
4798 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4799 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4800 The module will be called seagate.o. If you want to compile it as a
4801 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4803 Trantor T128/T128F/T228 SCSI support
4805 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section
4806 3.11 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4807 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . If it doesn't work out
4808 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4809 drivers/scsi/t128.h. Note that Trantor was purchased by Adaptec, and
4810 some former Trantor products are being sold under the Adaptec name.
4812 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4813 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4814 The module will be called t128.o. If you want to compile it as a
4815 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4817 UltraStor SCSI support
4818 CONFIG_SCSI_ULTRASTOR
4819 This is support for the UltraStor 14F, 24F and 34F SCSI-2 host
4820 adapter family. This driver is explained in section 3.12 of the
4821 SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4822 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . If it doesn't work out
4823 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4824 drivers/scsi/ultrastor.h.
4826 Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware:
4827 "UltraStor 14F/34F support", above.
4829 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4830 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4831 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4834 7000FASST SCSI support
4835 CONFIG_SCSI_7000FASST
4836 This driver supports the Western Digital 7000 SCSI host adapter
4837 family. Some information is in the source: drivers/scsi/wd7000.c.
4839 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4840 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
4841 want). The module will be called wd7000.o. If you want to compile it
4842 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4846 This driver supports the ACARD 870U/W SCSI host adapter.
4848 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4849 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4850 The module will be called atp870u.o. If you want to compile it as a
4851 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4853 EATA ISA/EISA/PCI (DPT and generic EATA/DMA-compliant boards) support
4855 This driver supports all EATA/DMA-compliant SCSI host adapters. DPT
4856 ISA and all EISA i/o addresses are probed looking for the "EATA"
4857 signature. If you chose "BIOS" at the question "PCI access mode",
4858 the addresses of all the PCI SCSI controllers reported by the PCI
4859 subsystem are probed as well.
4861 You want to read the start of drivers/scsi/eata.c and the
4862 SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4863 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
4865 Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware
4866 available: "EATA-DMA support". You should say Y to only one of them.
4868 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4869 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4870 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4873 enable tagged command queuing
4874 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_TAGGED_QUEUE
4875 This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host
4876 adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if
4877 previous commands haven't finished yet. Most EATA adapters negotiate
4878 this feature automatically with the device, even if your answer is
4879 N. The safe answer is N.
4881 enable elevator sorting
4882 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_LINKED_COMMANDS
4883 This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and
4884 CDROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing
4885 random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable
4886 performance improvement: your mileage may vary...
4887 The safe answer is N.
4889 maximum number of queued commands
4890 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_MAX_TAGS
4891 This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for
4892 each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 16
4893 only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support.
4894 Minimum is 2 and maximum is 62. This value is also the window size
4895 used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used
4896 by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time.
4898 NCR53c406a SCSI support
4899 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C406A
4900 This is support for the NCR53c406a SCSI host adapter. For user
4901 configurable parameters, check out drivers/scsi/NCR53c406.c in the
4902 kernel source. Also read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
4903 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
4905 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4906 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4907 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4910 Symbios Logic sym53c416 support
4911 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C416
4912 This is support for the sym53c416 SCSI host adapter, the SCSI
4913 adapter that comes with some HP scanners. This driver requires that
4914 the sym53c416 is configured first using some sort of pnp
4915 configuration program (e.g. isapnp) or by a PnP aware BIOS. If you
4916 are using isapnp then you need to compile this driver as a module
4917 and then load it using insmod after isapnp has run. The parameters
4918 of the configured card(s) should be passed to the driver. The format
4921 insmod sym53c416 sym53c416=<base>,<irq> [sym53c416_1=<base>,<irq>]
4923 There is support for up to four adapters. If you want to compile
4924 this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
4925 removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and
4926 read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
4929 Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 (PCscsi) SCSI support
4931 This driver supports PCI SCSI host adapters based on the Am53C974A
4932 chip, e.g. Tekram DC390(T), DawiControl 2974 and some onboard
4933 PCscsi/PCnet (Am53/79C974) solutions.
4935 Documentation can be found in linux/drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim.
4937 Note that this driver does NOT support Tekram DC390W/U/F, which are
4938 based on NCR/Symbios chips. Use "NCR53C8XX SCSI support" for those.
4939 Also note that there is another generic Am53C974 driver,
4940 "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support" below. You can pick either one.
4942 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4943 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4944 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4947 Omit support for other Am53/79C974 based SCSI adapters
4948 CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T_NOGENSUPP
4949 If you say N here, the DC390(T) SCSI driver relies on the DC390
4950 EEPROM to get initial values for its settings, such as speed,
4951 termination, etc. If it can't find this EEPROM, it will use defaults
4952 or the user supplied boot/module parameters. For details on driver
4953 configuration see linux/drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim.
4955 If you say Y here and if no EEPROM is found, the driver gives up and
4956 thus only supports Tekram DC390(T) adapters. This can be useful if
4957 you have a DC390(T) and another Am53C974 based adapter, which, for
4958 some reason, you want to drive with the other AM53C974 driver.
4962 AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support
4963 CONFIG_SCSI_AM53C974
4964 This is support for the AM53/79C974 SCSI host adapters. Please read
4965 drivers/scsi/README.AM53C974 for details. Also, the SCSI-HOWTO,
4966 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , is for
4969 Note that there is another driver for AM53C974 based adapters:
4970 "Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 (PCscsi) SCSI support", above. You
4971 can pick either one.
4973 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4974 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4975 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4978 AMI MegaRAID support
4979 CONFIG_SCSI_MEGARAID
4980 This driver supports the AMI MegaRAID 418, 428, 438, 466, 762, 490
4981 and 467 SCSI host adapters.
4983 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4984 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4985 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4988 GDT SCSI Disk Array Controller support
4990 This is a driver for all SCSI Disk Array Controllers (EISA/ISA/PCI)
4991 manufactured by ICP vortex. It is documented in the kernel source in
4992 drivers/scsi/gdth.c and drivers/scsi/gdth.h.
4994 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4995 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4996 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
4997 Documentation/modules.txt.
4999 IOMEGA parallel port (ppa - older drives)
5001 This driver supports older versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP
5002 drive (a 100 MB removable media device).
5004 Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP
5005 drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the
5006 generic "SCSI disk support", above.
5008 If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP
5009 drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect")
5010 then you should say N here and Y to "IOMEGA parallel port (imm -
5011 newer drives)", below.
5013 For more information about this driver and how to use it you should
5014 read the file drivers/scsi/README.ppa. You should also read the
5015 SCSI-HOWTO, which is available from
5016 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . If you use this driver,
5017 you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks,
5018 such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the
5021 This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in
5022 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want. To compile
5023 this driver as a module, say M here and read
5024 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called ppa.o.
5026 IOMEGA parallel port (imm - newer drives)
5028 This driver supports newer versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP
5029 drive (a 100 MB removable media device).
5031 Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP
5032 drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the
5033 generic "SCSI disk support", above.
5035 If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP
5036 drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect")
5037 then you should say Y here; if you have an older ZIP drive, say N
5038 here and Y to "IOMEGA Parallel Port (ppa - older drives)", above.
5040 For more information about this driver and how to use it you should
5041 read the file drivers/scsi/README.ppa. You should also read the
5042 SCSI-HOWTO, which is available from
5043 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . If you use this driver,
5044 you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks,
5045 such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the
5048 This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in
5049 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want. To compile
5050 this driver as a module, say M here and read
5051 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called imm.o.
5053 Force the Iomega ZIP drivers to use EPP-16
5054 CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_EPP16
5055 EPP (Enhanced Parallel Port) is a standard for parallel ports which
5056 allows them to act as expansion buses that can handle up to 64
5059 Some parallel port chipsets are slower than their motherboard, and
5060 so we have to control the state of the chipset's FIFO queue every
5061 now and then to avoid data loss. This will be done if you say Y
5064 Generally, saying Y is the safe option and slows things down a bit.
5066 Assume slow parallel port control register
5067 CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_SLOW_CTR
5068 Some parallel ports are known to have excessive delays between
5069 changing the parallel port control register and good data being
5070 available on the parallel port data/status register. This option
5071 forces a small delay (1.0 usec to be exact) after changing the
5072 control register to let things settle out. Enabling this option may
5073 result in a big drop in performance but some very old parallel ports
5074 (found in 386 vintage machines) will not work properly.
5076 Generally, saying N is fine.
5078 SCSI Debug host simulator.
5080 This is a host adapter simulator that can be programmed to simulate
5081 a large number of conditions that could occur on a real bus. The
5082 advantage is that many hard to reproduce problems can be tested in a
5083 controlled environment where there is reduced risk of losing
5084 important data. This is primarily of use to people trying to debug
5085 the middle and upper layers of the SCSI subsystem. If unsure, say N.
5087 Fibre Channel support
5089 This is an experimental support for storage arrays connected to
5090 the system using Fibre Optic and the "X3.269-199X Fibre Channel
5091 Protocol for SCSI" specification. You'll also need the generic SCSI
5092 support, as well as the drivers for the storage array itself and
5093 for the interface adapter such as SOC. This subsystem could even
5094 serve for IP networking, with some code extensions.
5100 Serial Optical Channel is an interface card with one or two Fibre
5101 Optic ports, each of which can be connected to a disk array. Only
5102 the SBus incarnation of the adapter is supported at the moment.
5104 SparcSTORAGE Array 100 and 200 series
5106 If you never bought a disk array made by Sun, go with N.
5109 CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_3
5110 This enables support for the Acorn SCSI card (aka30). If you have an
5111 Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
5113 Acorn SCSI tagged queue support
5114 CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_TAGGED_QUEUE
5115 Say Y here to enable tagged queuing support on the Acorn SCSI card.
5117 This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host
5118 adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if
5119 previous commands haven't finished yet. Some SCSI devices don't
5120 implement this properly, so the safe answer is N.
5122 Acorn SCSI Synchronous transfers support
5123 CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_SYNC
5124 Say Y here to enable synchronous transfer negotiation with all
5125 targets on the Acorn SCSI card.
5127 In general, this improves performance; however some SCSI devices
5128 don't implement it properly, so the safe answer is N.
5132 This enables support for the Oak SCSI card. If you have an Acorn
5133 system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
5135 Cumana SCSI I support
5136 CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_1
5137 This enables support for the Cumana SCSI I card. If you have an
5138 Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
5140 Cumana SCSI II support
5141 CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_2
5142 This enables support for the Cumana SCSI II card. If you have an
5143 Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
5147 This enables support for the EcoSCSI card -- a small card that sits
5148 in the Econet socket. If you have an Acorn system with one of these,
5149 say Y. If unsure, say N.
5152 CONFIG_SCSI_EESOXSCSI
5153 This enables support for the EESOX SCSI card. If you have an Acorn
5154 system with one of these, say Y, otherwise say N.
5156 Powertec SCSI support
5157 CONFIG_SCSI_POWERTECSCSI
5158 This enables support for the Powertec SCSI card on Acorn systems. If
5159 you have one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
5161 Network device support?
5163 You can say N here if you don't intend to connect your Linux box to
5164 any other computer at all or if all your connections will be over a
5165 telephone line with a modem either via UUCP (UUCP is a protocol to
5166 forward mail and news between unix hosts over telephone lines; read
5167 the UUCP-HOWTO, available from
5168 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto ) or dialing up a shell
5169 account or a BBS, even using term (term is a program which gives you
5170 almost full Internet connectivity if you have a regular dial up
5171 shell account on some Internet connected Unix computer. Read
5172 http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html ).
5174 You'll have to say Y if your computer contains a network card that
5175 you want to use under Linux (make sure you know its name because you
5176 will be asked for it and read the Ethernet-HOWTO (especially if you
5177 plan to use more than one network card under Linux)) or if you want
5178 to use SLIP (Serial Line Internet Protocol is the protocol used to
5179 send Internet traffic over telephone lines or null modem cables) or
5180 CSLIP (compressed SLIP) or PPP (Point to Point Protocol, a better
5181 and newer replacement for SLIP) or PLIP (Parallel Line Internet
5182 Protocol is mainly used to create a mini network by connecting the
5183 parallel ports of two local machines) or AX.25/KISS (protocol for
5184 sending Internet traffic over amateur radio links).
5186 Make sure to read the NET-3-HOWTO. Eventually, you will have to read
5187 Olaf Kirch's excellent and free book "Network Administrator's
5188 Guide", to be found in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/LDP . If
5191 Dummy net driver support
5193 This is essentially a bit-bucket device (i.e. traffic you send to
5194 this device is consigned into oblivion) with a configurable IP
5195 address. It is most commonly used in order to make your currently
5196 inactive SLIP address seem like a real address for local programs.
5197 If you use SLIP or PPP, you might want to say Y here. Since this
5198 thing often comes in handy, the default is Y. It won't enlarge your
5199 kernel either. What a deal. Read about it in the Network
5200 Administrator's Guide, available from
5201 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#guide .
5203 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
5204 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5205 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
5206 called dummy.o. If you want to use more than one dummy device at a
5207 time, you need to compile this driver as a module. Instead of
5208 'dummy', the devices will then be called 'dummy0', 'dummy1' etc.
5210 SLIP (serial line) support
5212 Say Y if you intend to use SLIP or CSLIP (compressed SLIP) to
5213 connect to your Internet service provider or to connect to some
5214 other local Unix box or if you want to configure your Linux box as a
5215 Slip/CSlip server for other people to dial in. SLIP (Serial Line
5216 Internet Protocol) is a protocol used to send Internet traffic over
5217 serial connections such as telephone lines or null modem cables;
5218 nowadays, the protocol PPP is more commonly used for this same
5221 Normally, your access provider has to support SLIP in order for you
5222 to be able to use it, but there is now a SLIP emulator called SLiRP
5223 around (available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
5224 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/ ) which
5225 allows you to use SLIP over a regular dial up shell connection. If
5226 you plan to use SLiRP, make sure to say Y to CSLIP, below. The
5227 NET-3-HOWTO, available from
5228 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , explains how to
5229 configure SLIP. Note that you don't need this option if you just
5230 want to run term (term is a program which gives you almost full
5231 Internet connectivity if you have a regular dial up shell account on
5232 some Internet connected Unix computer. Read
5233 http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html ). SLIP
5234 support will enlarge your kernel by about 4 KB. If unsure, say N.
5236 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
5237 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5238 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5239 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
5242 CSLIP compressed headers
5243 CONFIG_SLIP_COMPRESSED
5244 This protocol is faster than SLIP because it uses compression on the
5245 TCP/IP headers (not on the data itself), but it has to be supported
5246 on both ends. Ask your access provider if you are not sure and
5247 answer Y, just in case. You will still be able to use plain SLIP. If
5248 you plan to use SLiRP, the SLIP emulator (available from
5249 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/ ) which allows
5250 you to use SLIP over a regular dial up shell connection, you
5251 definitely want to say Y here. The NET-3-HOWTO, available from
5252 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , explains how to
5253 configure CSLIP. This won't enlarge your kernel.
5255 Keepalive and linefill
5257 Adds additional capabilities to the SLIP driver to support the
5258 RELCOM line fill and keepalive monitoring. Ideal on poor quality
5261 Six bit SLIP encapsulation
5262 CONFIG_SLIP_MODE_SLIP6
5263 Just occasionally you may need to run IP over hostile serial
5264 networks that don't pass all control characters or are only seven
5265 bit. Saying Y here adds an extra mode you can use with SLIP:
5266 "slip6". In this mode, SLIP will only send normal ASCII symbols over
5267 the serial device. Naturally, this has to be supported at the other
5268 end of the link as well. It's good enough, for example, to run IP
5269 over the async ports of a Camtec JNT Pad. If unsure, say N.
5271 PPP (point-to-point protocol) support
5273 PPP (Point to Point Protocol) is a newer and better SLIP. It serves
5274 the same purpose: sending Internet traffic over telephone (and other
5275 serial) lines. Ask your access provider if they support it, because
5276 otherwise you can't use it; most internet access providers these
5277 days support PPP rather than SLIP.
5279 To use PPP, you need an additional program called pppd as described
5280 in Documentation/networking/ppp.txt and in the PPP-HOWTO, available
5281 at http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . If you upgrade
5282 from an older kernel, you might need to upgrade pppd as well. The
5283 PPP option enlarges your kernel by about 16 KB.
5285 There are actually two versions of PPP: the traditional PPP for
5286 asynchronous lines, such as regular analog phone lines, and
5287 synchronous PPP which can be used over digital ISDN lines for
5288 example. If you want to use PPP over phone lines or other
5289 asynchronous serial lines, you need to say Y (or M) here and also to
5290 the next option, "PPP support for async serial ports". For PPP over
5291 synchronous lines, you should say Y (or M) here and to "Support
5292 synchronous PPP", below.
5294 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5295 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5296 If you said Y to "Version information on all symbols" above, then
5297 you cannot compile the PPP driver into the kernel; you can then only
5298 compile it as a module. The module will be called ppp_generic.o. If
5299 you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
5300 Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5301 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5303 PPP support for async serial ports
5305 Say Y (or M) here if you want to be able to use PPP over standard
5306 asynchronous serial ports, such as COM1 or COM2 on a PC. If you use
5307 a modem (not a synchronous or ISDN modem) to contact your ISP, you
5310 This code is also available as a module (code which can be inserted
5311 into and removed from the running kernel). If you want to compile
5312 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5314 PPP Deflate compression
5316 Support for the Deflate compression method for PPP, which uses the
5317 Deflate algorithm (the same algorithm that gzip uses) to compress
5318 each PPP packet before it is sent over the wire. The machine at the
5319 other end of the PPP link (usually your ISP) has to support the
5320 Deflate compression method as well for this to be useful. Even if
5321 they don't support it, it is safe to say Y here.
5323 This code is also available as a module (code which can be inserted
5324 into and removed from the running kernel). If you want to compile
5325 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5327 PPP BSD-Compress compression
5329 Support for the BSD-Compress compression method for PPP, which uses
5330 the LZW compression method to compress each PPP packet before it is
5331 sent over the wire. The machine at the other end of the PPP link
5332 (usually your ISP) has to support the BSD-Compress compression
5333 method as well for this to be useful. Even if they don't support it,
5334 it is safe to say Y here.
5336 The PPP Deflate compression method ("PPP Deflate compression",
5337 above) is preferable to BSD-Compress, because it compresses better
5340 Note that the BSD compression code will always be compiled as a
5341 module; it is called bsd_comp.o and will show up in the directory
5342 modules once you have said "make modules". If unsure, say N.
5344 Wireless LAN (non-hamradio)
5346 Support for wireless LANs and everything having to do with radio,
5347 but not with amateur radio. Note that the answer to this question
5348 won't directly affect the kernel: saying N will just cause this
5349 configure script to skip all the questions about radio
5352 Some user-level drivers for scarab devices which don't require
5353 special kernel support are available from
5354 ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux .
5356 STRIP (Metricom Starmode radio IP)
5358 Say Y if you have a Metricom radio and intend to use Starmode Radio
5359 IP. STRIP is a radio protocol developed for the MosquitoNet project
5360 (on the WWW at http://mosquitonet.stanford.edu/ ) to send Internet
5361 traffic using Metricom radios. Metricom radios are small, battery
5362 powered, 100kbit/sec packet radio transceivers, about the size and
5363 weight of a cellular telephone. (You may also have heard them called
5364 "Metricom modems" but we avoid the term "modem" because it misleads
5365 many people into thinking that you can plug a Metricom modem into a
5366 phone line and use it as a modem.)
5368 You can use STRIP on any Linux machine with a serial port, although
5369 it is obviously most useful for people with laptop computers. If you
5370 think you might get a Metricom radio in the future, there is no harm
5371 in saying Y to STRIP now, except that it makes the kernel a bit
5374 You can also compile this as a module ( = code which can be inserted
5375 in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M
5376 here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
5379 AT&T WaveLAN & DEC RoamAbout DS support
5381 The Lucent WaveLAN (formerly NCR and AT&T; or DEC RoamAbout DS) is
5382 a Radio LAN (wireless Ethernet-like Local Area Network) using the
5383 radio frequencies 900 MHz and 2.4 GHz.
5385 This driver support the ISA version of the WaveLAN card. A separate
5386 driver for the PCMCIA (PC-card) hardware is available in David
5387 Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file Documentation/Changes for
5390 If you want to use an ISA WaveLAN card under Linux, say Y and read
5391 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
5392 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Some more specific
5393 information is contained in Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt and
5394 in the source code drivers/net/wavelan.p.h.
5396 You will also need the wireless tools package available from
5397 ftp://hyper.stanford.edu/pub/pcmcia/contrib/ . Please read the man
5398 pages contained therein.
5400 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5401 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5402 The module will be called wavelan.o. If you want to compile it as a
5403 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5404 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5406 Aironet Arlan 655 & IC2200 DS support
5408 Aironet makes Arlan, a class of wireless LAN adapters. These use the
5409 www.Telxon.com chip, which is also used on several similar cards.
5410 This driver is tested on the 655 and IC2200 series cards. Look at
5411 http://www.ylenurme.ee/~elmer/655/ for latest information.
5413 The driver is built as two modules, arlan and arlan-proc. The latter
5414 is the /proc interface and is not needed most of time.
5416 On some computers the card ends up in non-valid state after some time.
5417 Use a ping-reset script to clear it.
5419 LAPB over Ethernet driver
5421 This is a driver for a pseudo device (typically called /dev/lapb0)
5422 which allows you to open an LAPB point-to-point connection to some
5423 other computer on your Ethernet network. In order to do this, you
5424 need to say Y or M to the driver for your Ethernet card as well as
5425 to "LAPB Data Link Driver".
5427 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
5428 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5429 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
5430 called lapbether.o. If unsure, say N.
5434 This is a driver for sending and receiving X.25 frames over regular
5435 asynchronous serial lines such as telephone lines equipped with
5436 ordinary modems. Experts should note that this driver doesn't
5437 currently comply with the asynchronous HDLS framing protocols in
5438 CCITT recommendation X.25.
5440 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
5441 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5442 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
5443 called x25_asy.o. If unsure, say N.
5445 PCMCIA ethernet cards (NE2000 compatibles: DE-650, ...)
5447 Say Y here if you intend to attach an NE2000 compatible PCMCIA
5448 (PC-card) Ethernet networking card to your computer.
5450 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5451 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5452 The module will be called pcnet_cs.o. If you want to compile it as a
5453 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
5456 3Com 3c589 PCMCIA card
5458 Say Y here if you intend to attach a 3Com 3c589 PCMCIA
5459 (PC-card) Ethernet networking card to your computer.
5461 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5462 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5463 The module will be called 3c589_cs.o. If you want to compile it as a
5464 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
5467 Aviator/Raytheon 2.4MHz wireless
5469 Say Y here if you intend to attach an Aviator/Raytheon PCMCIA
5470 (PC-card) wireless Ethernet networking card to your computer.
5472 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5473 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5474 The module will be called ray_cs.o. If you want to compile it as a
5475 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
5478 PLIP (parallel port) support
5480 PLIP (Parallel Line Internet Protocol) is used to create a
5481 reasonably fast mini network consisting of two (or, rarely, more)
5482 local machines. A PLIP link from a Linux box is a popular means to
5483 install a Linux distribution on a machine which doesn't have a CDROM
5484 drive (a minimal system has to be transferred with floppies first).
5485 The kernels on both machines need to have this PLIP option enabled
5488 The PLIP driver has two modes, mode 0 and mode 1. The parallel ports
5489 (the connectors at the computers with 25 holes) are connected with
5490 "null printer" or "Turbo Laplink" cables which can transmit 4 bits
5491 at a time (mode 0) or with special PLIP cables, to be used on
5492 bidirectional parallel ports only, which can transmit 8 bits at a
5493 time (mode 1); you can find the wiring of these cables in
5494 Documentation/networking/PLIP.txt. The cables can be up to 15m long.
5495 Mode 0 works also if one of the machines runs DOS/Windows and has
5496 some PLIP software installed, e.g. the Crynwr PLIP packet driver
5497 (http://oak.oakland.edu/simtel.net/msdos/pktdrvr-pre.html ) and
5498 winsock or NCSA's telnet.
5500 If you want to use PLIP, say Y and read the PLIP mini-HOWTO as well
5501 as the NET-3-HOWTO, both available from
5502 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Note that the PLIP
5503 protocol has been changed and this PLIP driver won't work together
5504 with the PLIP support in Linux versions 1.0.x. This option enlarges
5505 your kernel by about 8 KB.
5507 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
5508 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5509 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5510 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
5511 plip.o. If unsure, say Y or M, in case you buy a laptop later.
5513 EQL (serial line load balancing) support
5515 If you have two serial connections to some other computer (this
5516 usually requires two modems and two telephone lines) and you use
5517 SLIP (the protocol for sending Internet traffic over telephone
5518 lines) or PPP (a better SLIP) on them, you can make them behave like
5519 one double speed connection using this driver. Naturally, this has
5520 to be supported at the other end as well, either with a similar EQL
5521 Linux driver or with a Livingston Portmaster 2e.
5523 Say Y if you want this and read Documentation/networking/eql.txt.
5524 You may also want to read section 6.2 of the NET-3-HOWTO, available
5525 from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
5527 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5528 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5529 The module will be called eql.o. If you want to compile it as a
5530 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
5533 Ethertap network tap
5535 If you say Y here (and have said Y to "Kernel/User network link
5536 driver", above) and create a character special file /dev/tap0 with
5537 major number 36 and minor number 16 using mknod ("man mknod"), you
5538 will be able to have a user space program read and write raw
5539 Ethernet frames from/to that special file. tap0 can be configured
5540 with ifconfig and route like any other Ethernet device but it is not
5541 connected to any physical LAN; everything written by the user to
5542 /dev/tap0 is treated by the kernel as if it had come in from a LAN
5543 to the device tap0; everything the kernel wants to send out over the
5544 device tap0 can instead be read by the user from /dev/tap0: the user
5545 mode program replaces the LAN that would be attached to an ordinary
5546 Ethernet device. Please read the file
5547 Documentation/networking/ethertap.txt for more information.
5549 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5550 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5551 The module will be called ethertap.o. If you want to compile it as a
5552 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5554 If you don't know what to use this for, you don't need it.
5556 Sealevel Systems 4021 support
5557 CONFIG_SEALEVEL_4021
5558 This is a driver for the Sealevel Systems ACB 56 serial I/O adapter.
5560 This driver can only be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
5561 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5562 If you want to do that, say M here. The module will be called
5565 Frame Relay (DLCI) support
5567 This is support for the frame relay protocol; frame relay is a fast
5568 low-cost way to connect to a remote Internet access provider or to
5569 form a private wide area network. The one physical line from your
5570 box to the local "switch" (i.e. the entry point to the frame relay
5571 network, usually at the phone company) can carry several logical
5572 point-to-point connections to other computers connected to the frame
5573 relay network. For a general explanation of the protocol, check out
5574 http://www.frforum.com/ on the WWW. To use frame relay, you need
5575 supporting hardware (called FRAD) and certain programs from the
5576 net-tools package as explained in
5577 Documentation/networking/framerelay.txt.
5579 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5580 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5581 The module will be called dlci.o. If you want to compile it as a
5582 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5586 This is the maximal number of logical point-to-point frame relay
5587 connections (the identifiers of which are called DCLIs) that
5588 the driver can handle. The default is probably fine.
5592 You can specify here how many logical point-to-point frame relay
5593 connections (the identifiers of which are called DCLIs) should be
5594 handled by each of your hardware frame relay access devices. Go with
5597 Sangoma S502A FRAD support
5599 Say Y here if you need a driver for the Sangoma S502A, S502E, and
5600 S508 Frame Relay Access Devices. These are multi-protocol cards, but
5601 only frame relay is supported by the driver at this time. Please
5602 read Documentation/framerelay.txt.
5604 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5605 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5606 The module will be called sdla.o. If you want to compile it as a
5607 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5609 Acorn Econet/AUN protocols (EXPERIMENTAL)
5611 Econet is a fairly old and slow networking protocol mainly used by
5612 Acorn computers to access file and print servers. It uses native
5613 Econet network cards. AUN is an implementation of the higher level
5614 parts of Econet that runs over ordinary Ethernet connections, on
5615 top of the UDP packet protocol, which in turn runs on top of the
5616 Internet protocol IP.
5618 If you say Y here, you can choose with the next two options whether
5619 to send Econet/AUN traffic over a UDP Ethernet connection or over
5620 a native Econet network card.
5622 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5623 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5624 The module will be called econet.o. If you want to compile it as a
5625 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5628 CONFIG_ECONET_AUNUDP
5629 Say Y here if you want to send Econet/AUN traffic over a UDP
5630 connection (UDP is a packet based protocol that runs on top of the
5631 Internet protocol IP) using an ordinary Ethernet network card.
5634 CONFIG_ECONET_NATIVE
5635 Say Y here if you have a native Econet network card installed in
5640 Wide Area Networks (WANs), such as X.25, frame relay and leased
5641 lines, are used to interconnect Local Area Networks (LANs) over vast
5642 distances with data transfer rates significantly higher than those
5643 achievable with commonly used asynchronous modem connections.
5644 Usually, a quite expensive external device called a `WAN router' is
5645 needed to connect to a WAN.
5647 As an alternative, WAN routing can be built into the Linux kernel.
5648 With relatively inexpensive WAN interface cards available on the
5649 market, a perfectly usable router can be built for less than half
5650 the price of an external router. If you have one of those cards and
5651 wish to use your Linux box as a WAN router, say Y here and also to
5652 the WAN driver for your card, below. You will then need the
5653 wan-tools package which is available from ftp://ftp.sangoma.com .
5654 Read Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt for more information.
5656 The WAN routing support is also available as a module called
5657 wanrouter.o ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
5658 running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a
5659 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5663 Fast switching (read help!)
5664 CONFIG_NET_FASTROUTE
5665 Saying Y here enables direct NIC-to-NIC (NIC = Network Interface
5666 Card) data transfers on the local network, which is fast.
5668 IMPORTANT NOTE: This option is NOT COMPATIBLE with "Network packet
5669 filtering" (CONFIG_NETFILTER). Say N here if you say Y there.
5671 However, it will work with all options in the "IP: advanced router"
5672 section (except for "IP: use TOS value as routing key" and
5673 "IP: use FWMARK value as routing key").
5675 At the moment, few devices support fast switching (tulip is one of
5676 them, a modified 8390 driver can be found at
5677 ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/fastroute/fastroute-8390.tar.gz ).
5681 Forwarding between high speed interfaces
5682 CONFIG_NET_HW_FLOWCONTROL
5683 This option enables NIC (Network Interface Card) hardware throttling
5684 during periods of extremal congestion. At the moment only a couple
5685 of device drivers support it (really only one -- tulip, a modified
5686 8390 driver can be found at
5687 ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/fastroute/fastroute-8390.tar.gz ).
5689 Really, this option is applicable to any machine attached to a fast
5690 enough network, and even a 10 Mb NIC is able to kill a not very slow
5691 box, such as a 120MHz Pentium.
5693 However, do not say Y here if you did not experience any serious
5696 QoS and/or fair queueing
5698 When the kernel has several packets to send out over a network
5699 device, it has to decide which ones to send first, which ones to
5700 delay, and which ones to drop. This is the job of the packet
5701 scheduler, and several different algorithms for how to do this
5702 "fairly" have been proposed.
5704 If you say N here, you will get the standard packet scheduler, which
5705 is a FIFO (first come, first served). If you say Y here, you will be
5706 able to choose from among several alternative algorithms which can
5707 then be attached to different network devices. This is useful for
5708 example if some of your network devices are real time devices that
5709 need a certain minimum data flow rate, or if you need to limit the
5710 maximum data flow rate for traffic which matches specified criteria.
5711 This code is considered to be experimental.
5713 To administer these schedulers, you'll need the user-level utilities
5714 from the package iproute2+tc at ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/ .
5715 That package also contains some documentation; for more, check out
5716 http://snafu.freedom.org/linux2.2/iproute-notes.html .
5718 If you say Y here and to "/proc filesystem" below, you will be able
5719 to read status information about packet schedulers from the file
5722 The available schedulers are listed in the following questions; you
5723 can say Y to as many as you like. If unsure, say N now.
5725 CBQ packet scheduler
5727 Say Y here if you want to use the Class-Based Queueing (CBQ) packet
5728 scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. This
5729 algorithm classifies the waiting packets into a tree-like hierarchy
5730 of classes; the leaves of this tree are in turn scheduled by
5731 separate algorithms (called "disciplines" in this context).
5733 See the top of net/sched/sch_cbq.c for references about the CBQ
5736 CBQ is a commonly used scheduler, so if you're unsure, you should
5737 say Y here. Then say Y to all the queueing algorithms below that you
5738 want to use as CBQ disciplines. Then say Y to "Packet classifier
5739 API" and say Y to all the classifiers you want to use; a classifier
5740 is a routine that allows you to sort your outgoing traffic into
5741 classes based on a certain criterion.
5743 This code is also available as a module called sch_cbq.o ( = code
5744 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5745 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5746 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5748 CSZ packet scheduler
5750 Say Y here if you want to use the Clark-Shenker-Zhang (CSZ) packet
5751 scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. At the
5752 moment, this is the only algorithm that can guarantee service for
5753 real-time applications (see the top of net/sched/sch_csz.c for
5754 details and references about the algorithm).
5756 Note: this scheduler is currently broken.
5758 This code is also available as a module called sch_csz.o ( = code
5759 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5760 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5761 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5763 #ATM pseudo-scheduler
5769 The simplest PRIO pseudo scheduler
5771 Say Y here if you want to use an n-band priority queue packet
5772 "scheduler" for some of your network devices or as a leaf discipline
5773 for the CBQ scheduling algorithm. If unsure, say Y.
5775 This code is also available as a module called sch_prio.o ( = code
5776 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5777 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5778 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5782 Say Y here if you want to use the Random Early Detection (RED)
5783 packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices (see
5784 the top of net/sched/sch_red.c for details and references about the
5787 This code is also available as a module called sch_red.o ( = code
5788 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5789 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5790 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5794 Say Y here if you want to use the Stochastic Fairness Queueing (SFQ)
5795 packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a
5796 leaf discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm (see the top of
5797 net/sched/sch_sfq.c for details and references about the SFQ
5800 This code is also available as a module called sch_sfq.o ( = code
5801 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5802 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5803 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5807 Say Y here if you want to use the True Link Equalizer (TLE) packet
5808 scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a leaf
5809 discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm. This queueing
5810 discipline allows the combination of several physical devices into
5811 one virtual device. (see the top of net/sched/sch_teql.c for
5814 This code is also available as a module called sch_teql.o ( = code
5815 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5816 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5817 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5821 Say Y here if you want to use the Simple Token Bucket Filter (TBF)
5822 packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a
5823 leaf discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm (see the top of
5824 net/sched/sch_tbf.c for a description of the TBF algorithm).
5826 This code is also available as a module called sch_tbf.o ( = code
5827 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5828 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5829 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5833 Say Y here if you want to include Quality Of Service scheduling
5834 features, which means that you will be able to request certain
5835 rate-of-flow limits for your network devices.
5837 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
5838 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
5839 the questions about QoS support.
5842 CONFIG_NET_ESTIMATOR
5843 In order for Quality of Service scheduling to work, the current
5844 rate-of-flow for a network device has to be estimated; if you say Y
5845 here, the kernel will do just that.
5847 Packet classifier API
5849 The CBQ scheduling algorithm requires that network packets which are
5850 scheduled to be sent out over a network device be classified
5851 according to some criterion. If you say Y here, you will get a
5852 choice of several different packet classifiers with the following
5855 Routing tables based classifier
5856 CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE
5857 If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets
5858 according to the route table entry they matched. If unsure, say Y.
5860 This code is also available as a module called cls_route.o ( = code
5861 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5862 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5863 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5865 Firewall based classifier
5867 If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets
5868 according to firewall criteria you specified.
5870 This code is also available as a module called cls_fw.o ( = code
5871 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5872 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5873 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5877 If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets
5878 according to their destination address. If unsure, say Y.
5880 This code is also available as a module called cls_u32.o ( = code
5881 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5882 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5883 here and read Documentation/modules.txt
5885 Special RSVP classifier
5887 The Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) permits end systems to
5888 request a minimum and maximum data flow rate for a connection; this
5889 is important for real time data such as streaming sound or video.
5891 Say Y here if you want to be able to classify outgoing packets based
5892 on their RSVP requests.
5894 This code is also available as a module called cls_rsvp.o ( = code
5895 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5896 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5897 here and read Documentation/modules.txt
5899 Special RSVP classifier for IPv6
5900 CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP6
5901 The Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) permits end systems to
5902 request a minimum and maximum data flow rate for a connection; this
5903 is important for real time data such as streaming sound or video.
5905 Say Y here if you want to be able to classify outgoing packets based
5906 on their RSVP requests and you are using the new Internet Protocol
5907 IPv6 as opposed to the older and more common IPv4.
5909 This code is also available as a module called cls_rsvp6.o ( = code
5910 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5911 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5912 here and read Documentation/modules.txt
5915 # Ingres traffic policing
5916 # CONFIG_NET_CLS_POLICE
5918 ### Some expert please fill these in
5921 Network code profiler
5923 If you say Y here and to "/proc filesystem support" below, some
5924 obscure and undocumented information about the network code's
5925 performance will be written to /proc/net/profile. If you don't know
5926 what it is about, you don't need it: say N.
5928 Comtrol Hostess SV-11 support
5930 This is a network card for low speed synchronous serial links, at
5931 up to 256Kbps. It supports both PPP and Cisco HDLC.
5933 At this point, the driver can only be compiled as a module.
5935 COSA/SRP sync serial boards support
5937 This is a driver for COSA and SRP synchronous serial boards. These
5938 boards allow to connect synchronous serial devices (for example
5939 base-band modems, or any other device with the X.21, V.24, V.35 or
5940 V.36 interface) to your Linux box. The cards can work as the
5941 character device, synchronous PPP network device, or the Cisco HDLC
5944 To actually use the COSA or SRP board, you will need user-space
5945 utilities for downloading the firmware to the cards and to set them
5946 up. Look at the http://www.fi.muni.cz/~kas/cosa/ for more
5947 information about the cards (including the pointer to the user-space
5948 utilities). You can also read the comment at the top of the
5949 drivers/net/cosa.c for details about the cards and the driver
5952 The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
5953 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5954 The module will be called cosa.o. For general information about
5955 modules read Documentation/modules.txt.
5957 # Fibre Channel driver support
5960 # Interphase 5526 Tachyon chipset based adaptor support
5963 Red Creek Hardware VPN (EXPERIMENTAL)
5965 This is a driver for hardware which provides a Virtual Private
5966 Network (VPN). Say Y if you have it.
5968 This code is also available as a module called rcpci.o ( = code
5969 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5970 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5971 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5975 Say Y to this option if your Linux box contains a WAN card and you
5976 are planning to use the box as a WAN ( = Wide Area Network) router
5977 ( = device used to interconnect local area networks over wide area
5978 communication links, such as leased lines or public data networks,
5979 e.g. X.25 or frame relay) and you will be offered a list of drivers
5980 for WAN cards currently available. For more information, read
5981 Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt.
5983 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
5984 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
5985 the questions about WAN card drivers. If unsure, say N.
5987 Sangoma WANPIPE(tm) multiprotocol cards
5988 CONFIG_VENDOR_SANGOMA
5989 WANPIPE from Sangoma Technologies Inc. (http://www.sangoma.com ) is a
5990 family of intelligent multiprotocol WAN adapters with data transfer
5991 rates up to T1 (1.544 Mbps). They are also known as Synchronous Data
5992 Link Adapters (SDLA) and designated S502E(A), S503 or S508. These
5993 cards support the X.25, Frame Relay, and PPP protocols. If you have
5994 one or more of these cards, say Y to this option; you may then also
5995 want to read the file Documentation/networking/wanpipe.txt. The next
5996 questions will ask you about the protocols you want the driver to
5999 The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
6000 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6001 The module will be called wanpipe.o. For general information about
6002 modules read Documentation/modules.txt.
6004 Maximum number of cards
6005 CONFIG_WANPIPE_CARDS
6006 Enter number of WANPIPE adapters installed in your machine. The
6007 driver can support up to 8 cards. You may enter more than you
6008 actually have if you plan to add more cards in the future without
6009 re-compiling the driver, but remember that in this case you'll waste
6010 some kernel memory (about 1K per card).
6012 WANPIPE X.25 support
6014 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
6015 to an X.25 network. You should then also have said Y to "CCITT X.25
6016 Packet Layer" and "LAPB Data Link Driver", above. If you say N, the
6017 X.25 support will not be included in the driver (saves about 16 KB
6020 WANPIPE Frame Relay support
6022 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
6023 to a frame relay network. You should then also have said Y to "Frame
6024 Relay (DLCI) support", above. If you say N, the frame relay
6025 support will not be included in the driver (saves about 16 KB of
6030 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
6031 to a leased line using Point-to-Point protocol (PPP). You should
6032 then also have said Y to "PPP (point-to-point) support", above. If
6033 you say N, the PPP support will not be included in the driver (saves
6034 about 16 KB of kernel memory).
6036 Cyclom 2X(tm) multiprotocol cards
6037 CONFIG_CYCLADES_SYNC
6038 Cyclom 2X from Cyclades Corporation (http://www.cyclades.com and
6039 http://www.cyclades.com.br ) is an intelligent multiprotocol WAN
6040 adapter with data transfer rates up to 512 Kbps. These cards support
6041 the X.25 and SNA related protocols. If you have one or more of these
6042 cards, say Y to this option. The next questions will ask you about
6043 the protocols you want the driver to support (for now only X.25 is
6046 While no documentation is available at this time please grab the
6047 wanconfig tarball in http://www.conectiva.com.br/~acme/cycsyn-devel
6048 (with minor changes to make it compile with the current wanrouter
6049 include files; efforts are being made to use the original package
6050 available at ftp://ftp.sangoma.com ).
6052 Feel free to contact me or the cycsyn-devel mailing list at
6053 acme@conectiva.com.br and cycsyn-devel@bazar.conectiva.com.br for
6054 additional details, I hope to have documentation available as soon
6057 The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
6058 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6059 The module will be called cyclomx.o. For general information about
6060 modules read Documentation/modules.txt.
6062 Cyclom 2X X.25 support
6064 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a Cyclom 2X card
6067 If you say N, the X.25 support will not be included in the driver
6068 (saves about 11 KB of kernel memory).
6070 Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit)
6072 Ethernet (also called IEEE 802.3 or ISO 8802-2) is the most common
6073 type of Local Area Network (LAN) in universities and companies.
6075 Common varieties of Ethernet are: 10BASE-2 or Thinnet (10 Mbps over
6076 coaxial cable, linking computers in a chain), 10BASE-T or twisted
6077 pair (10 Mbps over twisted pair cable, linking computers to central
6078 hubs), 10BASE-F (10 Mbps over optical fiber links, using hubs),
6079 100BASE-TX (100 Mbps over two twisted pair cables, using hubs),
6080 100BASE-T4 (100 Mbps over 4 standard voice-grade twisted pair
6081 cables, using hubs), 100BASE-FX (100 Mbps over optical fiber links)
6082 [the 100BASE varieties are also known as Fast Ethernet], and Gigabit
6083 Ethernet (1 Gbps over optical fiber or short copper links).
6085 If your Linux machine will be connected to an Ethernet and you have
6086 an Ethernet network interface card (NIC) installed in your computer,
6087 say Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6088 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . You will then also have
6089 to say Y to the driver for your particular NIC.
6091 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
6092 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6093 the questions about Ethernet network cards. If unsure, say N.
6095 Sun LANCE Ethernet support
6097 This is support for lance Ethernet cards on Sun workstations such as
6098 the SPARCstation IPC (any SPARC with a network interface 'le0' under
6101 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6102 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6103 The module will be called lance.o. If you want to compile it as a
6104 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6106 Sun Intel Ethernet support
6108 This is support for the Intel Ethernet cards on some Sun
6109 workstations (all those with a network interface 'ie0' under SunOS).
6111 Western Digital/SMC cards
6112 CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SMC
6113 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, say Y
6114 and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6115 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6117 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6118 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6119 the questions about Western Digital cards. If you say Y, you will be
6120 asked for your specific card in the following questions.
6124 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6125 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6126 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6128 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6129 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6130 The module will be called wd.o. If you want to compile it as a
6131 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6132 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6134 SMC Ultra MCA support
6136 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type and are running
6137 an MCA based system (PS/2), say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
6138 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6140 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6141 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6142 The module will be called smc-mca.o. If you want to compile it as a
6143 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6144 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6148 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6149 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6150 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6152 Important: There have been many reports that, with some motherboards
6153 mixing an SMC Ultra and an Adaptec AHA154x SCSI card (or compatible,
6154 such as some BusLogic models) causes corruption problems with many
6155 operating systems. The Linux smc-ultra driver has a work-around for
6156 this but keep it in mind if you have such a SCSI card and have
6159 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6160 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6161 The module will be called smc-ultra.o. If you want to compile it as
6162 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6163 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6165 SMC Ultra32 EISA support
6167 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6168 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6169 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6171 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6172 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6173 The module will be called smc-ultra32.o. If you want to compile it
6174 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well
6175 as Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6179 This is support for the SMC9xxx based Ethernet cards. Choose this
6180 option if you have a DELL laptop with the docking station, or
6181 another SMC9192/9194 based chipset. Say Y if you want it compiled
6182 into the kernel, and read the file
6183 Documentation/networking/smc9.txt and the Ethernet-HOWTO, available
6184 from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6186 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6187 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
6188 want). The module will be called smc9194.o. If you want to compile
6189 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as
6190 well as Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6194 This driver is for NE2000 compatible PCI cards. It will not work
6195 with ISA NE2000 cards (they have their own driver, "NE2000/NE1000
6196 support" below). If you have a PCI NE2000 network (Ethernet) card,
6197 say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6198 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6200 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6201 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6202 The module will be called ne2k-pci.o. If you want to compile it as a
6203 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6204 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6206 Racal-Interlan (Micom) NI cards
6207 CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_RACAL
6208 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, such
6209 as the NI5010, NI5210 or NI6210, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
6210 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6212 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6213 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6214 the questions about NI cards. If you say Y, you will be asked for
6215 your specific card in the following questions.
6219 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6220 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6221 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Note that this is still
6224 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6225 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6226 The module will be called ni5010.o. If you want to compile it as a
6227 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6228 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6232 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6233 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6234 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6236 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6237 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6238 The module will be called ni52.o. If you want to compile it as a
6239 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6240 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6244 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6245 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6246 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6248 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6249 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6250 The module will be called ni65.o. If you want to compile it as a
6251 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6252 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6254 RealTek 8129/8139 (not 8019/8029!) support
6256 This is a driver for the Fast Ethernet PCI network cards based on
6257 the RTL8129 and RTL8139 chips. If you have one of those, say Y and
6258 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6259 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6261 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6262 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6263 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
6264 The module will be called rtl8139.o.
6266 SiS 900 PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter support
6268 This is a driver for the Silicon Integrated System Corporation 900
6269 Fast Ethernet PCI network card. If you have one of those, say Y and
6270 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6271 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6273 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6274 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6275 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
6276 The module will be called sis900.o.
6278 Packet Engines Yellowfin Gigabit-NIC support
6280 Say Y here if you have a Packet Engines G-NIC PCI Gigabit Ethernet
6281 adapter. This adapter is used by the Beowulf Linux cluster project.
6282 See http://cesdis.gsfc.nasa.gov/linux/drivers/yellowfin.html for
6283 more information about this driver in particular and Beowulf in
6286 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6287 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6288 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
6289 The module will be called yellowfin.o.
6291 General Instruments Surfboard 1000
6293 This is a driver for the General Instrument (also known as
6294 NextLevel) SURFboard 1000 internal
6295 cable modem. This is an ISA card which is used by a number of cable
6296 TV companies to provide cable modem access. It's a one-way
6297 downstream-only cable modem, meaning that your upstream net link is
6298 provided by your regular phone modem.
6300 At present this driver only compiles as a module, so say M here if
6301 you have this card. The module will be called sb1000.o. Then read
6302 Documentation/networking/README.sb1000 for information on how to use
6303 this module, as it needs special ppp scripts for establishing a
6304 connection. Further documentation and the necessary scripts can be
6307 http://www.jacksonville.net/~fventuri/
6308 http://home.adelphia.net/~siglercm/sb1000.html
6309 http://linuxpower.cx/~cable/
6311 If you don't have this card, of course say N.
6313 Alteon AceNIC/3Com 3C985/NetGear GA620 Gigabit support
6315 Say Y here if you have an Alteon AceNIC, 3Com 3C985(B), NetGear
6316 GA620, SGI Gigabit or Farallon PN9000-SX PCI Gigabit Ethernet
6317 adapter. The driver allows for using the Jumbo Frame option (9000
6318 bytes/frame) however it requires that your switches can handle this
6319 as well. To enable Jumbo Frames, add `mtu 9000' to your ifconfig
6322 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6323 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6324 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
6325 The module will be called acenic.o.
6327 Omit support for older Tigon I based AceNICs
6328 CONFIG_ACENIC_OMIT_TIGON_I
6329 Say Y here if you only have Tigon II based AceNICs and want to leave
6330 out support for the older Tigon I based cards which are no longer
6331 being sold (ie. the original Alteon AceNIC and 3Com 3C985 (non B
6332 version)). This will reduce the size of the driver object by
6333 app. 100KB. If you are not sure whether your card is a Tigon I or a
6334 Tigon II, say N here.
6336 The safe and default value for this is N.
6338 AMD LANCE and PCnet (AT1500 and NE2100) support
6340 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6341 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6342 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Some LinkSys cards are
6345 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6346 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6347 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
6348 The module will be called lance.o.
6351 CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_3COM
6352 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, say Y
6353 and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6354 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6356 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6357 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6358 the questions about 3COM cards. If you say Y, you will be asked for
6359 your specific card in the following questions.
6363 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6364 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6365 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Also, consider buying a
6366 new card, since the 3c501 is slow, broken, and obsolete: you will
6367 have problems. Some people suggest to ping ("man ping") a nearby
6368 machine every minute ("man cron") when using this card.
6370 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6371 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6372 The module will be called 3c501.o. If you want to compile it as a
6373 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6374 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6378 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6379 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6380 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6382 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6383 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6384 The module will be called 3c503.o. If you want to compile it as a
6385 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6386 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6390 Information about this network (Ethernet) card can be found in
6391 Documentation/networking/3c505.txt. If you have a card of this type,
6392 say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6393 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6395 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6396 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6397 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6398 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6403 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6404 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6405 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6407 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6408 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6409 The module will be called 3c507.o. If you want to compile it as a
6410 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6411 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6415 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6416 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6417 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6419 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6420 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6421 The module will be called 3c523.o. If you want to compile it as a
6422 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6423 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6427 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6428 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6429 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6431 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6432 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6433 The module will be called 3c527.o. If you want to compile it as a
6434 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6435 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6439 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to the 3Com
6440 EtherLinkIII series, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available
6441 from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6443 If your card is not working you may need to use the DOS
6444 setup disk to disable Plug & Play mode, and to select the default
6447 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6448 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6449 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6450 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6453 3c590 series (592/595/597) "Vortex" support
6455 If you have a 3Com "Vortex" (Fast EtherLink 3c590/3c592/3c595/3c597)
6456 or "Boomerang" series (EtherLink XL 3c900 or 3c905) network
6457 (Ethernet) card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6458 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . More specific
6459 information is in Documentation/networking/vortex.txt and in the
6460 comments at the beginning of drivers/net/3c59x.c.
6462 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6463 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6464 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6465 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6469 If your network (Ethernet) card hasn't been mentioned yet and its
6470 bus system (that's the way the cards talks to the other components
6471 of your computer) is ISA (as opposed to EISA, VLB or PCI), say Y.
6472 Make sure you know the name of your card. Read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
6473 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6477 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6478 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6479 the remaining ISA network card questions. If you say Y, you will be
6480 asked for your specific card in the following questions.
6482 Generic ARCnet support
6484 If you have a network card of this type, say Y and check out the
6485 (arguably) beautiful poetry in Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt.
6487 You need both this driver, and the driver for the particular ARCnet
6488 chipset of your card. If you don't know, then it's probably a
6489 COM90xx type card, so say Y (or M) to "ARCnet COM90xx chipset
6492 You might also want to have a look at the Ethernet-HOWTO, available
6493 from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto (even though ARCnet
6494 is not really Ethernet).
6496 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6497 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6498 The module will be called arcnet.o. If you want to compile it as a
6499 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6500 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6502 Enable arc0e (ARCnet "ether-encap" packet format)
6504 This allows you to use "Ethernet encapsulation" with your ARCnet
6505 card via the virtual arc0e device. You only need arc0e if you want
6506 to talk to nonstandard ARCnet software, specifically,
6507 DOS/Windows-style "NDIS" drivers. You do not need to say Y here to
6508 communicate with industry-standard RFC1201 implementations, like the
6509 arcether.com packet driver or most DOS/Windows ODI drivers. RFC1201
6510 is included automatically as the arc0 device. Please read the
6511 ARCnet documentation in Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt for more
6512 information about using arc0e and arc0s.
6514 Enable arc0s (ARCnet RFC1051 packet format)
6516 This allows you to use RFC1051 with your ARCnet card via the virtual
6517 arc0s device. You only need arc0s if you want to talk to ARCnet
6518 software complying with the "old" standard, specifically, the DOS
6519 arcnet.com packet driver, Amigas running AmiTCP, and some variants
6520 of NetBSD. You do not need to say Y here to communicate with
6521 industry-standard RFC1201 implementations, like the arcether.com
6522 packet driver or most DOS/Windows ODI drivers. RFC1201 is included
6523 automatically as the arc0 device. Please read the ARCnet
6524 documentation in Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt for more
6525 information about using arc0e and arc0s.
6527 ARCnet COM90xx (normal) chipset driver
6528 CONFIG_ARCNET_COM90xx
6529 This is the chipset driver for the standard COM90xx cards. If you
6530 have always used the old ARCnet driver without knowing what type of
6531 card you had, this is probably the one for you.
6533 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6534 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6535 The module will be called com90xx.o. If you want to compile it as a
6536 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6537 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6539 ARCnet COM90xx (IO mapped) chipset driver
6540 CONFIG_ARCNET_COM90xxIO
6541 This is the chipset driver for the COM90xx cards, using them in
6542 IO-mapped mode instead of memory-mapped mode. This is slower than
6543 the normal driver. Only use it if your card doesn't support shared
6546 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6547 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6548 The module will be called com90io.o. If you want to compile it as a
6549 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6550 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6552 ARCnet COM90xx (RIM I) chipset driver
6554 This is yet another chipset driver for the COM90xx cards, but this
6555 time only using memory-mapped mode, and no IO ports at all. This
6556 driver is completely untested, so if you have one of these cards,
6557 please mail David.Woodhouse@mvhi.com, especially if it works!
6559 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6560 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
6561 want). The module will be called arc-rimi.o. If you want to compile
6562 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as
6563 well as Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6565 ARCnet COM20020 chipset driver
6566 CONFIG_ARCNET_COM20020
6567 This is the driver for the new COM20020 chipset. It supports such
6568 things as promiscuous mode, so packet sniffing is possible, and
6569 extra diagnostic information.
6571 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6572 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6573 The module will be called com20020.o. If you want to compile it as a
6574 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6575 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6577 Cabletron E21xx support
6579 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6580 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6581 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6583 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6584 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6585 The module will be called e2100.o. If you want to compile it as a
6586 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6587 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6591 Support for CS89x0 chipset based Ethernet cards. If you have a
6592 network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read the
6593 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6594 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto as well as
6595 Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt.
6597 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6598 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6599 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6600 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6605 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6606 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6607 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto as well as
6608 drivers/net/depca.c.
6610 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6611 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6612 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6613 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6616 EtherWorks 3 support
6618 This driver supports the DE203, DE204 and DE205 network (Ethernet)
6619 cards. If this is for you, say Y and read
6620 Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt in the kernel source as well as
6621 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6622 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6624 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6625 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6626 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6627 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6632 This is a driver for the SEEQ 8005 network (Ethernet) card. If this
6633 is for you, read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6634 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6636 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6637 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6638 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6639 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6644 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6645 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6646 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6648 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6649 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6650 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
6651 Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6652 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6655 FMV-181/182/183/184 support
6657 If you have a Fujitsu FMV-181/182/183/184 network (Ethernet) card,
6658 say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6659 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6661 If you use an FMV-183 or FMV-184 and it is not working, you may need
6662 to disable Plug & Play mode of the card.
6664 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6665 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6666 The module will be called fmv18x.o. If you want to compile it as a
6667 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6668 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6670 EtherExpress PRO support
6672 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y. Note
6673 however that the EtherExpress PRO/100 Ethernet card has its own
6674 separate driver. Please read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6675 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6677 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6678 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6679 The module will be called eepro.o. If you want to compile it as a
6680 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6681 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6683 EtherExpress support
6685 If you have an EtherExpress16 network (Ethernet) card, say Y and
6686 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6687 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Note that the Intel
6688 EtherExpress16 card used to be regarded as a very poor choice
6689 because the driver was very unreliable. We now have a new driver
6690 that should do better.
6692 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
6693 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6694 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6695 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6698 HP PCLAN+ (27247B and 27252A) support
6700 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6701 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6702 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6704 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6705 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6706 The module will be called hp-plus.o. If you want to compile it as a
6707 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6708 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6710 HP PCLAN (27245 and other 27xxx series) support
6712 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6713 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6714 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6716 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6717 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6718 The module will be called hp.o. If you want to compile it as a
6719 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6720 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6722 HP 10/100VG PCLAN (ISA, EISA, PCI) support
6724 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6725 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6726 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6728 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6729 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6730 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6731 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6734 NE2000/NE1000 support
6736 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6737 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6738 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Many Ethernet cards
6739 without a specific driver are compatible with NE2000.
6741 If you have a PCI NE2000 card however, say N here and Y to "PCI
6742 NE2000 support", above. If you have a NE2000 card and are running on
6743 an MCA system (a bus system used on some IBM PS/2 computers and
6744 laptops), say N here and Y to "NE/2 (ne2000 MCA version) support",
6747 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6748 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6749 The module will be called ne.o. If you want to compile it as a
6750 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6751 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6755 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6756 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6757 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6759 NE/2 (ne2000 MCA version) support
6761 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6762 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6763 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6765 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6766 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6767 The module will be called ne2.o. If you want to compile it as a
6768 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6769 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6773 These are Micro Channel ethernet adapters. You need to say Y to "MCA
6774 support" in order to use this driver. Supported cards are the SKnet
6775 Junior MC2 and the SKnet MC2(+). The driver automatically
6776 distinguishes between the two cards. Note that using multiple boards
6777 of different type hasn't been tested with this driver. Say Y if you
6778 have one of these ethernet adapters.
6780 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6781 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6782 The module is called sk_mca.o. If you want to compile it as a
6783 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6784 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6786 EISA, VLB, PCI and on board controllers
6788 This is another class of network cards which attach directly to the
6789 bus. If you have one of those, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
6790 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6792 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6793 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6794 the questions about this class of network cards. If you say Y, you
6795 will be asked for your specific card in the following questions. If
6796 you are unsure, say Y.
6798 AMD PCnet32 (VLB and PCI) support
6800 If you have a PCnet32 or PCnetPCI based network (Ethernet) card,
6801 answer Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6802 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6804 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6805 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6806 The module will be called pcnet32.o. If you want to compile it as a
6807 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6808 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6810 Ansel Communications EISA 3200 support
6812 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6813 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6814 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6816 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6817 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6818 The module will be called ac3200.o. If you want to compile it as a
6819 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6820 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6822 Mylex EISA LNE390A/LNE390B support
6824 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6825 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6826 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6828 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6829 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6830 The module will be called lne390.o. If you want to compile it as a
6831 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6832 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6834 Novell/Eagle/Microdyne NE3210 EISA support
6836 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6837 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6838 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Note that this driver
6839 will NOT WORK for NE3200 cards as they are completely different.
6841 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6842 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6843 The module will be called ne3210.o. If you want to compile it as a
6844 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6845 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6847 Apricot Xen-II on board Ethernet
6849 If you have a network (Ethernet) controller of this type, say Y and
6850 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6851 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6853 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6854 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6855 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6856 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6859 Generic DECchip & DIGITAL EtherWORKS PCI/EISA
6861 This is support for the DIGITAL series of PCI/EISA Ethernet cards.
6862 These include the DE425, DE434, DE435, DE450 and DE500 models. If
6863 you have a network card of this type, say Y and read the
6864 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6865 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . More specific
6866 information is contained in Documentation/networking/de4x5.txt.
6868 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6869 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6870 The module will be called de4x5.o. If you want to compile it as a
6871 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6872 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6874 DECchip Tulip (dc21x4x) PCI support
6876 This driver is developed for the SMC EtherPower series Ethernet
6877 cards and also works with cards based on the DECchip
6878 21040/21041/21140 (Tulip series) chips. Some LinkSys PCI cards are
6879 of this type. (If your card is NOT SMC EtherPower 10/100 PCI
6880 (smc9332dst), you can also try the driver for "Generic DECchip"
6881 cards, above. However, most people with a network card of this type
6882 will say Y here.) Do read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6883 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . More specific
6884 information is contained in Documentation/networking/tulip.txt.
6886 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6887 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6888 The module will be called tulip.o. If you want to compile it as a
6889 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6890 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6892 Digi Intl. RightSwitch support
6894 This is support for the Digi International RightSwitch series of
6895 PCI/EISA Ethernet switch cards. These include the SE-4 and the SE-6
6896 models. If you have a network card of this type, say Y and read the
6897 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6898 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . More specific
6899 information is contained in Documentation/networking/dgrs.txt.
6901 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6902 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6903 The module will be called dgrs.o. If you want to compile it as a
6904 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6905 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6907 EtherExpress PRO/100 support
6908 CONFIG_EEXPRESS_PRO100
6909 If you have an Intel EtherExpress PRO/100 PCI network (Ethernet)
6910 card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6911 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6913 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6914 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6915 The module will be called eepro100.o. If you want to compile it as a
6916 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6917 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6919 ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 support
6921 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6922 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6923 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6925 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6926 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6927 The module will be called eth16i.o. If you want to compile it as a
6928 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6929 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6931 TI ThunderLAN support (EXPERIMENTAL)
6933 If you have a PCI Ethernet network card based on the ThunderLAN chip
6934 which is supported by this driver, say Y and read the
6935 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6936 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6938 Devices currently supported by this driver are Compaq Netelligent,
6939 Compaq NetFlex and Olicom cards. Please read the file
6940 Documentation/networking/tlan.txt for more details.
6942 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6943 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6944 The module will be called tlan.o. If you want to compile it as a
6945 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6946 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6948 Please email feedback to james.banks@caldera.com.
6952 If you have a VIA "rhine" based network card (Rhine-I (3043) or
6953 Rhine-2 (VT86c100A)), say Y here.
6955 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6956 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6957 The module will be called via-rhine.o. If you want to compile it as
6958 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6959 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6961 Racal-Interlan EISA ES3210 support
6963 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6964 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6965 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6967 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6968 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6969 The module will be called es3210.o. If you want to compile it as a
6970 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6971 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6973 SMC EtherPower II (EXPERIMENTAL)
6975 If you have an SMC EtherPower II 9432 PCI Ethernet network card
6976 which is based on the SMC83c170, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
6977 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6979 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6980 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6981 The module will be called epic100.o. If you want to compile it as a
6982 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6983 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6985 SGI Seeq ethernet controller support
6987 Say Y here if you have an Seeq based Ethernet network card. This is
6988 used in many Silicon Graphics machines.
6990 Zenith Z-Note support
6992 The Zenith Z-Note notebook computer has a built-in network
6993 (Ethernet) card, and this is the Linux driver for it. Note that the
6994 IBM Thinkpad 300 is compatible with the Z-Note and is also supported
6995 by this driver. Read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
6996 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
6998 Adaptec Starfire support
6999 CONFIG_ADAPTEC_STARFIRE
7000 If you have an Ethernet network card like this, say Y and read the
7001 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
7002 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
7004 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7005 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7006 The module will be called starfire.o. If you want to compile it as a
7007 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
7008 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
7010 Pocket and portable adapters
7012 Cute little network (Ethernet) devices which attach to the parallel
7013 port ("pocket adapters"), commonly used with laptops. If you have
7014 one of those, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
7015 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
7017 If you want to plug a network (or some other) card into the PCMCIA
7018 (or PC-card) slot of your laptop instead (PCMCIA is the standard for
7019 credit card size extension cards used by all modern laptops), you
7020 need the pcmcia-cs package (location contained in the file
7021 Documentation/Changes) and you can say N here.
7023 Laptop users should read the Linux Laptop home page at
7024 http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/kharker/linux-laptop/ .
7026 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
7027 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
7028 the questions about this class of network devices. If you say Y, you
7029 will be asked for your specific device in the following questions.
7031 AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter support
7033 This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel
7034 port. Read drivers/net/atp.c as well as the Ethernet-HOWTO,
7035 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , if you
7036 want to use this. If you intend to use this driver, you should have
7037 said N to the Parallel Printer support, because the two drivers
7038 don't like each other.
7040 D-Link DE600 pocket adapter support
7042 This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel
7043 port. Read Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt as well as the
7044 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
7045 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , if you want to use
7046 this. It is possible to have several devices share a single parallel
7047 port and it is safe to compile the corresponding drivers into the
7050 If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code
7051 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
7052 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7053 The module will be called de600.o.
7055 D-Link DE620 pocket adapter support
7057 This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel
7058 port. Read Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt as well as the
7059 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from
7060 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , if you want to use
7061 this. It is possible to have several devices share a single parallel
7062 port and it is safe to compile the corresponding drivers into the
7065 If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code
7066 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
7067 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7068 The module will be called de620.o.
7070 Token Ring driver support
7072 Token Ring is IBM's way of communication on a local network; the
7073 rest of the world uses Ethernet. To participate on a Token Ring
7074 network, you need a special Token ring network card. If you are
7075 connected to such a Token Ring network and want to use your Token
7076 Ring card under Linux, say Y here and to the driver for your
7077 particular card below and read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available
7078 from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Most people can
7081 IBM Tropic chipset based adapter support
7083 This is support for all IBM Token Ring cards that don't use DMA. If
7084 you have such a beast, say Y and read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO,
7085 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
7087 Warning: this driver will almost definitely fail if more than one
7088 active Token Ring card is present.
7090 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7091 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7092 The module will be called ibmtr.o. If you want to compile it as a
7093 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7095 IBM Olympic chipset PCI adapter support
7097 This is support for all non-Lanstreamer IBM PCI Token Ring Cards.
7098 Specifically this is all IBM PCI, PCI Wake On Lan, PCI II, PCI II
7099 Wake On Lan, and PCI 100/16/4 adapters.
7101 If you have such an adapter, say Y and read the Token-Ring
7102 mini-HOWTO, available from
7103 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
7105 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7106 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7107 The module will will be called olympic.o. If you want to compile it
7108 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7110 Also read the file Documentation/networking/olympic.txt or check the
7111 Linux Token Ring Project site for the latest information at
7112 http://www.linuxtr.net
7114 SysKonnect adapter support
7116 This is support for all SysKonnect Token Ring cards, specifically
7117 SysKonnect TR4/16(+) ISA (SK-4190), SysKonnect TR4/16(+) PCI
7118 (SK-4590), SysKonnect TR4/16 PCI (SK-4591) adapters.
7120 If you have such an adapter and would like to use it, say Y or M and
7121 read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available from
7122 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
7124 Also read the file linux/Documentation/networking/sktr.txt or check
7125 the Linux-SNA WWW site for the latest information at
7126 http://www.linux-sna.org .
7128 Traffic Shaper (EXPERIMENTAL)
7130 The traffic shaper is a virtual network device that allows you to
7131 limit the rate of outgoing data flow over some other network device.
7132 The traffic that you want to slow down can then be routed through
7133 these virtual devices. See Documentation/networking/shaper.txt for
7136 An alternative to this traffic shaper is the experimental
7137 Class-Based Queueing (CBQ) scheduling support which you get if you
7138 say Y to "QoS and/or fair queueing" above.
7140 To set up and configure shaper devices, you need the shapecfg
7141 program, available from ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux in the
7144 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7145 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7146 The module will be called shaper.o. If you want to compile it as a
7147 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
7152 Fiber Distributed Data Interface is a high speed local area network
7153 design; essentially a replacement for high speed Ethernet. FDDI can
7154 run over copper or fiber. If you are connected to such a network and
7155 want a driver for the FDDI card in your computer, say Y here (and
7156 then also Y to the driver for your FDDI card, below). Most people
7159 Digital DEFEA and DEFPA adapter support
7161 This is support for the DIGITAL series of EISA (DEFEA) and PCI
7162 (DEFPA) controllers which can connect you to a local FDDI network.
7164 HIgh Performance Parallel Interface support (EXPERIMENTAL)
7166 HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI) is a 800Mbit/sec and
7167 1600Mbit/sec dual-simplex switched or point-to-point network. HIPPI
7168 can run over copper (25m) or fiber (300m on multi-mode or 10km on
7169 single-mode). HIPPI networks are commonly used for clusters and to
7170 connect to super computers. If you are connected to a HIPPI network
7171 and have a HIPPI network card in your computer that you want to use
7172 under Linux, say Y here (you must also remember to enable the driver
7173 for your HIPPI card below). Most people will say N here.
7175 Essential RoadRunner HIPPI PCI adapter support
7177 Say Y here if this is your PCI HIPPI network card.
7179 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7180 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7181 The module will be called rrunner.o. If you want to compile it as
7182 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
7185 Use large TX/RX rings
7186 CONFIG_ROADRUNNER_LARGE_RINGS
7187 If you say Y here, the RoadRunner driver will preallocate up to 2 MB
7188 of additional memory to allow for fastest operation, both for
7189 transmitting and receiving. This memory cannot be used by any other
7190 kernel code or by user space programs. Say Y here only if you have
7195 If you have an Acorn system with one of these (AKA25) network cards,
7196 you should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux.
7198 Acorn/ANT Ether3 card
7200 If you have an Acorn system with one of these network cards, you
7201 should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux.
7205 If you have an Acorn system with one of these network cards, you
7206 should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux.
7208 EBSA-110 Ethernet interface
7209 CONFIG_ARM_AM79C961A
7210 If you wish to compile a kernel for the EBSA-110, then you should
7211 always answer Y to this.
7213 Support CDROM drives that are not SCSI or IDE/ATAPI
7214 CONFIG_CD_NO_IDESCSI
7215 If you have a CDROM drive that is neither SCSI nor IDE/ATAPI, say Y
7216 here, otherwise N. Read the CDROM-HOWTO, available from
7217 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
7219 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
7220 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
7221 the questions about these CDROM drives. If you are unsure what you
7222 have, say Y and find out whether you have one of the following
7225 For each of these drivers, a file Documentation/cdrom/<driver_name>
7226 exists. Especially in cases where you do not know exactly which kind
7227 of drive you have you should read there. Most of these drivers use a
7228 file drivers/cdrom/<driver_name>.h where you can define your
7229 interface parameters and switch some internal goodies.
7231 All these CDROM drivers are also usable as a module ( = code which
7232 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7233 want). If you want to compile them as module, say M instead of Y and
7234 read Documentation/modules.txt.
7236 If you want to use any of these CDROM drivers, you also have to
7237 answer Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support" below (this
7238 answer will get "defaulted" for you if you enable any of the Linux
7241 Sony CDU31A/CDU33A CDROM support
7243 These CDROM drives have a spring-pop-out caddyless drawer, and a
7244 rectangular green LED centered beneath it. NOTE: these CDROM drives
7245 will not be auto detected by the kernel at boot time; you have to
7246 provide the interface address as an option to the kernel at boot
7247 time as described in Documentation/cdrom/cdu31a or fill in your
7248 parameters into drivers/cdrom/cdu31a.c. Try "man bootparam" or
7249 see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about
7250 how to pass options to the kernel. The lilo procedure is also
7251 explained in the SCSI-HOWTO.
7253 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7254 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7257 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7258 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7259 The module will be called cdu31a.o. If you want to compile it as a
7260 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7262 Standard Mitsumi [no XA/Multisession] CDROM support
7264 This is the older of the two drivers for the older Mitsumi models
7265 LU-005, FX-001 and FX-001D. This is not the right driver for the
7266 FX-001DE and the triple or quad speed models (all these are
7267 IDE/ATAPI models). Please also the file Documentation/cdrom/mcd.
7269 With the old LU-005 model, the whole drive chassis slides out for cd
7270 insertion. The FX-xxx models use a motorized tray type mechanism.
7271 Note that this driver does not support XA or MultiSession CDs
7272 (PhotoCDs). There is a new driver (next question) which can do
7273 this. If you want that one, say N here.
7275 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7276 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7279 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7280 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7281 The module will be called mcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
7282 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7284 IRQ channel for Mitsumi CD-ROM
7286 This allows you to specify the default value of the IRQ used by the
7287 driver. This setting can be overridden by passing the "mcd="
7288 parameter to the kernel at boot time (or at module load time if you
7289 said M to "Standard Mitsumi CDROM support").
7291 I/O base address for Mitsumi CD-ROM
7293 This allows you to specify the default value of the I/O base address
7294 used by the driver. This setting can be overridden by passing the
7295 "mcd=" parameter to the kernel at boot time (or at module load time
7296 if you said M to "Standard Mitsumi CDROM support").
7298 Mitsumi [XA/MultiSession] support
7300 Use this driver if you want to be able to read XA or MultiSession
7301 CDs (PhotoCDs) as well as ordinary CDs with your Mitsumi LU-005,
7302 FX-001 or FX-001D CDROM drive. In addition, this driver uses much
7303 less kernel memory than the old one, if that is a concern. This
7304 driver is able to support more than one drive, but each drive needs
7305 a separate interface card. Please read the file
7306 Documentation/cdrom/mcdx.
7308 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7309 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7312 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7313 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7314 The module will be called mcdx.o. If you want to compile it as a
7315 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7317 Matsushita/Panasonic/Creative, Longshine, TEAC CDROM support
7319 This driver supports most of the drives which use the Panasonic or
7320 Sound Blaster interface. Please read the file
7321 Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd.
7323 The Matsushita CR-521, CR-522, CR-523, CR-562, CR-563 drives
7324 (sometimes labeled "Creative"), the Creative Labs CD200, the
7325 Longshine LCS-7260, the "IBM External ISA CDROM" (in fact a CR-56x
7326 model), the TEAC CD-55A fall under this category. Some other
7327 "electrically compatible" drives (Vertos, Genoa, some Funai models)
7328 are currently not supported; for the Sanyo H94A drive currently a
7329 separate driver (asked later) is responsible. Most drives have a
7330 uniquely shaped faceplate, with a caddyless motorized drawer, but
7331 without external brand markings. The older CR-52x drives have a
7332 caddy and manual loading/eject, but still no external markings. The
7333 driver is able to do an extended auto-probing for interface
7334 addresses and drive types; this can help to find facts in cases you
7335 are not sure, but can consume some time during the boot process if
7336 none of the supported drives gets found. Once your drive got found,
7337 you should enter the reported parameters into drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h
7338 and set "DISTRIBUTION 0" there.
7340 This driver can support up to four CDROM controller cards, and each
7341 card can support up to four CDROM drives; if you say Y here, you
7342 will be asked how many controller cards you have. If compiled as a
7343 module, only one controller card (but with up to four drives) is
7346 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7347 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7350 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7351 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7352 The module will be called sbpcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
7353 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7355 Matsushita/Panasonic, ... second CDROM controller support
7357 Say Y here only if you have two CDROM controller cards of this type
7358 (usually only if you have more than four drives). You should enter
7359 the parameters for the second, third and fourth interface card into
7360 linux/include/linux/sbpcd.h before compiling the new kernel. Read
7361 the file Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd.
7363 Aztech/Orchid/Okano/Wearnes/TXC/CyDROM CDROM support
7365 This is your driver if you have an Aztech CDA268-01A, Orchid
7366 CD-3110, Okano or Wearnes CDD110, Conrad TXC, or CyCDROM CR520 or
7367 CR540 CDROM drive. This driver -- just like all these CDROM drivers
7368 -- is NOT for CDROM drives with IDE/ATAPI interfaces, such as Aztech
7369 CDA269-031SE. Please read the file Documentation/cdrom/aztcd.
7371 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7372 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7375 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7376 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7377 The module will be called aztcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
7378 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7380 Sony CDU535 CDROM support
7382 This is the driver for the older Sony CDU-535 and CDU-531 CDROM
7383 drives. Please read the file Documentation/cdrom/sonycd535.
7385 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7386 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7389 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7390 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7391 The module will be called sonycd535.o. If you want to compile it as
7392 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7394 Goldstar R420 CDROM support
7396 If this is your CDROM drive, say Y here. As described in the file
7397 linux/Documentation/cdrom/gscd, you might have to change a setting
7398 in the file linux/drivers/cdrom/gscd.h before compiling the
7399 kernel. Please read the file Documentation/cdrom/gscd.
7401 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7402 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7405 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7406 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7407 The module will be called gscd.o. If you want to compile it as a
7408 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7410 Philips/LMS CM206 CDROM support
7412 If you have a Philips/LMS CDROM drive cm206 in combination with a
7413 cm260 host adapter card, say Y here. Please also read the file
7414 Documentation/cdrom/cm206.
7416 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7417 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7420 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7421 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7422 The module will be called cm206.o. If you want to compile it as a
7423 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7425 Optics Storage DOLPHIN 8000AT CDROM support
7427 This is the driver for the 'DOLPHIN' drive with a 34-pin Sony
7428 compatible interface. It also works with the Lasermate CR328A. If
7429 you have one of those, say Y. This driver does not work for the
7430 Optics Storage 8001 drive; use the IDE-ATAPI CDROM driver for that
7431 one. Please read the file Documentation/cdrom/optcd.
7433 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
7434 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
7437 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7438 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7439 The module will be called optcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
7440 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7442 Sanyo CDR-H94A CDROM support
7444 If this is your CDROM drive, say Y here and read the file
7445 Documentation/cdrom/sjcd. You should then also say Y or M to
7446 "ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support" below, because that's the
7447 filesystem used on CDROMs.
7449 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7450 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7451 The module will be called sjcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
7452 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7454 Soft configurable cdrom interface card support
7456 If you want to include boot-time initialization of any cdrom
7457 interface card that is software configurable, say Y here. Currently
7458 only the ISP16/MAD16/Mozart sound cards with built-in cdrom
7459 interfaces are supported.
7461 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
7462 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
7463 the questions about these CDROM drives.
7465 ISP16/MAD16/Mozart soft configurable cdrom interface support
7467 These are sound cards with built-in cdrom interfaces using the OPTi
7468 82C928 or 82C929 chips. Say Y here to have them detected and
7469 possibly configured at boot time. In addition, You'll have to say Y
7470 to a driver for the particular cdrom drive you have attached to the
7471 card. Read Documentation/cdrom/isp16 for details.
7473 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7474 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7475 The module will be called isp16.o. If you want to compile it as a
7476 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7480 If you say Y here, you will be able to set per user limits for disk
7481 usage (also called disk quotas). Currently, it works only for the
7482 ext2 filesystem. You need additional software in order to use quota
7483 support; for details, read the Quota mini-HOWTO, available from
7484 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . Probably the quota
7485 support is only useful for multi user systems. If unsure, say N.
7487 Support for USB (EXPERIMENTAL!)
7489 Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a specification for a serial bus
7490 system which offers higher speeds and more features than the
7491 traditional PC serial port. The bus supplies power to peripherals
7492 and allows for hot swapping. Up to 127 USB peripherals can be
7493 connected to a single USB port in a tree structure; the USB port is
7494 the root of the tree, the peripherals are the leafs and the inner
7495 nodes are special USB devices called hubs. Many newer PC's have USB
7496 ports and newer peripherals such as scanners, keyboards, mice,
7497 modems and printers support the USB protocol and can be connected to
7498 the PC via those ports.
7500 Say Y here if your computer has a USB port and you want to
7501 experiment with USB devices. You then need to say Y to at least one
7502 of "UHCI support" or "OHCI support" below (the type of interface
7503 that the USB hardware in your computer provides) and then choose
7504 from among the drivers for USB peripherals.
7506 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7507 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7508 The module will be called usbcore.o. If you want to compile it as a
7509 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7511 UHCI (intel PIIX4 and others) support?
7513 The Universal Host Controller Interface is a standard by Intel for
7514 accessing the USB hardware in the PC (which is also called the USB
7515 host controller). If your USB host controller conforms to this
7516 standard, say Y. All recent boards with Intel PCI chipsets conform
7517 to this standard. If unsure, say Y.
7519 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7520 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7521 The module will be called usb-uhci.o. If you want to compile it as a
7522 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7524 OHCI (compaq and some others) support?
7526 The Open Host Controller Interface is a standard by Compaq for
7527 accessing the USB PC hardware (also called USB host controller). If
7528 your USB host controller conforms to this standard, say Y. The USB
7529 host controllers on most non-Intel architectures and on several x86
7530 compatibles with non-Intel chipsets conform to this standard.
7532 There are currently two OHCI drivers in development. You should
7533 compile at most one. The other one is "OHCI-HCD (other OHCI opt.
7534 Virt. Root Hub) support?", below.
7536 You may want to read the file drivers/usb/README.ohci.
7538 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7539 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7540 The module will be called usb-ohci.o. If you want to compile it as a
7541 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7543 Enable tons of OHCI debugging output
7544 CONFIG_USB_OHCI_DEBUG
7545 Say Y here in order to have the OHCI code generate verbose debugging
7548 OHCI-HCD (other OHCI opt. Virt. Root Hub) support?
7550 This is an alternative driver for USB PC hardware (also called USB
7551 host controller) which complies with Compaq's Open Host Controller
7552 Interface. You may want to read the file
7553 drivers/usb/README.ohci_hcd.
7555 There are currently two OHCI drivers in development. You should
7556 compile at most one. The other one is "OHCI (compaq and some others)
7559 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7560 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7561 The module will be called usb-ohci-hcd.o. If you want to compile it
7562 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7564 OHCI-HCD Virtual Root Hub
7565 CONFIG_USB_OHCI_VROOTHUB
7566 The virtual root hub support is currently unstable, so you probably
7567 want to say N unless you are a hacker. But you aren't a hacker since
7568 you are reading help texts.
7570 Enable lots of ISOC debugging output
7571 CONFIG_USB_DEBUG_ISOC
7572 Say Y here if you want to get lots of debugging output related to
7577 Say Y here if you want to connect several USB devices to a single
7578 USB port. You will need an USB hub to do this.
7582 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7583 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7584 The module will be called hub.o. If you want to compile it as a
7585 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7589 Say Y here if you want to connect a USB mouse to your computer's USB
7592 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7593 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7594 The module will be called mouse.o. If you want to compile it as a
7595 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7597 USB HP scanner support
7598 CONFIG_USB_HP_SCANNER
7599 Say Y here if you want to connect a USB HP scanner to your
7600 computer's USB port. Please read drivers/usb/README.hp_scanner
7601 for more information.
7603 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7604 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7605 The module will be called hp_scanner.o. If you want to compile it as
7606 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7608 USB keyboard support
7610 Say Y here if you want to connect a USB keyboard to your computer's
7613 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7614 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7615 The module will be called usb-keyboard.o. If you want to compile it
7616 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7618 USB audio parsing support
7620 Say Y here if you want to connect audio equipment such as USB
7621 speakers to your computer's USB port.
7623 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7624 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7625 The module will be called audio.o. If you want to compile it as a
7626 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7628 USB Communications Device Class (ACM) support (Preliminary)
7630 This driver allows for devices which support the Abstract Control
7631 Model, including many USB-based modems, ISDN adapters, and network
7634 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7635 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7636 The module will be called acm.o. If you want to compile it as a
7637 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7641 Say Y here if you want to connect a printer to your computer's USB
7644 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7645 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7646 The module will be called printer.o. If you want to compile it as a
7647 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7649 USB CPiA Camera support
7651 Say Y here if you want to connect this type of camera to your
7652 computer's USB port.
7654 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7655 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7656 The module will be called cpia.o. If you want to compile it as a
7657 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7661 Say Y here if you want to connect SCSI devices to your computer's
7664 USB SCSI verbose debug
7665 CONFIG_USB_SCSI_DEBUG
7666 Say Y here in order to have the USB SCSI code generate verbose
7669 #EZUSB Firmware downloader
7672 USS720 parport driver
7674 This driver is for USB parallel port adapters that use the Lucent
7675 Technologies USS-720 chip. These adapters provide USB compatibility
7676 to peripherals designed with parallel port interfaces.
7678 The chip has two modes: automatic mode and manual mode. In automatic
7679 mode, it looks to the computer like a standard USB printer. Only
7680 printers may be connected to the USS-720 in this mode. The generic
7681 USB printer driver ("USB Printer support", above) may be used in
7682 that mode, and you can say N here if you want to use the chip only
7685 Manual mode is not limited to printers, any parallel port
7686 device should work. This driver utilizes manual mode.
7687 Note however that some operations are three orders of a magnitude
7688 slower than on a PCI/ISA Parallel Port, so timing critical
7689 applications might not work.
7691 Say Y here if you own an USS-720 USB->Parport cable and intend to
7692 connect anything other than a printer to it.
7694 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7695 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7696 The module will be called uss720.o. If you want to compile it as a
7697 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7699 USB /proc filesystem entry support (Preliminary)
7701 This reports USB drivers and devices in the /proc filesystem.
7702 Entries are located in /proc/bus/usb. The entries are described in
7703 the file Documentation/proc_usb_info.txt.
7705 Note that you must say Y to "/proc filesystem support" below for
7708 Generic ACPI support
7710 Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) is an interface
7711 specification to support power management of peripherals. If your
7712 system supports it, say Y here.
7714 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7715 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7716 The module will be called acpi.o. If you want to compile it as a
7717 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7721 If you have a PIIX4 based motherboard (PCI ISA IDE Xcelerator
7722 (PIIX4) is a multi-function PCI device) and you want support for
7723 Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) to support power
7724 management of peripherals, say Y here.
7728 Minix is a simple operating system used in many classes about OS's.
7729 The minix filesystem (method to organize files on a hard disk
7730 partition or a floppy disk) was the original filesystem for Linux,
7731 but has been superseded by the second extended filesystem ext2fs.
7732 You don't want to use the minix filesystem on your hard disk because
7733 of certain built-in restrictions, but it is sometimes found on older
7734 Linux floppy disks. This option will enlarge your kernel by about
7735 28 kB. If unsure, say N.
7737 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7738 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7739 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7740 called minix.o. Note that the filesystem of your root partition (the
7741 one containing the directory /) cannot be compiled as a module.
7743 Second extended fs support
7745 This is the de facto standard Linux filesystem (method to organize
7746 files on a storage device) for hard disks.
7748 You want to say Y here, unless you intend to use Linux exclusively
7749 from inside a DOS partition using the umsdos filesystem. The
7750 advantage of the latter is that you can get away without
7751 repartitioning your hard drive (which often implies backing
7752 everything up and restoring afterwards); the disadvantage is that
7753 Linux becomes susceptible to DOS viruses and that umsdos is somewhat
7754 slower than ext2fs. Even if you want to run Linux in this fashion,
7755 it might be a good idea to have ext2fs around: it enables you to
7756 read more floppy disks and facilitates the transition to a *real*
7757 Linux partition later. Another (rare) case which doesn't require
7758 ext2fs is a diskless Linux box which mounts all files over the
7759 network using NFS (in this case it's sufficient to say Y to "NFS
7760 filesystem support" below). Saying Y here will enlarge your kernel
7763 The Ext2fs-Undeletion mini-HOWTO, available from
7764 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , gives information about
7765 how to retrieve deleted files on ext2fs filesystems.
7767 To change the behavior of ext2 filesystems, you can use the tune2fs
7768 utility ("man tune2fs"). To modify attributes of files and
7769 directories on ext2 filesystems, use chattr ("man chattr").
7771 Ext2fs partitions can be read from within DOS using the ext2tool
7772 command line tool package (available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
7773 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/ext2 ) and from
7774 within Windows NT using the ext2nt command line tool package from
7775 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/dos . Explore2fs is a graphical
7776 explorer for ext2fs partitions which runs on Windows 95 and Windows
7777 NT and includes experimental write support; it is available from
7778 http://jnewbigin-pc.it.swin.edu.au/Linux/Explore2fs.htm .
7780 If you want to compile this filesystem as a module ( = code which
7781 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7782 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
7783 will be called ext2.o. Be aware however that the filesystem of your
7784 root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be
7785 compiled as a module, and so this could be dangerous. Most everyone
7786 wants to say Y here.
7788 ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support
7790 This is the standard filesystem used on CDROMs. It was previously
7791 known as "High Sierra Filesystem" and is called "hsfs" on other Unix
7792 systems. The so-called Rock-Ridge extensions which allow for long
7793 Unix filenames and symbolic links are also supported by this driver.
7794 If you have a CDROM drive and want to do more with it than just
7795 listen to audio CDs and watch its LEDs, say Y (and read
7796 Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt and the CDROM-HOWTO, available
7797 from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto ), thereby
7798 enlarging your kernel by about 27 kB; otherwise say N.
7800 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7801 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7802 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7805 Microsoft Joliet cdrom extensions
7807 Joliet is a Microsoft extension for the ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem
7808 which allows for long filenames in unicode format (unicode is the
7809 new 16 bit character code, successor to ASCII, which encodes the
7810 characters of almost all languages of the world; see
7811 http://www.unicode.org for more information). Say Y here if you want
7812 to be able to read Joliet CDROMs under Linux.
7814 UDF Filesystem support
7816 This is the new filesystem used by some CDROMS and DVD drivers. Say
7817 Y if you intend to mount DVD discs or CDRW's written in packet mode,
7818 or if written to by other UDF utilities, such as DirectCD. Please
7819 read Documentation/filesystems/udf.txt.
7821 This filesystem support is also available as a module ( = code which
7822 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7823 want). The module is called udf.o. If you want to compile it as a
7824 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7828 UDF read-write support (EXPERIMENTAL)
7830 Say Y if you want to test write support for UDF filesystems.
7831 Due to lack of support for writing to CDR/CDRW's, this option
7832 is only supported for Hard Discs, DVD-RAM, and loopback files.
7836 If you want to use one of the FAT-based filesystems (the MS-DOS,
7837 VFAT (Windows 95) and UMSDOS (used to run Linux on top of an
7838 ordinary DOS partition) filesystems), then you must say Y or M here
7839 to include FAT support. You will then be able to mount partitions or
7840 diskettes with FAT-based filesystems and transparently access the
7841 files on them, i.e. MSDOS files will look and behave just like all
7844 This FAT support is not a filesystem in itself, it only provides the
7845 foundation for the other filesystems. You will have to say Y or M to
7846 at least one of "msdos fs support" or "vfat fs support" in order to
7849 Another way to read and write MSDOS floppies and hard drive
7850 partitions from within Linux (but not transparently) is with the
7851 mtools ("man mtools") program suite. This doesn't require the FAT
7854 It is now also becoming possible to read and write compressed FAT
7855 filesystems; read Documentation/filesystems/fat_cvf.txt for details.
7857 The FAT support will enlarge your kernel by about 24 kB. If unsure,
7860 If you want to compile this as a module however ( = code which can
7861 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7862 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
7863 will be called fat.o. Note that if you compile the FAT support as a
7864 module, you cannot compile any of the FAT-based filesystems into the
7865 kernel -- they will have to be modules as well. The filesystem of
7866 your root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be a
7867 module, so don't say M here if you intend to use UMSDOS as your root
7872 This allows you to mount MSDOS partitions of your hard drive (unless
7873 they are compressed; to access compressed MSDOS partitions under
7874 Linux, you can either use the DOS emulator DOSEMU, described in the
7875 DOSEMU-HOWTO, available from
7876 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , or try dmsdosfs in
7877 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/dosfs . If you
7878 intend to use dosemu with a non-compressed MSDOS partition, say Y
7879 here) and MSDOS floppies. This means that file access becomes
7880 transparent, i.e. the MSDOS files look and behave just like all
7883 If you want to use umsdos, the Unix-like filesystem on top of DOS,
7884 which allows you to run Linux from within a DOS partition without
7885 repartitioning, you'll have to say Y or M here.
7887 If you have Windows 95 or Windows NT installed on your MSDOS
7888 partitions, you should use the VFAT filesystem (say Y to "vfat fs
7889 support" below), or you will not be able to see the long filenames
7890 generated by Windows 95 / Windows NT.
7892 This option will enlarge your kernel by about 7 kB. If unsure,
7893 answer Y. This will only work if you said Y to "fat fs support" as
7894 well. If you want to compile this as a module however ( = code which
7895 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7896 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
7897 will be called msdos.o.
7901 This option provides support for normal Windows filesystems with
7902 long filenames. That includes non-compressed FAT-based filesystems
7903 used by Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, and mtools.
7905 You cannot use the VFAT filesystem for your Linux root partition
7906 (the one containing the directory /); use UMSDOS instead if you
7907 want to run Linux from within a DOS partition (i.e. say Y to
7908 "umsdos: Unix like fs on top of std MSDOS fs", below).
7910 The VFAT support enlarges your kernel by about 10 kB and it only
7911 works if you said Y to the "fat fs support" above. Please read the
7912 file Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt for details. If unsure,
7915 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7916 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7917 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7920 umsdos: Unix like fs on top of std MSDOS fs
7922 Say Y here if you want to run Linux from within an existing DOS
7923 partition of your hard drive. The advantage of this is that you can
7924 get away without repartitioning your hard drive (which often implies
7925 backing everything up and restoring afterwards) and hence you're
7926 able to quickly try out Linux or show it to your friends; the
7927 disadvantage is that Linux becomes susceptible to DOS viruses and
7928 that UMSDOS is somewhat slower than ext2fs. Another use of UMSDOS
7929 is to write files with long unix filenames to MSDOS floppies; it
7930 also allows Unix-style softlinks and owner/permissions of files on
7931 MSDOS floppies. You will need a program called umssync in order to
7932 make use of umsdos; read Documentation/filesystems/umsdos.txt.
7934 This option enlarges your kernel by about 25 kB and it only works if
7935 you said Y to both "fat fs support" and "msdos fs support" above. If
7936 you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be inserted
7937 in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M
7938 here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
7939 umsdos.o. Note that the filesystem of your root partition (the one
7940 containing the directory /) cannot be a module, so saying M could be
7941 dangerous. If unsure, say N.
7943 /proc filesystem support
7945 This is a virtual filesystem providing information about the status
7946 of the system. "Virtual" means that it doesn't take up any space on
7947 your hard disk: the files are created on the fly by the kernel when
7948 you try to access them. Also, you cannot read the files with older
7949 version of the program less: you need to use more or cat.
7951 It's totally cool; for example, "cat /proc/interrupts" gives
7952 information about what the different IRQs are used for at the moment
7953 (there is a small number of Interrupt ReQuest lines in your computer
7954 that are used by the attached devices to gain the CPU's attention --
7955 often a source of trouble if two devices are mistakenly configured
7956 to use the same IRQ).
7958 The /proc filesystem is explained in the file
7959 Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt and on the proc(5) manpage ("man
7962 This option will enlarge your kernel by about 67 KB. Several
7963 programs depend on this, so everyone should say Y here.
7965 NFS filesystem support
7967 If you are connected to some other (usually local) Unix computer
7968 (using SLIP, PLIP, PPP or Ethernet) and want to mount files residing
7969 on that computer (the NFS server) using the Network File Sharing
7970 protocol, say Y. "Mounting files" means that the client can access
7971 the files with usual UNIX commands as if they were sitting on the
7972 client's hard disk. For this to work, the server must run the
7973 programs nfsd and mountd (but does not need to have NFS filesystem
7974 support enabled in its kernel). NFS is explained in the Network
7975 Administrator's Guide, available from
7976 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#guide , on its man page: "man
7977 nfs", and in the NFS-HOWTO.
7979 A superior but less widely used alternative to NFS is provided by
7980 the Coda filesystem; see "Coda filesystem support" below.
7982 If you say Y here, you should have said Y to TCP/IP networking also.
7983 This option would enlarge your kernel by about 27 kB.
7985 This filesystem is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7986 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7987 The module is called nfs.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
7988 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7990 If you are configuring a diskless machine which will mount its root
7991 filesystem over NFS at boot time, say Y here and to "IP: kernel
7992 level autoconfiguration" above and to "Root file system on NFS"
7993 below. You cannot compile this driver as a module in this case.
7994 There are two packages designed for booting diskless machines over
7995 the net: netboot and etherboot, both available via FTP from
7996 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/boot/ethernet/ .
7998 If you don't know what all this is about, say N.
8000 Root file system on NFS
8002 If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root filesystem (the
8003 one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the
8004 net via NFS (presumably because your box doesn't have a hard disk),
8005 say Y. Read Documentation/nfsroot.txt for details. It is likely that
8006 in this case, you also want to say Y to "IP: kernel level
8007 autoconfiguration" so that your box can discover its network address
8010 Most people say N here.
8014 If you want your Linux box to act as a NFS *server*, so that other
8015 computers on your local network which support NFS can access certain
8016 directories on your box transparently, you have two options: you can
8017 use the self-contained user space program nfsd, in which case you
8018 should say N here, or you can say Y and use this new experimental
8019 kernel based NFS server. The advantage of the kernel based solution
8020 is that it is faster; it might not be completely stable yet, though.
8022 In either case, you will need support software; the respective
8023 locations are given in the file Documentation/Changes in the NFS
8026 Please read the NFS-HOWTO, available from
8027 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
8029 The NFS server is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8030 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8031 The module is called nfsd.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
8032 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say N.
8034 Emulate Sun NFS daemon
8036 If you would like for the server to allow clients to access
8037 directories that are mount points on the local filesystem (this is
8038 how nfsd behaves on Sun systems), say Y here. If unsure, say N.
8040 OS/2 HPFS filesystem support (read only)
8042 OS/2 is IBM's operating system for PC's, the same as Warp, and HPFS
8043 is the filesystem used for organizing files on OS/2 hard disk
8044 partitions. Say Y if you want to be able to read files from an OS/2
8045 HPFS partition of your hard drive. OS/2 floppies however are in
8046 regular MSDOS format, so you don't need this option in order to be
8047 able to read them. Read Documentation/filesystems/hpfs.txt.
8049 This filesystem is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8050 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8051 The module is called hpfs.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
8052 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say N.
8054 Windows NT NTFS support (read only)
8056 NTFS is the file system of Microsoft Windows NT. Say Y if you want
8057 to get read access to files on NTFS partitions of your hard drive.
8058 The Linux NTFS driver supports most of the mount options of the VFAT
8059 driver, see Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt. Saying Y here will
8060 give you read-only access to NTFS partitions.
8062 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8063 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8064 The module will be called ntfs.o. If you want to compile it as a
8065 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
8067 NTFS read-write support (EXPERIMENTAL)
8069 If you say Y here, you will (hopefully) be able to write to NTFS
8070 file systems as well as read from them. The read-write support
8071 in NTFS is far from being complete and is not well tested. If you
8072 enable this, back up your NTFS volume first since it may get
8077 System V and Coherent filesystem support
8079 SCO, Xenix and Coherent are commercial Unix systems for Intel
8080 machines. Saying Y here would allow you to read to and write from
8081 their floppies and hard disk partitions.
8083 If you have floppies or hard disk partitions like that, it is likely
8084 that they contain binaries from those other Unix systems; in order
8085 to run these binaries, you will want to install iBCS2 (Intel Binary
8086 Compatibility Standard is a kernel module which lets you run SCO,
8087 Xenix, Wyse, UnixWare, Dell Unix and System V programs under Linux
8088 and is often needed to run commercial software that's only available
8089 for those systems. It's available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
8090 ftp://tsx-11.mit.edu/pub/linux/BETA ).
8092 If you only intend to mount files from some other Unix over the
8093 network using NFS, you don't need the System V filesystem support
8094 (but you need NFS filesystem support obviously).
8096 Note that this option is generally not needed for floppies, since a
8097 good portable way to transport files and directories between unixes
8098 (and even other operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man
8099 tar" or preferably "info tar"). Note also that this option has
8100 nothing whatsoever to do with the option "System V IPC". Read about
8101 the System V filesystem in Documentation/filesystems/sysv-fs.txt.
8102 Saying Y here will enlarge your kernel by about 34 KB.
8104 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8105 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8106 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8109 If you haven't heard about all of this before, it's safe to say N.
8111 Amiga FFS filesystem support
8113 The Fast File System (FFS) is the common filesystem used on hard
8114 disks by Amiga(tm) systems since AmigaOS Version 1.3 (34.20). Say Y
8115 if you want to be able to read and write files from and to an Amiga
8116 FFS partition on your hard drive. Amiga floppies however cannot be
8117 read with this driver due to an incompatibility of the floppy
8118 controller used in an Amiga and the standard floppy controller in
8119 PCs and workstations. Read Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt and
8122 With this driver you can also mount disk files used by Bernd
8123 Schmidt's Un*X Amiga Emulator (http://www.freiburg.linux.de/~uae/ ).
8124 If you want to do this, you will also need to say Y or M to "Loop
8125 device support", above.
8127 This filesystem is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8128 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8129 The module is called affs.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
8130 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say N.
8132 Apple Macintosh filesystem support (EXPERIMENTAL)
8134 If you say Y here, you will be able to mount Macintosh-formatted
8135 floppy disks and hard drive partitions with full read-write access.
8136 Please read fs/hfs/HFS.txt to learn about the available mount
8139 This filesystem support is also available as a module ( = code which
8140 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
8141 want). The module is called hfs.o. If you want to compile it as a
8142 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
8144 ROM filesystem support
8146 This is a very small read-only filesystem mainly intended for
8147 initial ram disks of installation disks, but it could be used for
8148 other read-only media as well. Read
8149 Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt for details.
8151 This filesystem support is also available as a module ( = code which
8152 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
8153 want). The module is called romfs.o. If you want to compile it as a
8154 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
8156 If you don't know whether you need it, then you don't need it:
8159 QNX filesystem support (EXPERIMENTAL)
8161 This is the filesystem used by the operating system QNX 4. Say Y if
8162 you intend to mount QNX hard disks or floppies. Unless you say Y to
8163 "QNXFS read-write support" below, you will only be able to read
8166 This filesystem support is also available as a module ( = code which
8167 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
8168 want). The module is called qnx4.o. If you want to compile it as a
8169 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
8173 QNXFS read-write support (FOR TESTING ONLY)
8175 Say Y if you want to test write support for QNX filesystems.
8177 Kernel automounter support
8179 The automounter is a tool to automatically mount remote filesystems
8180 on demand. This implementation is partially kernel-based to reduce
8181 overhead in the already-mounted case; this is unlike the BSD
8182 automounter (amd), which is a pure user space daemon.
8184 To use the automounter you need the user-space tools from
8185 ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs ; you also want to
8186 answer Y to "NFS filesystem support", below.
8188 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8189 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8190 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8193 If you are not a part of a fairly large, distributed network, you
8194 probably do not need an automounter, and can say N here.
8196 EFS filesystem support (EXPERIMENTAL)
8198 EFS is an older filesystem used for non-ISO9660 CDROMs and hard disk
8199 partitions by SGI's IRIX operating system (IRIX 6.0 and newer uses
8200 the XFS filesystem for hard disk partitions however).
8202 This implementation only offers read-only access. If you don't know
8203 what all this is about, it's safe to say N. For more information
8204 about EFS see its home page at http://aeschi.ch.eu.org/efs/ .
8206 If you want to compile the EFS filesystem support as a module ( =
8207 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
8208 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
8209 The module will be called efs.o.
8211 SGI disklabel support
8212 CONFIG_SGI_DISKLABEL
8213 Say Y to this only if you plan on mounting disks with SGI
8214 disklabels. This is not required to mount EFS-format CDROMs.
8216 UFS filesystem support
8218 BSD and derivate versions of Unix (such as SunOS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
8219 OpenBSD and NeXTstep) use a filesystem called UFS. Some System V
8220 Unixes can create and mount hard disk partitions and diskettes using
8221 this filesystem as well. Saying Y here will allow you to read from
8222 these partitions; if you also want to write to them, say Y to the
8223 experimental "UFS filesystem write support", below. Please read the
8224 file Documentation/filesystems/ufs.txt for more information.
8226 If you only intend to mount files from some other Unix over the
8227 network using NFS, you don't need the UFS filesystem support (but
8228 you need NFS filesystem support obviously).
8230 Note that this option is generally not needed for floppies, since a
8231 good portable way to transport files and directories between unixes
8232 (and even other operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man
8233 tar" or preferably "info tar").
8235 When accessing NeXTstep files, you may need to convert them from the
8236 NeXT character set to the Latin1 character set; use the program
8237 recode ("info recode") for this purpose.
8239 If you want to compile the UFS filesystem support as a module ( =
8240 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
8241 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
8242 The module will be called ufs.o.
8244 If you haven't heard about all of this before, it's safe to say N.
8246 UFS filesystem write support (EXPERIMENTAL)
8248 Say Y here if you want to try writing to UFS partitions. This is
8249 experimental, so you should back up your UFS partitions beforehand.
8251 Advanced partition selection
8252 CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED
8253 Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
8254 were partitioned under an operating system running on a different
8255 architecture than your Linux system.
8257 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
8258 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
8259 the questions about foreign partitioning schemes. If unsure, say N.
8261 Alpha OSF partition support
8262 CONFIG_OSF_PARTITION
8263 Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
8264 were partitioned on an Alpha machine.
8266 Macintosh partition map support
8267 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION
8268 Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
8269 were partitioned on a Macintosh.
8271 PC BIOS (MSDOS partition tables) support
8272 CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION
8273 Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
8274 were partitioned on an x86 PC (not necessarily by DOS).
8276 BSD disklabel (FreeBSD partition tables) support
8277 CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL
8278 FreeBSD uses its own hard disk partition scheme on your PC. It
8279 requires only one entry in the primary partition table of your disk
8280 and manages it similarly to DOS extended partitions, putting in its
8281 first sector a new partition table in BSD disklabel format. Saying Y
8282 here allows you to read these disklabels and further mount FreeBSD
8283 partitions from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS
8284 filesystem support", above. If you don't know what all this is
8287 Sun partition tables support
8288 CONFIG_SUN_PARTITION
8289 Like most systems, SunOS uses its own hard disk partition table
8290 format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you to
8291 read these partition tables and further mount SunOS partitions from
8292 within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS filesystem support",
8293 above. This is mainly used to carry data from a SPARC under SunOS to
8294 your Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical or ZIP
8295 drives; note however that a good portable way to transport files and
8296 directories between unixes (and even other operating systems) is
8297 given by the tar program ("man tar" or preferably "info tar"). If
8298 you don't know what all this is about, say N.
8300 Solaris (x86) partition table support
8301 CONFIG_SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION
8302 Like most systems, Solaris x86 uses its own hard disk partition
8303 table format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you
8304 to read these partition tables and further mount Solaris x86
8305 partitions from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS
8306 filesystem support", above.
8308 SGI partition support
8309 CONFIG_SGI_PARTITION
8310 Say Y here if you would like to be able to read the hard disk
8311 partition table format used by SGI machines.
8313 ADFS filesystem support (read only) (EXPERIMENTAL)
8315 The Acorn Disc Filing System is the standard filesystem of the
8316 RiscOS operating system which runs on Acorn's ARM-based Risc PC
8317 systems and the Acorn Archimedes range of machines. If you say Y
8318 here, Linux will be able to read from ADFS partitions on hard drives
8319 and from ADFS-formatted floppy discs.
8321 The ADFS partition should be the first partition (i.e.,
8322 /dev/[hs]d?1) on each of your drives. Please read the file
8323 Documentation/filesystems/adfs.txt for further details.
8325 This code is also available as a module called adfs.o ( = code which
8326 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
8327 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
8328 Documentation/modules.txt.
8332 /dev/pts filesystem for Unix98 PTYs
8334 You should say Y here if you said Y to "Unix98 PTY support" above.
8335 You'll then get a virtual filesystem which can be mounted on
8336 /dev/pts with "mount -t devpts". This, together with the pseudo
8337 terminal master multiplexer /dev/ptmx, is used for pseudo terminal
8338 support as described in The Open Group's Unix98 standard: in order
8339 to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens /dev/ptmx; the number
8340 of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and the
8341 pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as /dev/pts/<number>. What was
8342 traditionally /dev/ttyp2 will then be /dev/pts/2, for example.
8344 The GNU C library glibc 2.1 contains the requisite support for this
8345 mode of operation; you also need client programs that use the Unix98
8348 UnixWare slices support (EXPERIMENTAL)
8349 CONFIG_UNIXWARE_DISKLABEL
8350 Like some systems, UnixWare uses its own slice table inside a
8351 partition (VTOC - Virtual Table of Contents). Its format is
8352 incompatible with all other OSes. Saying Y here allows you to read
8353 VTOC and further mount UnixWare partitions read-only from within
8354 Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS filesystem support" or "System
8355 V and Coherent filesystem support", above.
8357 This is mainly used to carry data from a UnixWare box to your
8358 Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical, ZIP or
8359 removable IDE drives. Note, however, that a good portable way to
8360 transport files and directories between unixes (and even other
8361 operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man tar" or
8362 preferably "info tar").
8364 If you don't know what all this is about, say N.
8366 SMB filesystem support (to mount Windows shares etc...)
8368 SMB (Server Message Block) is the protocol Windows for Workgroups
8369 (WfW), Windows 95/98, Windows NT and OS/2 Lan Manager use to share
8370 files and printers over local networks. Saying Y here allows you to
8371 mount their filesystems (often called "shares" in this context) and
8372 access them just like any other Unix directory. Currently, this
8373 works only if the Windows machines use TCP/IP as the underlying
8374 transport protocol, and not NetBEUI. For details, read
8375 Documentation/filesystems/smbfs.txt and the SMB-HOWTO, available
8376 from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
8378 Note: if you just want your box to act as an SMB *server* and make
8379 files and printing services available to Windows clients (which need
8380 to have a TCP/IP stack), you don't need to say Y here; you can use
8381 the program samba (available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
8382 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/samba ) for that.
8384 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
8385 Macs is on the WWW at http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html .
8387 If you want to compile the SMB support as a module ( = code which
8388 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
8389 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
8390 will be called smbfs.o. Most people say N, however.
8392 Coda filesystem support
8394 Coda is an advanced network filesystem, similar to NFS in that it
8395 enables you to mount filesystems of a remote server and access them
8396 with regular Unix commands as if they were sitting on your hard
8397 disk. Coda has several advantages over NFS: support for disconnected
8398 operation (e.g. for laptops), read/write server replication,
8399 security model for authentication and encryption, persistent client
8400 caches and write back caching.
8402 If you say Y here, your Linux box will be able to act as a Coda
8403 *client*. You will need user level code as well, both for the client
8404 and server. Servers are currently user level, i.e. need no kernel
8405 support. Please read Documentation/filesystems/coda.txt and check
8406 out the Coda home page http://www.coda.cs.cmu.edu .
8408 If you want to compile the coda client support as a module ( = code
8409 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
8410 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
8411 The module will be called coda.o.
8413 NCP filesystem support (to mount NetWare volumes)
8415 NCP (NetWare Core Protocol) is a protocol that runs over IPX and is
8416 used by Novell NetWare clients to talk to file servers. It is to IPX
8417 what NFS is to TCP/IP, if that helps. Saying Y here allows you to
8418 mount NetWare file server volumes and to access them just like any
8419 other Unix directory. For details, please read the file
8420 Documentation/filesystems/ncpfs.txt in the kernel source and the
8421 IPX-HOWTO from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
8423 You do not have to say Y here if you want your Linux box to act as a
8424 file *server* for Novell NetWare clients.
8426 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
8427 Macs is on the WWW at http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html .
8429 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8430 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8431 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8432 called ncpfs.o. Say N unless you are connected to a Novell network.
8435 CONFIG_NCPFS_PACKET_SIGNING
8436 NCP allows packets to be signed for stronger security. If you want
8437 security, say Y. Normal users can leave it off. To be able to use
8438 packet signing you must use ncpfs > 2.0.12.
8440 Proprietary file locking
8441 CONFIG_NCPFS_IOCTL_LOCKING
8442 Allows locking of records on remote volumes. Say N unless you have
8443 special applications which are able to utilize this locking scheme.
8445 Clear remove/delete inhibit when needed
8447 Allows manipulation of files flagged as Delete or Rename Inhibit. To
8448 use this feature you must mount volumes with the ncpmount parameter
8449 "-s" (ncpfs-2.0.12 and newer). Say Y unless you are not mounting
8450 volumes with -f 444.
8452 Use NFS namespace when available
8454 Allows you to utilize NFS namespace on NetWare servers. It brings
8455 you case sensitive filenames. Say Y. You can disable it at
8456 mount-time with the `-N nfs' parameter of ncpmount.
8458 Use OS2/LONG namespace when available
8460 Allows you to utilize OS2/LONG namespace on NetWare servers.
8461 Filenames in this namespace are limited to 255 characters, they are
8462 case insensitive, and case in names is preserved. Say Y. You can
8463 disable it at mount time with the -N os2 parameter of ncpmount.
8465 Lowercase DOS filenames on LONG namespace volume
8466 CONFIG_NCPFS_SMALLDOS
8467 If you say Y here, every filename on a NetWare server volume using
8468 the OS2/LONG namespace will be converted to lowercase characters.
8469 (For regular NetWare file server volumes with DOS namespace, this is
8470 done automatically, even if you say N here.) Saying N here will give
8471 you these filenames in uppercase.
8473 This is only a cosmetic option since the OS2/LONG namespace is case
8474 insensitive. The only major reason for this option is backward
8475 compatibility when moving from DOS to OS2/LONG namespace support.
8476 Long filenames (created by Win95) will not be affected.
8478 This option does not solve the problem that filenames appear
8479 differently under Linux and under Windows, since Windows does an
8480 additional conversions on the client side. You can achieve similar
8481 effects by saying Y to "Allow using of Native Language Support"
8484 Allow mounting of volume subdirectories
8485 CONFIG_NCPFS_MOUNT_SUBDIR
8486 Allows you to mount not only whole servers or whole volumes, but
8487 also subdirectories from a volume. It can be used to reexport data
8488 and so on. There is no reason to say N, so Y is recommended unless
8489 you count every byte.
8491 To utilize this feature you must use ncpfs-2.0.12 or newer.
8493 NDS interserver authentication domains
8494 CONFIG_NCPFS_NDS_DOMAINS
8495 This allows storing NDS private keys in kernel space where they
8496 can be used to authenticate another server as interserver NDS
8497 accesses need it. You must use ncpfs-2.0.12.1 or newer to utilize
8498 this feature. Say Y if you are using NDS connections to NetWare
8499 servers. Do not say Y if security is primary for you because root
8500 can read your session key (from /proc/kcore).
8502 Allow using of Native Language Support
8504 Allows you to use codepages and I/O charsets for file name
8505 translation between the server file system and input/output. This
8506 may be useful, if you want to access the server with other operating
8507 systems, e.g. Windows 95. See also NLS for more Information.
8509 To select codepages and I/O charsets use ncpfs-2.2.0.13 or newer.
8511 Symbolic links and mode permission bits
8513 This enables the use of symbolic links and an execute permission
8514 bit on NCPFS. The file server need not have long name space or NFS
8515 name space loaded for these to work.
8517 To use the new attributes, it is recommended to use the flags
8518 '-f 600 -d 755' on the ncpmount command line.
8521 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437
8522 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8523 native language character sets. These character sets are stored
8524 in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8525 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8526 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8527 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8528 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used in
8529 the United States and parts of Canada. This is recommended.
8532 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_737
8533 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8534 native language character sets. These character sets are stored
8535 in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8536 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8537 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8538 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8539 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used for
8540 Greek. If unsure, say N.
8543 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_775
8544 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8545 native language character sets. These character sets are stored
8546 in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8547 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8548 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8549 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8550 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used
8551 for the Baltic Rim Languages. If unsure, say N.
8554 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_850
8555 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8556 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8557 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8558 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8559 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8560 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8561 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used for
8562 much of Europe -- United Kingdom, Germany, Spain, Italy, and [add
8563 more countries here]. It has some characters useful to many European
8564 languages that are not part of the US codepage 437.
8569 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_852
8570 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8571 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8572 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8573 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8574 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8575 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8576 say Y here if you want to include the Latin 2 codepage used by DOS
8577 for much of Central and Eastern Europe. It has all the required
8578 characters for these languages: Albanian, Croatian, Czech, English,
8579 Finnish, Hungarian, Irish, German, Polish, Romanian, Serbian (Latin
8580 transcription), Slovak, Slovenian, and Sorbian.
8583 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_855
8584 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8585 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8586 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8587 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8588 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8589 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8590 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Cyrillic.
8593 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_857
8594 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8595 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8596 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8597 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8598 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8599 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8600 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Turkish.
8603 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_860
8604 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8605 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8606 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8607 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8608 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8609 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8610 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Portuguese.
8613 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_861
8614 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8615 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8616 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8617 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8618 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8619 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8620 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Icelandic.
8623 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_862
8624 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8625 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8626 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8627 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8628 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8629 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8630 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Hebrew.
8633 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_863
8634 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8635 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8636 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8637 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8638 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8639 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8640 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Canadian
8644 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_864
8645 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8646 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8647 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8648 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8649 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8650 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8651 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Arabic.
8654 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_865
8655 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8656 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8657 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8658 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8659 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8660 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8661 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for the Nordic
8665 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_866
8666 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8667 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8668 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8669 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8670 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8671 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8672 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for
8676 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_869
8677 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8678 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8679 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8680 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8681 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8682 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8683 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Greek.
8685 ### Why do we have two codepages for Greek and Cyrillic?
8689 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_874
8690 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
8691 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
8692 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
8693 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
8694 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
8695 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
8696 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Thai.
8699 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1
8700 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8701 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8702 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8703 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 1 character
8704 set, which covers most West European languages such as Albanian,
8705 Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Faeroese, Finnish, French, German,
8706 Galician, Irish, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish,
8707 and Swedish. It is also the default for the US. If unsure, say Y.
8710 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_2
8711 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8712 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8713 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8714 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 2 character
8715 set, which works for most Latin-written Slavic and Central European
8716 languages: Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Rumanian, Croatian,
8720 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_3
8721 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8722 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8723 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8724 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 3 character
8725 set, which is popular with authors of Esperanto, Galician, Maltese,
8729 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_4
8730 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8731 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8732 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8733 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 4 character
8734 set which introduces letters for Estonian, Latvian, and
8735 Lithuanian. It is an incomplete predecessor of Latin 6.
8738 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_5
8739 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8740 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8741 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8742 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-5, a Cyrillic
8743 character set with which you can type Bulgarian, Byelorussian,
8744 Macedonian, Russian, Serbian, and Ukrainian. Note that the charset
8745 KOI8-R is preferred in Russia.
8748 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_6
8749 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8750 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8751 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8752 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-6, the Arabic
8756 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_7
8757 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8758 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8759 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8760 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-7, the Modern
8761 Greek character set.
8764 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_8
8765 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8766 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8767 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8768 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-8, the Hebrew
8772 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_9
8773 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8774 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8775 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8776 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 5 character
8777 set, and it replaces the rarely needed Icelandic letters in Latin 1
8778 with the Turkish ones. Useful in Turkey.
8781 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_10
8782 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8783 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8784 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8785 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 6 character
8786 set, which adds the last Inuit (Greenlandic) and Sami (Lappish)
8787 letters that were missing in Latin 4 to cover the entire Nordic
8790 NLS ISO 8859-14 (Latin 8; Celtic)
8791 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_14
8792 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8793 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8794 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8795 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 8 character
8796 set, which adds the last accented vowels for Welsh (and Manx Gaelic)
8797 that were missing in Latin 1. http://linux.speech.cymru.org/
8798 has further information.
8801 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_15
8802 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8803 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8804 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8805 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 9 character
8806 set, which covers most West European languages such as Albanian,
8807 Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian, Faeroese, Finnish,
8808 French, German, Galician, Irish, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian,
8809 Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish. Latin 9 is an update to
8810 Latin 1 (ISO 8859-1) that removes a handful of rarely used
8811 characters and instead adds support for Estonian, corrects the
8812 support for French and Finnish, and adds the new Euro character. If
8817 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
8818 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
8819 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
8820 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the preferred Russian
8825 If you say Y here, you will get support for terminal devices with
8826 display and keyboard devices. These are called "virtual" because you
8827 can run several virtual terminals (also called virtual consoles) on
8828 one physical terminal. This is rather useful, for example one
8829 virtual terminal can collect system messages and warnings, another
8830 one can be used for a text-mode user session, and a third could run
8831 an X session, all in parallel. Switching between virtual terminals
8832 is done with certain key combinations, usually Alt-<function key>.
8834 The setterm command ("man setterm") can be used to change the
8835 properties (such as colors) of a virtual terminal.
8837 You need at least one virtual terminal device in order to make use
8838 of your keyboard and monitor. Therefore, only people configuring an
8839 embedded system would want to say N here in order to save some
8840 memory; the only way to log into such a system is then via a serial
8841 or network connection.
8843 If unsure, say Y, or else you won't be able to do much with your new
8844 shiny Linux system :-)
8846 Support for console on virtual terminal
8848 The system console is the device which receives all kernel messages
8849 and warnings and which allows logins in single user mode. If you
8850 answer Y here, a virtual terminal (the device used to interact with
8851 a physical terminal) can be used as system console. This is the most
8852 common mode of operations, so you should say Y here unless you want
8853 the kernel messages be output only to a serial port (in which case
8854 you should say Y to "Console on serial port", below).
8856 If you do say Y here, by default the currently visible virtual
8857 terminal (/dev/tty0) will be used as system console. You can change
8858 that with a kernel command line option such as "console=tty3" which
8859 would use the third virtual terminal as system console. (Try "man
8860 bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or
8861 loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel at boot time. The
8862 lilo procedure is also explained in the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8863 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .)
8867 Software generated cursor
8869 If you say Y here, you'll be able to do lots of nice things with the
8870 cursors of your virtual consoles -- for example turn them into
8871 non-blinking block cursors which are more visible on laptop screens,
8872 or change their colors depending on the virtual console they're on.
8873 See Documentation/VGA-softcursor.txt for more information.
8875 Support for PowerMac keyboard
8877 This option allows you to use an ADB keyboard attached to your
8878 machine. Note that this disables any other (ie. PS/2) keyboard
8879 support, even if your machine is physically capable of using both at
8882 If you use an ADB keyboard (4 pin connector), say Y here.
8883 If you use a PS/2 keyboard (6 pin connector), say N here.
8885 Standard/generic serial support
8887 This selects whether you want to include the driver for the standard
8888 serial ports. The standard answer is Y. People who might say N here
8889 are those that are setting up dedicated Ethernet WWW/FTP servers, or
8890 users that have one of the various bus mice instead of a serial
8891 mouse and don't intend to use their machine's standard serial port
8892 for anything. (Note that the Cyclades and Stallion multi serial port
8893 drivers do not need this driver built in for them to work.)
8895 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
8896 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called serial.o.
8897 [WARNING: Do not compile this driver as a module if you are using
8898 non-standard serial ports, since the configuration information will
8899 be lost when the driver is unloaded. This limitation may be lifted
8902 BTW1: If you have a mouseman serial mouse which is not recognized by
8903 the X window system, try running gpm first.
8905 BTW2: If you intend to use a software modem (also called Winmodem)
8906 under Linux, forget it. These modems are crippled and require
8907 proprietary drivers which are only available under Windows.
8909 Most people will say Y or M here, so that they can use serial mice,
8910 modems and similar devices connecting to the standard serial ports.
8912 Support for console on serial port
8913 CONFIG_SERIAL_CONSOLE
8914 If you say Y here, it will be possible to use a serial port as the
8915 system console (the system console is the device which receives all
8916 kernel messages and warnings and which allows logins in single user
8917 mode). This could be useful if some terminal or printer is connected
8918 to that serial port.
8920 Even if you say Y here, the currently visible virtual console
8921 (/dev/tty0) will still be used as the system console by default, but
8922 you can alter that using a kernel command line option such as
8923 "console=ttyS1". (Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of
8924 your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the
8925 kernel at boot time. The lilo procedure is also explained in the
8926 SCSI-HOWTO, available from
8927 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .)
8929 If you don't have a VGA card installed and you say Y here, the
8930 kernel will automatically use the first serial line, /dev/ttyS0, as
8935 Support for PowerMac serial ports
8937 If you have Macintosh style serial ports (8 pin mini-DIN), say Y
8938 here. If you also have regular serial ports and enable the driver
8939 for them, you can't currently use the serial console feature.
8941 Comtrol Rocketport support
8943 This is a driver for the Comtrol Rocketport cards which provide
8944 multiple serial ports. You would need something like this to connect
8945 more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in order to
8946 become a dial-in server.
8948 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
8949 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called rocket.o.
8951 Digiboard Intelligent async support
8953 This is a driver for Digi International's Xx, Xeve, and Xem series
8954 of cards which provide multiple serial ports. You would need
8955 something like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux
8956 box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server. This driver
8957 supports the original PC (ISA) boards as well as PCI, and EISA. If
8958 you have a card like this, say Y here and read the file
8959 Documentation/digiepca.txt.
8961 NOTE: There is another, separate driver for the Digiboard PC boards:
8962 "Digiboard PC/Xx Support" below. You should (and can) only select
8963 one of the two drivers.
8965 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
8966 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called epca.o.
8968 Digiboard PC/Xx Support
8970 This is a driver for the Digiboard PC/Xe, PC/Xi, and PC/Xeve cards
8971 that give you many serial ports. You would need something like this
8972 to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in
8973 order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that, say
8974 Y here and read the file Documentation/digiboard.txt.
8976 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
8977 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called pcxx.o.
8979 SDL RISCom/8 card support
8981 This is a driver for the SDL Communications RISCom/8 multiport card,
8982 which gives you many serial ports. You would need something like
8983 this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance
8984 in order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that,
8985 say Y here and read the file Documentation/riscom8.txt.
8987 Also it's possible to say M here and compile this driver as kernel
8988 loadable module; the module will be called riscom8.o.
8990 Computone IntelliPort Plus serial support
8992 This driver supports the entire family of Intelliport II/Plus
8993 controllers with the exception of the MicroChannel controllers. It
8994 does not support products previous to the Intelliport II. These are
8995 multiport cards, which give you many serial ports. You would need
8996 something like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux
8997 box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server. If you have a
8998 card like that, say Y here and read Documentation/computone.txt.
9000 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9001 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9002 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. You will get two
9003 modules called ip2.o and ip2main.o.
9005 Specialix IO8+ card support
9007 This is a driver for the Specialix IO8+ multiport card (both the
9008 ISA and the PCI version) which gives you many serial ports. You
9009 would need something like this to connect more than two modems to
9010 your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server.
9012 If you have a card like that, say Y here and read the file
9013 Documentation/specialix.txt. Also it's possible to say M here and
9014 compile this driver as kernel loadable module which will be called
9017 Specialix DTR/RTS pin is RTS
9018 CONFIG_SPECIALIX_RTSCTS
9019 The Specialix card can only support either RTS or DTR. If you say N
9020 here, the driver will use the pin as "DTR" when the tty is in
9021 software handshake mode. If you say Y here or hardware handshake is
9022 on, it will always be RTS. Read the file Documentation/specialix.txt
9023 for more information.
9025 Cyclades async mux support
9027 This is a driver for a card that gives you many serial ports. You
9028 would need something like this to connect more than two modems to
9029 your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server.
9030 For information about the Cyclades-Z card, read
9031 drivers/char/README.cycladesZ.
9033 As of 1.3.9x kernels, this driver's minor numbers start at 0 instead
9036 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9037 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9038 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
9041 If you haven't heard about it, it's safe to say N.
9043 Cyclades-Z interrupt mode operation (EXPERIMENTAL)
9045 The Cyclades-Z family of multiport cards allows 2 (two) driver
9046 op modes: polling and interrupt. In polling mode, the driver will
9047 check the status of the Cyclades-Z ports every certain amount of
9048 time (which is called polling cycle and is configurable). In
9049 interrupt mode, it will use an interrupt line (IRQ) in order to check
9050 the status of the Cyclades-Z ports. The default op mode is polling.
9053 Stallion multiport serial support
9055 Stallion cards give you many serial ports. You would need something
9056 like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for
9057 instance in order to become a dial-in server. If you say Y here, you
9058 will be asked for your specific card model in the next questions.
9059 Make sure to read drivers/char/README.stallion in this case. If you
9060 have never heard about all this, it's safe to say N.
9062 Stallion EasyIO or EC8/32 support
9064 If you have an EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 multiport Stallion
9065 card, then this is for you; say Y. Make sure to read
9066 Documentation/stallion.txt.
9068 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9069 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9070 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
9073 Stallion EC8/64, ONboard, Brumby support
9075 If you have an EasyConnection 8/64, ONboard, Brumby or Stallion
9076 serial multiport card, say Y here. Make sure to read
9077 Documentation/stallion.txt.
9079 To compile it as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
9080 removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and
9081 read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
9084 Microgate SyncLink adapter support
9086 Provides support for the SyncLink ISA and PCI
9087 multiprotocol serial adapters. These adapters
9088 support asynchronous and HDLC bit synchronous
9089 communication up to 10Mbps (PCI adapter).
9091 This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be
9092 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9093 The module will be called synclink.o. If you want to do that, say M
9096 Synchronous HDLC line discipline support
9098 Allows synchronous HDLC communications with tty device drivers that
9099 support synchronous HDLC such as the Microgate SyncLink adapter.
9101 This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be
9102 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9103 The module will be called n_hdlc.o. If you want to do that, say M
9106 Specialix SX (and SI) card support
9108 This is a driver for the SX and SI multiport serial cards.
9109 Please read the file Documentation/sx.txt for details.
9111 This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be
9112 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9113 The module will be called sx.o. If you want to do that, say M here.
9115 Hayes ESP serial port support
9117 This is a driver which supports Hayes ESP serial ports. Both single
9118 port cards and multiport cards are supported. Make sure to read
9119 Documentation/hayes-esp.txt.
9121 To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
9122 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
9123 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called esp.o.
9126 Multi-Tech multiport card support
9128 This is a driver for the Multi-Tech cards which provide several
9129 serial ports. The driver is experimental and can currently only be
9130 built as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from
9131 the running kernel whenever you want). Please read
9132 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called isicom.o
9136 A pseudo terminal (PTY) is a software device consisting of two
9137 halves: a master and a slave. The slave device behaves identical to
9138 a physical terminal; the master device is used by a process to
9139 read data from and write data to the slave, thereby emulating a
9140 terminal. Typical programs for the master side are telnet servers
9143 Linux has traditionally used the BSD-like names /dev/ptyxx for
9144 masters and /dev/ttyxx for slaves of pseudo terminals. This scheme
9145 has a number of problems. The GNU C library glibc 2.1 and later,
9146 however, supports the Unix98 naming standard: in order to acquire a
9147 pseudo terminal, a process opens /dev/ptmx; the number of the pseudo
9148 terminal is then made available to the process and the pseudo
9149 terminal slave can be accessed as /dev/pts/<number>. What was
9150 traditionally /dev/ttyp2 will then be /dev/pts/2, for example.
9152 The entries in /dev/pts/ are created on the fly by a virtual
9153 filesystem; therefore, if you say Y here you should say Y to
9154 "/dev/pts filesystem for Unix98 PTYs" as well.
9156 If you want to say Y here, you need to have the C library glibc 2.1
9157 or later (equal to libc-6.1, check with "ls -l /lib/libc.so.*").
9158 Read the instructions in Documentation/Changes pertaining to pseudo
9159 terminals. It's safe to say N.
9161 Maximum number of Unix98 PTYs in use (0-2048)
9162 CONFIG_UNIX98_PTY_COUNT
9163 The maximum number of Unix98 PTYs that can be used at any one time.
9164 The default is 256, and should be enough for desktop systems. Server
9165 machines which support incoming telnet/rlogin/ssh connections and/or
9166 serve several X terminals may want to increase this: every incoming
9167 connection and every xterm uses up one PTY.
9169 When not in use, each additional set of 256 PTYs occupy
9170 approximately 8 KB of kernel memory on 32-bit architectures.
9172 Parallel printer support
9174 If you intend to attach a printer to the parallel port of your Linux
9175 box (as opposed to using a serial printer; if the connector at the
9176 printer has 9 or 25 holes ["female"], then it's serial), say Y. Also
9177 read the Printing-HOWTO, available from
9178 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
9180 It is possible to share one parallel port among several devices
9181 (e.g. printer and ZIP drive) and it is safe to compile the
9182 corresponding drivers into the kernel. If you want to compile this
9183 driver as a module however ( = code which can be inserted in and
9184 removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and
9185 read Documentation/modules.txt and Documentation/parport.txt. The
9186 module will be called lp.o.
9188 If you have several parallel ports, you can specify which ports to
9189 use with the "lp" kernel command line option. (Try "man bootparam"
9190 or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about
9191 how to pass options to the kernel at boot time. The lilo procedure
9192 is also explained in the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
9193 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .) The syntax of the "lp"
9194 command line option can be found in drivers/char/lp.c.
9196 If you have more than 3 printers, you need to increase the LP_NO
9199 Support for console on line printer
9201 If you want kernel messages to be printed out as they occur, you
9202 can have a console on the printer. This option adds support for
9203 doing that; to actually get it to happen you need to pass the
9204 option "console=lp" to the kernel at boot time.
9206 Note that kernel messages can get lost if the printer is out of
9207 paper (or off, or unplugged, or too busy..), but this behaviour
9208 can be changed. See drivers/char/lp.c (do this at your own risk).
9214 Say Y here if your machine has a bus mouse as opposed to a serial
9215 mouse. Most people have a regular serial MouseSystem or
9216 Microsoft mouse (made by Logitech) that plugs into a COM port
9217 (rectangular with 9 or 25 pins). These people say N here. If you
9218 have something else, read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from
9219 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto , and say Y here.
9221 If you have a laptop, you either have to check the documentation or
9222 experiment a bit to find out whether the trackball is a serial mouse
9223 or not; it's best to say Y here for you.
9225 This is the generic bus mouse driver code. If you have a bus mouse,
9226 you will have to say Y here and also to the specific driver for your
9229 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9230 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9231 The module will be called busmouse.o. If you want to compile it as a
9232 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
9234 Mouse Support (not serial and bus mice)
9236 This is for machines with a mouse which is neither a serial nor a
9237 bus mouse. Examples are PS/2 mice (such as the track balls on some
9238 laptops) and some digitizer pads. Most people have a regular serial
9239 MouseSystem or Microsoft mouse (made by Logitech) that plugs into a
9240 COM port (rectangular with 9 or 25 pins). These people say N here.
9241 If you have something else, read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from
9242 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . This HOWTO contains
9243 information about all non-serial mice, not just bus mice.
9245 If you have a laptop, you either have to check the documentation or
9246 experiment a bit to find out whether the trackball is a serial mouse
9247 or not; it's best to say Y here for you.
9249 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
9250 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
9251 the questions about non-serial mice. If unsure, say Y.
9253 Logitech busmouse support
9255 Logitech mouse connected to a proprietary interface card. It's
9256 generally a round connector with 9 pins. Note that the newer mice
9257 made by Logitech don't use the Logitech protocol anymore; for those,
9258 you don't need this option. You want to read the Busmouse-HOWTO ,
9259 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
9261 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9262 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9263 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
9264 called busmouse.o. If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO
9265 nevertheless: it will tell you what you have.
9267 PS/2 mouse (aka "auxiliary device") support
9269 The PS/2 mouse connects to a special mouse port that looks much like
9270 the keyboard port (small circular connector with 6 pins). This way,
9271 the mouse does not use any serial ports. This port can also be used
9272 for other input devices like light pens, tablets, keypads. Compaq,
9273 AST and IBM all use this as their mouse port on currently shipping
9274 machines. The trackballs of some laptops are PS/2 mice also. In
9275 particular, the C&T 82C710 mouse on TI Travelmates is a PS/2 mouse.
9277 Although PS/2 mice are not technically bus mice, they are explained
9278 in detail in the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from
9279 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
9281 When using a PS/2 mouse, you can get problems if you want to use the
9282 mouse both on the Linux console and under X. Using the "-R" option
9283 of the Linux mouse managing program gpm (available from
9284 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/mouse ) solves this
9285 problem, or you can get the "mconv2" utility from the same location.
9287 C&T 82C710 mouse port support (as on TI Travelmate)
9289 This is a certain kind of PS/2 mouse used on the TI Travelmate. If
9290 you are unsure, try first to say N here and come back if the mouse
9291 doesn't work. Read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from
9292 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
9294 PC110 digitizer pad support
9296 This drives the digitizer pad on the IBM PC110 palmtop (see
9297 http://toy.cabi.net ). It can turn the digitizer pad into a PS/2
9298 mouse emulation with tap gestures or into an absolute pad.
9300 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9301 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9302 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
9305 Microsoft busmouse support
9307 These animals (also called Inport mice) are connected to an
9308 expansion board using a round connector with 9 pins. If this is what
9309 you have, say Y and read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from
9310 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
9312 If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO nevertheless: it will
9313 tell you what you have. Also be aware that several vendors talk
9314 about 'Microsoft busmouse' and actually mean PS/2 busmouse -- so
9315 count the pins on the connector.
9317 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9318 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9319 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
9320 called msbusmouse.o.
9322 Apple Desktop Bus mouse support
9324 Say Y here if you have this type of bus mouse (4 pin connector) as
9325 is common on Macintoshes. You may want to read the Busmouse-HOWTO,
9326 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
9328 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9329 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9330 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
9333 ATIXL busmouse support
9334 CONFIG_ATIXL_BUSMOUSE
9335 This is a rare type of busmouse that is connected to the back of an
9336 ATI video card. Say Y if you have one of those. Note however that
9337 most mice by ATI are actually Microsoft busmice; you should say Y to
9338 "Microsoft busmouse support" above if you have one of those. Read
9339 the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from
9340 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
9342 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9343 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9344 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
9345 called atixlmouse.o.
9347 If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO nevertheless: it will
9348 tell you what you have.
9352 If you have a non-SCSI tape drive like that, say Y. Or, if you want
9353 to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
9354 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
9355 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
9358 Do you want runtime configuration for QIC-02
9359 CONFIG_QIC02_DYNCONF
9360 You can either configure this driver once and for all by editing a
9361 header file (include/linux/tpqic02.h), in which case you should
9362 say N, or you can fetch a program via anonymous FTP which is able
9363 to configure this driver during runtime. The program to do this is
9364 called 'qic02conf' and it is part of the tpqic02-support-X.Y.tar.gz
9367 If you want to use the qic02conf program, say Y.
9369 Floppy tape drive (QIC-80/40/3010/3020/TR-1/TR-2/TR-3) support
9371 If you have a tape drive that is connected to your floppy
9372 controller, say Y here.
9374 Some tape drives (like the Seagate "Tape Store 3200" or the Iomega
9375 "Ditto 3200" or the Exabyte "Eagle TR-3") come with a "high speed"
9376 controller of their own. These drives (and their companion
9377 controllers) are also supported if you say Y here.
9379 If you have a special controller (such as the CMS FC-10, FC-20,
9380 Mountain Mach-II, or any controller that is based on the Intel 82078
9381 FDC like the high speed controllers by Seagate and Exabyte and
9382 Iomega's "Ditto Dash") you must configure it by selecting the
9383 appropriate entries from the "Floppy tape controllers" sub-menu
9384 below and possibly modify the default values for the IRQ and DMA
9385 channel and the IO base in ftape's configuration menu.
9387 If you want to use your floppy tape drive on a PCI-bus based system,
9388 please read the file drivers/char/ftape/README.PCI.
9390 The ftape kernel driver is also available as a runtime loadable
9391 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
9392 running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a
9393 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
9394 will be called ftape.o.
9396 Note that the Ftape-HOWTO is out of date (sorry) and documents the
9397 older version 2.08 of this software but still contains useful
9398 information. There is a web page with more recent documentation at
9399 http://www.math1.rwth-aachen.de/~heine/ftape/ . This page
9400 always contains the latest release of the ftape driver and useful
9401 information (backup software, ftape related patches and
9402 documentation, FAQ). Note that the file system interface has changed
9403 quite a bit compared to previous versions of ftape. Please read
9404 Documentation/ftape.txt.
9406 The file system interface for ftape
9408 Normally, you want to say Y or M. DON'T say N here or you
9409 WON'T BE ABLE TO USE YOUR FLOPPY TAPE DRIVE.
9411 The ftape module itself no longer contains the routines necessary
9412 to interface with the kernel VFS layer (i.e. to actually write data
9413 to and read data from the tape drive). Instead the file system
9414 interface (i.e. the hardware independent part of the driver) has
9415 been moved to a separate module.
9417 If you say M zftape will be compiled as a runtime loadable
9418 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
9419 running kernel whenever you want). In this case you should read
9420 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called zftape.o.
9422 Regardless of whether you say Y or M here, an additional runtime
9423 loadable module called `zft-compressor.o' which contains code to
9424 support user transparent on-the-fly compression based on Ross
9425 William's lzrw3 algorithm will be produced. If you have enabled the
9426 kernel module loader (i.e. have said Y to "Kernel module loader
9427 support", above) then `zft-compressor.o' will be loaded
9428 automatically by zftape when needed.
9430 Despite its name, zftape does NOT use compression by default. The
9431 file Documentation/ftape.txt contains a short description of the
9432 most important changes in the file system interface compared to
9433 previous versions of ftape. The ftape home page
9434 http://www-math.math.rwth-aachen.de/~LBFM/claus/ftape/ contains
9435 further information.
9437 IMPORTANT NOTE: zftape can read archives created by previous
9438 versions of ftape and provide file mark support (i.e. fast skipping
9439 between tape archives) but previous version of ftape will lack file
9440 mark support when reading archives produced by zftape.
9442 Default block size for zftape
9443 CONFIG_ZFT_DFLT_BLK_SZ
9444 If unsure leave this at its default value, i.e. 10240. Note that
9445 you specify only the default block size here. The block size can be
9446 changed at run time using the MTSETBLK tape operation with the
9447 MTIOCTOP ioctl (i.e. with "mt -f /dev/qft0 setblk #BLKSZ" from the
9448 shell command line).
9450 The probably most striking difference between zftape and previous
9451 versions of ftape is the fact that all data must be written or read
9452 in multiples of a fixed block size. The block size defaults to
9453 10240 which is what GNU tar uses. The values for the block size
9454 should be either 1 or multiples of 1024 up to a maximum value of
9455 63488 (i.e. 62 K). If you specify `1' then zftape's builtin
9456 compression will be disabled.
9458 Reasonable values are `10240' (GNU tar's default block size),
9459 `5120' (afio's default block size), `32768' (default block size some
9460 backup programs assume for SCSI tape drives) or `1' (no restriction
9461 on block size, but disables builtin compression).
9463 Number of DMA buffers
9464 CONFIG_FT_NR_BUFFERS
9465 Please leave this at `3' unless you REALLY know what you are doing.
9466 It is not necessary to change this value. Values below 3 make the
9467 proper use of ftape impossible, values greater than 3 are a waste of
9468 memory. You can change the amount of DMA memory used by ftape at
9469 runtime with "mt -f /dev/qft0 setdrvbuffer #NUMBUFFERS". Each buffer
9470 wastes 32 KB of memory. Please note that this memory cannot be
9473 Procfs entry for ftape
9475 Optional. Saying Y will result in creation of a directory
9476 `/proc/ftape' under the proc file system. The files can be viewed
9477 with your favorite pager (i.e. use "more /proc/ftape/history" or
9478 "less /proc/ftape/history" or simply "cat /proc/ftape/history"). The
9479 file will contain some status information about the inserted
9480 cartridge, the kernel driver, your tape drive, the floppy disk
9481 controller and the error history for the most recent use of the
9482 kernel driver. Saying Y will enlarge the size of the ftape driver
9483 by approximately 2 KB.
9485 WARNING: When compiling ftape as a module (i.e. saying M to
9486 "Floppy tape drive") it is dangerous to use ftape's proc file system
9487 interface. Accessing `/proc/ftape' while the module is unloaded will
9488 result in a kernel Oops. This cannot be fixed from inside ftape.
9490 Controlling the amount of debugging output of ftape
9491 CONFIG_FT_NORMAL_DEBUG
9492 This option controls the amount of debugging output the ftape driver
9493 is ABLE to produce; it does not increase or diminish the debugging
9494 level itself. If unsure, leave this at its default setting,
9495 i.e. choose "Normal".
9497 Ftape can print lots of debugging messages to the system console
9498 resp. kernel log files. Reducing the amount of possible debugging
9499 output reduces the size of the kernel module by some KB, so it might
9500 be a good idea to use "None" for emergency boot floppies.
9502 If you want to save memory then the following strategy is
9503 recommended: leave this option at its default setting "Normal" until
9504 you know that the driver works as expected, afterwards reconfigure
9505 the kernel, this time specifying "Reduced" or "None" and recompile
9506 and install the kernel as usual. Note that choosing "Excessive"
9507 debugging output does not increase the amount of debugging output
9508 printed to the console but only makes it possible to produce
9509 "Excessive" debugging output.
9511 Please read Documentation/ftape.txt for a short description
9512 how to control the amount of debugging output.
9514 The floppy drive controller for ftape
9516 Only change this setting if you have a special controller. If you
9517 didn't plug any add-on card into your computer system but just
9518 plugged the floppy tape cable into the already existing floppy drive
9519 controller then you don't want to change the default setting,
9520 i.e. choose "Standard".
9522 Choose "MACH-2" if you have a Mountain Mach-2 controller.
9523 Choose "FC-10/FC-20" if you have a Colorado FC-10 or FC-20
9525 Choose "Alt/82078" if you have another controller that is located at
9526 an IO base address different from the standard floppy drive
9527 controller's base address of `0x3f0', or uses an IRQ (interrupt)
9528 channel different from `6', or a DMA channel different from
9529 `2'. This is necessary for any controller card that is based on
9530 Intel's 82078 FDC such as Seagate's, Exabyte's and Iomega's "high
9533 If you choose something other than "Standard" then please make
9534 sure that the settings for the IO base address and the IRQ and DMA
9535 channel in the configuration menus below are correct. Use the manual
9536 of your tape drive to determine the correct settings!
9538 If you are already successfully using your tape drive with another
9539 operating system then you definitely should use the same settings
9540 for the IO base, the IRQ and DMA channel that have proven to work
9543 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
9544 the hardware setup. The hardware configuration can be changed at
9545 boot time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you
9546 have said Y to "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you
9547 have said M to "Floppy tape drive").
9549 Please read also the file Documentation/ftape.txt which
9550 contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at
9551 boot or load time. If you want to use your floppy tape drive on a
9552 PCI-bus based system, please read the file
9553 drivers/char/ftape/README.PCI.
9555 IO base of the floppy disk controller used with Ftape
9557 You don't need to specify a value if the following default
9558 settings for the base IO address are correct:
9559 <<< MACH-2 : 0x1E0 >>>
9560 <<< FC-10/FC-20: 0x180 >>>
9561 <<< Secondary : 0x370 >>>
9562 Secondary refers to a secondary FDC controller like the "high speed"
9563 controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash.
9564 Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address
9565 specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR
9566 CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already
9567 successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then
9568 you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has
9569 proven to work with that other OS.
9571 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
9572 the IO base. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot time
9573 (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you specified Y to
9574 "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you have said M to
9575 "Floppy tape drive").
9577 Please read also the file Documentation/ftape.txt which contains a
9578 short description of the parameters that can be set at boot or load
9581 IRQ channel for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape
9583 You don't need to specify a value if the following default
9584 settings for the interrupt channel are correct:
9586 <<< FC-10/FC-20: 9 >>>
9587 <<< Secondary : 6 >>>
9588 Secondary refers to secondary a FDC controller like the "high speed"
9589 controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash.
9590 Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address
9591 specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR
9592 CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already
9593 successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then
9594 you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has
9595 proven to work with that other OS.
9597 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
9598 the IRQ channel. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot
9599 time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you said Y to
9600 "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you said M to
9601 "Floppy tape drive").
9603 Please read also the file Documentation/ftape.txt which contains a
9604 short description of the parameters that can be set at boot or load
9607 DMA channel for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape
9609 You don't need to specify a value if the following default
9610 settings for the DMA channel are correct:
9612 <<< FC-10/FC-20: 3 >>>
9613 <<< Secondary : 2 >>>
9614 Secondary refers to a secondary FDC controller like the "high speed"
9615 controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash.
9616 Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address
9617 specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR
9618 CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already
9619 successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then
9620 you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has
9621 proven to work with that other OS.
9623 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
9624 the DMA channel. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot
9625 time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you said Y to
9626 "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you said M to
9627 "Floppy tape drive").
9629 Please read also the file Documentation/ftape.txt which contains a
9630 short description of the parameters that can be set at boot or load
9633 FDC FIFO Threshold before requesting DMA service
9635 Set the FIFO threshold of the FDC. If this is higher the DMA
9636 controller may serve the FDC after a higher latency time. If this is
9637 lower, fewer DMA transfers occur leading to less bus contention.
9638 You may try to tune this if ftape annoys you with "reduced data
9639 rate because of excessive overrun errors" messages. However, this
9640 doesn't seem to have too much effect.
9642 If unsure, don't touch the initial value, i.e. leave it at "8".
9644 FDC maximum data rate
9645 CONFIG_FT_FDC_MAX_RATE
9646 With some motherboard/FDC combinations ftape will not be able to
9647 run your FDC/tape drive combination at the highest available
9648 speed. If this is the case you'll encounter "reduced data rate
9649 because of excessive overrun errors" messages and lots of retries
9650 before ftape finally decides to reduce the data rate.
9652 In this case it might be desirable to tell ftape beforehand that
9653 it need not try to run the tape drive at the highest available
9654 speed. If unsure, leave this disabled, i.e. leave it at 2000
9657 Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 DRI support)
9659 Kernel-level support for the Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI)
9660 introduced in XFree86 4.x. These modules provide support for
9661 synchronization, security, and DMA transfers. Select the module that
9662 provides support for your graphics card.
9664 3dlabs GMX 2000 Direct Rendering Driver (XFree86 DRI support)
9666 Choose M here if you have a 3dlabs GMX 2000 graphics card.
9668 MTRR control and configuration
9670 On Intel P6 family processors (Pentium Pro, Pentium II and later)
9671 the Memory Type Range Registers (MTRRs) may be used to control
9672 processor access to memory ranges. This is most useful when you have
9673 a video (VGA) card on a PCI or AGP bus. Enabling write-combining
9674 allows bus write transfers to be combined into a larger transfer
9675 before bursting over the PCI/AGP bus. This can increase performance
9676 of image write operations 2.5 times or more. This option creates a
9677 /proc/mtrr file which may be used to manipulate your
9678 MTRRs. Typically the X server should use this. This should have a
9679 reasonably generic interface so that similar control registers on
9680 other processors can be easily supported.
9682 The Cyrix 6x86, 6x86MX and M II processors have Address Range
9683 Registers (ARRs) which provide a similar functionality to MTRRs. For
9684 these, the ARRs are used to emulate the MTRRs, which means that it
9685 makes sense to say Y here for these processors as well.
9687 The AMD K6-2 (stepping 8 and above) and K6-3 processors have two
9688 MTRRs. The Centaur C6 (WinChip) has 8 MCRs, allowing
9689 write-combining. All of these processors are supported by this code.
9691 The Centaur C6 (WinChip) has 8 MCRs, allowing write-combining. These
9694 Saying Y here also fixes a problem with buggy SMP BIOSes which only
9695 set the MTRRs for the boot CPU and not the secondary CPUs. This can
9696 lead to all sorts of problems.
9698 You can safely say Y even if your machine doesn't have MTRRs, you'll
9699 just add about 3k to your kernel.
9701 See Documentation/mtrr.txt for more information.
9703 Main CPU frequency, only for DEC alpha machine
9704 CONFIG_FT_ALPHA_CLOCK
9705 On some DEC Alpha machines the CPU clock frequency cannot be
9706 determined automatically, so you need to specify it here ONLY if
9707 running a DEC Alpha, otherwise this setting has no effect.
9709 Zilog serial support
9711 This driver does not exist at this point, so you might as well
9714 Double Talk PC internal speech card support
9716 This driver is for the DoubleTalk PC, a speech synthesizer
9717 manufactured by RC Systems (http://www.rcsys.com/ ). It is also
9718 called the `internal DoubleTalk'. If you want to compile this as a
9719 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
9720 running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read
9721 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called dtlk.o.
9723 Siemens R3964 serial protocol support
9725 This driver allows synchronous communication with devices using the
9726 Siemens R3964 packet protocol. Unless you are dealing with special
9727 hardware like PLCs, you are unlikely to need this.
9729 To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
9730 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
9731 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
9736 Applicom intelligent fieldbus card support
9738 This driver provides the kernel-side support for the intelligent
9739 fieldbus cards made by Applicom International. More information
9740 about these cards can be found on the WWW at the address
9741 http://www.applicom-int.com/ , or by email from David Woodhouse
9744 To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
9745 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
9746 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
9751 Advanced Power Management
9753 APM is a BIOS specification for saving power using several different
9754 techniques. This is mostly useful for battery powered laptops with
9755 APM compliant BIOSes. If you say Y here, the system time will be
9756 reset after a USER RESUME operation, the /proc/apm device will
9757 provide battery status information, and user-space programs will
9758 receive notification of APM "events" (e.g., battery status change).
9760 Supporting software is available; for more information, read the
9761 Battery Powered Linux mini-HOWTO, available from
9762 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
9764 This driver does not spin down disk drives (see the hdparm(8)
9765 manpage ("man 8 hdparm") for that), and it doesn't turn off
9766 VESA-compliant "green" monitors.
9768 This driver does not support the TI 4000M TravelMate and the ACER
9769 486/DX4/75 because they don't have compliant BIOSes. Many "green"
9770 desktop machines also don't have compliant BIOSes, and this driver
9771 will cause those machines to panic during the boot phase (typically,
9772 these machines are using a data segment of 0040, which is reserved
9773 for the Linux kernel).
9775 If you are running Linux on a laptop, you may also want to read the
9776 Linux Laptop home page on the WWW at
9777 http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/kharker/linux-laptop/ .
9779 Generally, if you don't have a battery in your machine, there isn't
9780 much point in using this driver and you should say N. If you get
9781 random kernel OOPSes or reboots that don't seem to be related to
9782 anything, try disabling/enabling this option (or disabling/enabling
9785 Some other things you should try when experiencing seemingly random,
9788 1) make sure that you have enough swap space and that it is
9790 2) pass the "no-hlt" option to the kernel
9791 3) switch on floating point emulation in the kernel and pass
9792 the "no387" option to the kernel
9793 4) pass the "floppy=nodma" option to the kernel
9794 5) pass the "mem=4M" option to the kernel (thereby disabling
9795 all but the first 4 MB of RAM)
9796 6) make sure that the CPU is not over clocked.
9797 7) read the sig11 FAQ at http://www.bitwizard.nl/sig11/
9798 8) disable the cache from your BIOS settings
9799 9) install a fan for the video card or exchange video RAM
9800 10) install a better fan for the CPU
9801 11) exchange RAM chips
9802 12) exchange the motherboard.
9804 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9805 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9806 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
9807 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called apm.o.
9810 CONFIG_APM_IGNORE_USER_SUSPEND
9811 This option will ignore USER SUSPEND requests. On machines with a
9812 compliant APM BIOS, you want to say N. However, on the NEC Versa M
9813 series notebooks, it is necessary to say Y because of a BIOS bug.
9815 Enable APM at boot time
9816 CONFIG_APM_DO_ENABLE
9817 Enable APM features at boot time. From page 36 of the APM BIOS
9818 specification: "When disabled, the APM BIOS does not automatically
9819 power manage devices, enter the Standby State, enter the Suspend
9820 State, or take power saving steps in response to CPU Idle calls."
9821 This driver will make CPU Idle calls when Linux is idle (unless this
9822 feature is turned off -- see "Do CPU IDLE calls", below). This
9823 should always save battery power, but more complicated APM features
9824 will be dependent on your BIOS implementation. You may need to turn
9825 this option off if your computer hangs at boot time when using APM
9826 support, or if it beeps continuously instead of suspending. Turn
9827 this off if you have a NEC UltraLite Versa 33/C or a Toshiba
9828 T400CDT. This is off by default since most machines do fine without
9833 Enable calls to APM CPU Idle/CPU Busy inside the kernel's idle loop.
9834 On some machines, this can activate improved power savings, such as
9835 a slowed CPU clock rate, when the machine is idle. These idle calls
9836 are made after the idle loop has run for some length of time (e.g.,
9837 333 mS). On some machines, this will cause a hang at boot time or
9838 whenever the CPU becomes idle. (On machines with more than one CPU,
9839 this option does nothing.)
9841 Enable console blanking using APM
9842 CONFIG_APM_DISPLAY_BLANK
9843 Enable console blanking using the APM. Some laptops can use this to
9844 turn off the LCD backlight when the screen blanker of the Linux
9845 virtual console blanks the screen. Note that this is only used by
9846 the virtual console screen blanker, and won't turn off the backlight
9847 when using the X Window system. This also doesn't have anything to
9848 do with your VESA-compliant power-saving monitor. Further, this
9849 option doesn't work for all laptops -- it might not turn off your
9850 backlight at all, or it might print a lot of errors to the console,
9851 especially if you are using gpm.
9853 Power off on shutdown
9854 CONFIG_APM_POWER_OFF
9855 Enable the ability to power off the computer after the Linux kernel
9856 is halted. You will need software (e.g., a suitable version of the
9857 halt(8) command ("man 8 halt")) to cause the computer to power down.
9858 Recent versions of the sysvinit package available from
9859 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/daemons/init/ contain support
9860 for this ("halt -p" shuts down Linux and powers off the computer, if
9861 executed from runlevel 0). As with the other APM options, this
9862 option may not work reliably with some APM BIOS implementations.
9864 Ignore multiple suspend/standby events
9865 CONFIG_APM_IGNORE_MULTIPLE_SUSPEND
9866 This option is necessary on the IBM Thinkpad 560, but should work on
9867 all other laptops. When the APM BIOS returns multiple suspend or
9868 standby events while one is already being processed they will be
9869 ignored. Without this the Thinkpad 560 has troubles with the user
9870 level daemon apmd, and with the PCMCIA package pcmcia-cs.
9872 Ignore multiple suspend/resume cycles
9873 CONFIG_APM_IGNORE_SUSPEND_BOUNCE
9874 This option is necessary on the Dell Inspiron 3200 and others, but
9875 should be safe for all other laptops. When enabled, a system suspend
9876 event that occurs within three seconds of a resume is ignored.
9877 Without this the Inspiron will shut itself off a few seconds after
9878 you open the lid, requiring you to press the power button to resume
9879 it a second time. Say Y.
9881 RTC stores time in GMT
9882 CONFIG_APM_RTC_IS_GMT
9883 Say Y here if your RTC (Real Time Clock a.k.a. hardware clock)
9884 stores the time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time). Say N if your RTC
9887 It is in fact recommended to store GMT in your RTC, because then you
9888 don't have to worry about daylight savings time changes. The only
9889 reason not to use GMT in your RTC is if you also run a broken OS
9890 that doesn't understand GMT.
9892 Allow interrupts during APM BIOS calls
9893 CONFIG_APM_ALLOW_INTS
9894 Normally we disable external interrupts while we are making calls to
9895 the APM BIOS as a measure to lessen the effects of a badly behaving
9896 BIOS implementation. The BIOS should reenable interrupts if it
9897 needs to. Unfortunately, some BIOSes do not - especially those in
9898 many of the newer IBM Thinkpads. If you experience hangs when you
9899 suspend, try setting this to Y. Otherwise, say N.
9901 Watchdog Timer Support
9903 If you say Y here (and to one of the following options) and create a
9904 character special file /dev/watchdog with major number 10 and minor
9905 number 130 using mknod ("man mknod"), you will get a watchdog, i.e.:
9906 subsequently opening the file and then failing to write to it for
9907 longer than 1 minute will result in rebooting the machine. This
9908 could be useful for a networked machine that needs to come back
9909 online as fast as possible after a lock-up. There's both a watchdog
9910 implementation entirely in software (which can sometimes fail to
9911 reboot the machine) and a driver for hardware watchdog boards, which
9912 are more robust and can also keep track of the temperature inside
9913 your computer. For details, read Documentation/watchdog.txt in the
9916 The watchdog is usually used together with the watchdog daemon
9917 which is available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
9918 ftp://tsx-11.mit.edu/pub/linux/sources/sbin/ . This daemon can also
9919 monitor NFS connections and can reboot the machine when the process
9924 Disable watchdog shutdown on close
9925 CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT
9926 The default watchdog behaviour (which you get if you say N here) is
9927 to stop the timer if the process managing it closes the file
9928 /dev/watchdog. It's always remotely possible that this process might
9929 get killed. If you say Y here, the watchdog cannot be stopped once
9930 it has been started.
9934 If you have a WDT500P or WDT501P watchdog board, say Y here,
9935 otherwise N. It is not possible to probe for this board, which means
9936 that you have to set the IO port and IRQ it uses in the kernel
9937 source at the top of drivers/char/wdt.c.
9939 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9940 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9941 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
9946 Saying Y here and creating a character special file /dev/temperature
9947 with major number 10 and minor number 131 ("man mknod") will give
9948 you a thermometer inside your computer: reading from
9949 /dev/temperature yields one byte, the temperature in degrees
9950 Fahrenheit. This works only if you have a WDT501P watchdog board
9955 Enable the Fan Tachometer on the WDT501. Only do this if you have a
9956 fan tachometer actually set up.
9959 CONFIG_SOFT_WATCHDOG
9960 A software monitoring watchdog. This will fail to reboot your system
9961 from some situations that the hardware watchdog will recover
9962 from. Equally it's a lot cheaper to install.
9964 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9965 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9966 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
9967 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called softdog.o.
9969 Berkshire Products PC Watchdog
9971 This is the driver for the Berkshire Products PC Watchdog card.
9972 This card simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze,
9973 and if it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of
9974 time. This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for different
9975 hardware. Please read Documentation/pcwd-watchdog.txt. The PC
9976 watchdog cards can be ordered from http://www.berkprod.com .
9978 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9979 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9980 The module is called pcwd.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
9981 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
9983 Most people will say N.
9985 Acquire SBC Watchdog Timer
9987 This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the PSC-6x86 Single
9988 Board Computer produced by Acquire Inc (and others). This watchdog
9989 simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, and if
9990 it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of time.
9992 This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for different hardware.
9993 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9994 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9995 The module is called pscwdt.o. If you want to compile it as a
9996 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. Most people
9999 Enhanced Real Time Clock Support
10001 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with
10002 major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you
10003 will get access to the real time clock built into your computer.
10004 Every PC has such a clock built in. It can be used to generate
10005 signals from as low as 1Hz up to 8192Hz, and can also be used as a
10006 24 hour alarm. It reports status information via the file /proc/rtc
10007 and its behaviour is set by various ioctls on /dev/rtc.
10009 If you run Linux on a multiprocessor machine and said Y to
10010 "Symmetric Multi Processing" above, you should say Y here to read
10011 and set the RTC in an SMP compatible fashion.
10013 If you think you have a use for such a device (such as periodic data
10014 sampling), then say Y here, and read Documentation/rtc.txt for
10017 Tadpole ANA H8 Support
10019 The Hitachi H8/337 is a microcontroller used to deal with the power
10020 and thermal environment. If you say Y here, you will be able to
10021 communicate with it via a character special device.
10027 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/nvram
10028 with major number 10 and minor number 144 using mknod ("man mknod"),
10029 you get read and write access to the 50 bytes of non-volatile memory
10030 in the real time clock (RTC), which is contained in every PC and
10033 This memory is conventionally called "CMOS RAM" on PCs and "NVRAM"
10034 on Ataris. /dev/nvram may be used to view settings there, or to
10035 change them (with some utility). It could also be used to frequently
10036 save a few bits of very important data that may not be lost over
10037 power-off and for which writing to disk is too insecure. Note
10038 however that most NVRAM space in a PC belongs to the BIOS and you
10039 should NEVER idly tamper with it. See Ralf Brown's interrupt list
10040 for a guide to the use of CMOS bytes by your BIOS.
10042 On Atari machines, /dev/nvram is always configured and does not need
10045 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10046 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10047 The module will be called nvram.o. If you want to compile it as a
10048 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10052 If you have a joystick, you can say Y here to enable generic
10053 joystick support. You will also need to say Y or M to at least one
10054 of the hardware specific joystick drivers. This will make the
10055 joysticks available as /dev/jsX devices. Please read the file
10056 Documentation/joystick.txt which contains more information and the
10057 location of the joystick package that you'll need.
10059 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10060 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10061 The module will be called joystick.o. If you want to compile it as a
10062 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10064 Classic PC analog joysticks and gamepads
10066 Say Y here if you have an analog joystick or gamepad that connects
10067 to the PC gameport. This supports many different types, including
10068 joysticks with throttle control, with rudders, or with extensions
10069 like additional hats and buttons compatible with CH Flightstick Pro,
10070 ThrustMaster FCS or 6 and 8 button gamepads. For more information on
10071 how to use the driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt
10073 FPGaming and MadCatz A3D controllers
10075 Say Y here if you have an FPGaming Assasin 3D, MadCatz Panther or
10076 MadCatz Panther XL. For more information on how to use the driver
10077 please read Documentation/joystick.txt
10079 Gravis GrIP joysticks and gamepads
10081 Say Y here if you have a Gravis GamePad Pro, Gravis Xterminator or
10082 Gravis Blackhawk Digital. For more information on how to use the
10083 driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt
10085 PDPI Lightning 4 gamecards
10086 CONFIG_JOY_LIGHTNING
10087 Say Y here if you have a PDPI Lightning 4 gamecard and an analog
10088 joystick or gamepad connected to it. For more information on how to
10089 use the driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt
10091 Logitech Digital joysticks and gamepads
10092 CONFIG_JOY_LOGITECH
10093 Say Y here if you have a Logitech WingMan Extreme Digital,
10094 Logitech ThunderPad Digital or Logitech CyberMan 2. For more
10095 information on how to use the driver please read
10096 Documentation/joystick.txt
10098 Microsoft SideWinder, Genius Digital joysticks and gamepads
10099 CONFIG_JOY_SIDEWINDER
10100 Say Y here if you have a Microsoft SideWinder 3d Pro, Microsoft
10101 SideWinder Precision Pro, Microsoft SideWinder Force Feedback Pro,
10102 Microsoft Sidewinder GamePad or Genius Flight2000 F-23 Digital. For
10103 more information on how to use the driver please read
10104 Documentation/joystick.txt
10106 ThrustMaster DirectConnect joysticks and gamepads
10107 CONFIG_JOY_THRUSTMASTER
10108 Say Y here if you have a ThrustMaster Millenium 3D Inceptor or a
10109 ThrustMaster 3D Rage Pad. For more information on how to use the
10110 driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt
10112 NES, SNES, PSX, Multisystem joysticks and gamepads
10114 Say Y here if you have a Nintendo Entertainment System gamepad,
10115 Super Nintendo Entertainment System gamepad, Sony PlayStation
10116 gamepad or a Multisystem -- Atari, Amiga, Commodore, Amstrad CPC
10117 joystick. For more information on how to use the driver please read
10118 Documentation/joystick.txt and Documentation/joystick-parport.txt
10120 Sega, Multisystem joysticks and gamepads
10122 Say Y here if you have a Sega Master System gamepad, Sega Genesis
10123 gamepad, Sega Saturn gamepad, or a Multisystem -- Atari, Amiga,
10124 Commodore, Amstrad CPC joystick. For more information on how to use
10125 the driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt and
10126 Documentation/joystick-parport.txt
10128 TurboGraFX Multisystem joystick interface
10129 CONFIG_JOY_TURBOGRAFX
10130 Say Y here if you have the TurboGraFX interface by Steffen Schwenke,
10131 and want to use it with Multiststem -- Atari, Amiga, Commodore,
10132 Amstrad CPC joystick. For more information on how to use the driver
10133 please read Documentation/joystick.txt and
10134 Documentation/joystick-parport.txt
10138 Say Y here if you have an Amiga with a digital joystick connected
10139 to it. For more information on how to use the driver please read
10140 Documentation/joystick.txt
10142 Atomwide Serial Support
10143 CONFIG_ATOMWIDE_SERIAL
10144 If you have an Atomwide Serial card for an Acorn system, say Y to
10145 this option. The driver can handle 1, 2, or 3 port cards.
10148 The Serial Port Dual Serial Port
10149 CONFIG_DUALSP_SERIAL
10150 If you have the Serial Port's dual serial card for an Acorn system,
10151 say Y to this option. If unsure, say N
10155 If you say Y here and create a character device node /dev/nwbutton
10156 with major and minor numbers 10 and 158 ("man mknod"), then every
10157 time the orange button is pressed a number of times, the number of
10158 times the button was pressed will be written to that device.
10160 This is most useful for applications, as yet unwritten, which
10161 perform actions based on how many times the button is pressed in a
10164 Do not hold the button down for too long, as the driver does not
10165 alter the behaviour of the hardware reset circuitry attached to the
10166 button; it will still execute a hard reset if the button is held
10167 down for longer than approximately five seconds.
10169 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10170 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10171 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10172 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called nwbutton.o.
10174 Most people will answer Y to this question and "Reboot Using Button"
10175 below to be able to initiate a system shutdown from the button.
10177 Reboot Using Button
10178 CONFIG_NWBUTTON_REBOOT
10179 If you say Y here, then you will be able to initiate a system
10180 shutdown and reboot by pressing the orange button a number of times.
10181 The number of presses to initiate the shutdown is two by default,
10182 but this can be altered by modifying the value of NUM_PRESSES_REBOOT
10183 in nwbutton.h and recompiling the driver or, if you compile the
10184 driver as a module, you can specify the number of presses at load
10185 time with "insmod button reboot_count=<something>".
10189 If you have a sound card in your computer, i.e. if it can say more
10190 than an occasional beep, say Y. Be sure to have all the information
10191 about your sound card and its configuration down (I/O port,
10192 interrupt and DMA channel), because you will be asked for it.
10194 You want to read the Sound-HOWTO, available from
10195 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto . General information
10196 about the modular sound system is contained in the files
10197 Documentation/sound/Introduction. The file
10198 Documentation/sound/README.OSS contains some slightly outdated but
10199 still useful information as well.
10201 If you have a PnP sound card and you want to configure it at boot
10202 time using the ISA PnP tools (read
10203 http://www.roestock.demon.co.uk/isapnptools/ ), then you need to
10204 compile the sound card support as a module ( = code which can be
10205 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want)
10206 and load that module after the PnP configuration is finished. To do
10207 this, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
10208 Documentation/sound/README.modules; the module will be called
10211 I'm told that even without a sound card, you can make your computer
10212 say more than an occasional beep, by programming the PC speaker.
10213 Kernel patches and supporting utilities to do that are in the pcsp
10214 package, available at http://www.imladris.demon.co.uk/pcsp/ .
10218 OSS is the Open Sound System suite of sound card drivers. They make
10219 sound programming easier since they provide a common API. Say Y or M
10220 here (the module will be called sound.o) if you haven't found a
10221 driver for your sound card above, then pick your driver from the
10224 Persistent DMA buffers
10226 Linux can often have problems allocating DMA buffers for ISA sound
10227 cards on machines with more than 16MB of RAM. This is because ISA
10228 DMA buffers must exist below the 16MB boundary and it is quite
10229 possible that a large enough free block in this region cannot be
10230 found after the machine has been running for a while. If you say Y
10231 here the DMA buffers (64Kb) will be allocated at boot time and kept
10232 until the shutdown. This option is only useful if you said Y to
10233 "OSS sound modules", above. If you said M to "OSS sound modules"
10234 then you can get the persistent DMA buffer functionality by passing
10235 the command-line argument "dmabuf=1" to the sound.o module.
10237 Say Y unless you have 16MB or less RAM or a PCI sound card.
10239 Support for Aztech Sound Galaxy (non-PnP) cards
10240 CONFIG_SOUND_SGALAXY
10241 This module initializes the older non Plug and Play sound galaxy
10242 cards from Aztech. It supports the Waverider Pro 32 - 3D and the
10243 Galaxy Washington 16.
10245 Support for AD1816(A) based cards (EXPERIMENTAL)
10246 CONFIG_SOUND_AD1816
10247 Say M here if you have a sound card based on the Analog Devices
10250 NOTE: This driver is still EXPERIMENTAL.
10251 See Documentation/sound/AD1816 for further information.
10253 Yamaha OPL3-SA1 audio controller
10254 CONFIG_SOUND_OPL3SA1
10255 Say Y or M if you have a Yamaha OPL3-SA1 sound chip, which is
10256 usually built into motherboards. Read Documentation/sound/OPL3-SA
10259 ProAudioSpectrum 16 support
10261 Answer Y only if you have a Pro Audio Spectrum 16, ProAudio Studio
10262 16 or Logitech SoundMan 16 sound card. Don't answer Y if you have
10263 some other card made by Media Vision or Logitech since they are not
10266 100% Sound Blaster compatibles (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support
10268 Answer Y if you have an original Sound Blaster card made by Creative
10269 Labs or a 100% hardware compatible clone (like the Thunderboard or
10270 SM Games). For an unknown card you may answer Y if the card claims
10271 to be Sound Blaster-compatible.
10273 Please read the file Documentation/sound/Soundblaster.
10275 You should also say Y here for cards based on the Avance Logic
10276 ALS-007 chip (read Documentation/sound/ALS007) and for cards based
10277 on ESS chips (read Documentation/sound/ESS1868 and
10278 Documentation/sound/ESS). If you have an SB AWE 32 or SB AWE 64, say
10279 Y here and also to "Additional lowlevel drivers" and to "SB32/AWE
10280 support" below and read Documentation/sound/INSTALL.awe. If you have
10281 an IBM Mwave card, say Y here and read Documentation/sound/mwave.
10283 You can say M here to compile this driver as a module; the module is
10286 Generic OPL2/OPL3 FM synthesizer support
10288 Answer Y if your card has a FM chip made by Yamaha (OPL2/OPL3/OPL4).
10289 Answering Y is usually a safe and recommended choice, however some
10290 cards may have software (TSR) FM emulation. Enabling FM support with
10291 these cards may cause trouble (I don't currently know of any such
10294 Please read the file Documentation/sound/OPL3 if your card has an
10300 #Loopback MIDI device support
10301 #CONFIG_SOUND_VMIDI
10303 ### somebody please fill this in.
10306 Gravis Ultrasound support
10308 Say Y here for any type of Gravis Ultrasound card, including
10309 the GUS or GUS MAX. See also Documentation/sound/ultrasound for
10310 more information on configuring this card with modules.
10312 MPU-401 support (NOT for SB16)
10313 CONFIG_SOUND_MPU401
10314 Be careful with this question. The MPU401 interface is supported by
10315 all sound cards. However, some natively supported cards have their
10316 own driver for MPU401. Enabling this MPU401 option with these cards
10317 will cause a conflict. Also, enabling MPU401 on a system that
10318 doesn't really have a MPU401 could cause some trouble. If your card
10319 was in the list of supported cards, look at the card specific
10320 instructions in the drivers/sound/Readme.cards file. It's safe to
10321 answer Y if you have a true MPU401 MIDI interface card.
10324 CONFIG_SOUND_UART6850
10325 This option enables support for MIDI interfaces based on the 6850
10326 UART chip. This interface is rarely found on sound cards. It's safe
10327 to answer N to this question.
10331 Say Y here for ARM systems with the VIDC video controller and 16-bit
10332 Linear sound DACs. If unsure, say N.
10334 PSS (AD1848, ADSP-2115, ESC614) support
10336 Answer Y or M if you have an Orchid SW32, Cardinal DSP16, Beethoven
10337 ADSP-16 or some other card based on the PSS chipset (AD1848 codec +
10338 ADSP-2115 DSP chip + Echo ESC614 ASIC CHIP). For more information on
10339 how to compile it into the kernel or as a module see the file
10340 Documentation/sound/PSS.
10342 Enable PSS mixer (Beethoven ADSP-16 and other compatible)
10344 Answer Y for Beethoven ADSP-16. You may try to say Y also for other
10345 cards if they have master volume, bass, treble, and you can't
10346 control it under Linux. If you answer N for Beethoven ADSP-16, you
10347 can't control master volume, bass, treble and synth volume.
10349 If you said M to "PSS support" above, you may enable or disable this
10350 PSS mixer with the module parameter pss_mixer. For more information
10351 see the file Documentation/sound/PSS.
10353 Have DSPxxx.LD firmware file
10354 CONFIG_PSS_HAVE_BOOT
10355 If you have the DSPxxx.LD file or SYNTH.LD file for you card, say Y
10356 to include this file. Without this file the synth device (OPL) may
10359 Full pathname of DSPxxx.LD firmware file
10360 CONFIG_PSS_BOOT_FILE
10361 Enter the full pathname of your DSPxxx.LD file or SYNTH.LD file,
10364 16 bit sampling option of GUS (_NOT_ GUS MAX)
10366 Answer Y if you have installed the 16 bit sampling daughtercard on
10367 your GUS. Answer N if you have a GUS MAX, since saying Y here
10368 disables GUS MAX support.
10371 CONFIG_SOUND_GUSMAX
10372 Answer Y only if you have a Gravis Ultrasound MAX.
10374 Microsoft Sound System support
10376 Again think carefully before answering Y to this question. It's safe
10377 to answer Y if you have the original Windows Sound System card made
10378 by Microsoft or Aztech SG 16 Pro (or NX16 Pro). Also you may say Y
10379 in case your card is NOT among these:
10381 ATI Stereo F/X, AdLib, Audio Excell DSP16, Cardinal DSP16,
10382 Ensoniq SoundScape (and compatibles made by Reveal and Spea),
10383 Gravis Ultrasound, Gravis Ultrasound ACE, Gravis Ultrasound Max,
10384 Gravis Ultrasound with 16 bit option, Logitech Sound Man 16,
10385 Logitech SoundMan Games, Logitech SoundMan Wave, MAD16 Pro (OPTi
10386 82C929), Media Vision Jazz16, MediaTriX AudioTriX Pro, Microsoft
10387 Windows Sound System (MSS/WSS), Mozart (OAK OTI-601), Orchid
10388 SW32, Personal Sound System (PSS), Pro Audio Spectrum 16, Pro
10389 Audio Studio 16, Pro Sonic 16, Roland MPU-401 MIDI interface,
10390 Sound Blaster 1.0, Sound Blaster 16, Sound Blaster 16ASP, Sound
10391 Blaster 2.0, Sound Blaster AWE32, Sound Blaster Pro, TI TM4000M
10392 notebook, ThunderBoard, Turtle Beach Tropez, Yamaha FM
10393 synthesizers (OPL2, OPL3 and OPL4), 6850 UART MIDI Interface.
10395 For cards having native support in VoxWare, consult the card
10396 specific instructions in drivers/sound/Readme.cards. Some drivers
10397 have their own MSS support and saying Y to this option will cause a
10400 SGI Visual Workstation on-board audio
10402 Say Y or M if you have an SGI Visual Workstation and you want to
10403 be able to use its on-board audio. Read Documentation/sound/visws
10404 for more info on this driver's capabilities.
10406 Ensoniq Soundscape support
10407 CONFIG_SOUND_SSCAPE
10408 Answer Y if you have a sound card based on the Ensoniq SoundScape
10409 chipset. Such cards are being manufactured at least by Ensoniq, Spea
10410 and Reveal (Reveal makes also other cards).
10412 MediaTriX AudioTriX Pro support
10414 Answer Y if you have the AudioTriX Pro sound card manufactured
10417 Have TRXPRO.HEX firmware file
10418 CONFIG_TRIX_HAVE_BOOT
10419 The MediaTrix AudioTrix Pro has an on-board microcontroller which
10420 needs to be initialized by downloading the code from the file
10421 TRXPRO.HEX in the DOS driver directory. If you don't have the
10422 TRXPRO.HEX file handy you may skip this step. However, the SB and
10423 MPU-401 modes of AudioTrix Pro will not work without this file!
10425 Full pathname of TRXPRO.HEX firmware file
10426 CONFIG_TRIX_BOOT_FILE
10427 Enter the full pathname of your TRXPRO.HEX file, starting from /.
10429 Support for OPTi MAD16 and/or Mozart based cards
10431 Answer Y if your card has a Mozart (OAK OTI-601) or MAD16 (OPTi
10432 82C928 or 82C929 or 82C931) audio interface chip. For the 82C931,
10433 please read drivers/sound/README.C931. These chips are currently
10434 quite common so it's possible that many no-name cards have one of
10435 them. In addition the MAD16 chip is used in some cards made by known
10436 manufacturers such as Turtle Beach (Tropez), Reveal (some models)
10437 and Diamond (latest ones). Note however that the Tropez sound cards
10438 have their own driver; if you have one of those, say N here and Y or
10439 M to "Full support for Turtle Beach WaveFront", below.
10441 See also Documentation/sound/Opti and Documentation/sound/MAD16 for
10442 more information on setting these cards up as modules.
10444 Full support for Turtle Beach WaveFront synth/sound cards
10445 CONFIG_SOUND_WAVEFRONT
10446 Answer Y or M if you have a Tropez Plus, Tropez or Maui sound card
10447 and read the files Documentation/sound/Wavefront and
10448 Documentation/sound/Tropez+.
10450 Support MIDI in older MAD16 based cards (requires SB)
10451 CONFIG_MAD16_OLDCARD
10452 Answer Y (or M) if you have an older card based on the C928 or
10453 Mozart chipset and you want to have MIDI support. If you enable this
10454 option you also need to enable support for Sound Blaster.
10456 Support for Crystal CS4232 based (PnP) cards
10457 CONFIG_SOUND_CS4232
10458 Say Y here if you have a card based on the Crystal CS4232 chip set,
10459 which uses its own Plug and Play protocol.
10461 See Documentation/sound/CS4232 for more information on configuring
10464 Support for Yamaha OPL3-SA2, SA3, and SAx based PnP cards
10465 CONFIG_SOUND_OPL3SA2
10466 Say Y or M if you have a card based on one of these Yamaha
10467 sound chipsets. Read Documentation/sound/OPL3-SA2 for more
10468 information on configuring these cards.
10470 Support for Turtle Beach Wave Front (Maui, Tropez) synthesizers
10472 Say Y here if you have a Turtle Beach Wave Front, Maui, or Tropez
10475 Have OSWF.MOT firmware file
10476 CONFIG_MAUI_HAVE_BOOT
10477 Turtle Beach Maui and Tropez sound cards have a microcontroller
10478 which needs to be initialized prior to use. OSWF.MOT is a file
10479 distributed with the card's DOS/Windows drivers. Answer Y if you
10482 Full pathname of OSWF.MOT firmware file
10483 CONFIG_MAUI_BOOT_FILE
10484 Enter the full pathname of your OSWF.MOT file, starting from /.
10486 Support for Turtle Beach MultiSound Classic, Tahiti, Monterey
10487 CONFIG_SOUND_MSNDCLAS
10488 Say M here if you have a Turtle Beach MultiSound Classic, Tahiti or
10489 Monterey (not for the Pinnacle or Fiji).
10491 See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for important information about
10494 Full pathname of MSNDINIT.BIN firmware file
10495 CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_INIT_FILE
10496 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
10497 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
10498 obtained from Turtle Beach. See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for
10499 information on how to obtain this.
10501 Full pathname of MSNDPERM.BIN firmware file
10502 CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_PERM_FILE
10503 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
10504 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
10505 obtained from Turtle Beach. See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for
10506 information on how to obtain this.
10508 Support for Turtle Beach MultiSound Pinnacle, Fiji
10509 CONFIG_SOUND_MSNDPIN
10510 Say M here if you have a Turtle Beach MultiSound Pinnacle or Fiji.
10511 See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for important information about
10514 Full pathname of PNDSPINI.BIN firmware file
10515 CONFIG_MSNDPIN_INIT_FILE
10516 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
10517 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
10518 obtained from Turtle Beach. See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for
10519 information on how to obtain this.
10521 Full pathname of PNDSPERM.BIN firmware file
10522 CONFIG_MSNDPIN_PERM_FILE
10523 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
10524 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
10525 obtained from Turtle Beach. See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for
10526 information on how to obtain this.
10528 MSND Pinnacle have S/PDIF I/O
10529 CONFIG_MSNDPIN_DIGITAL
10530 If you have the S/PDIF daughter board for the Pinnacle or Fiji,
10531 answer Y here; otherwise, say N. If you have this, you will be able
10532 to play and record from the S/PDIF port (digital signal). See
10533 Documentation/sound/MultiSound for information on how to make use of
10536 MSND Pinnacle non-PnP Mode
10537 CONFIG_MSNDPIN_NONPNP
10538 The Pinnacle and Fiji card resources can be configured either with
10539 PnP, or through a configuration port. Say Y here if your card is NOT
10540 in PnP mode. For the Pinnacle, configuration in non-PnP mode allows
10541 use of the IDE and joystick peripherals on the card as well; these
10542 do not show up when the card is in PnP mode. Specifying zero for any
10543 resource of a device will disable the device. If you are running the
10544 card in PnP mode, you must say N here and use isapnptools to
10545 configure the card's resources.
10547 MSND Pinnacle config port
10549 This is the port which the Pinnacle and Fiji uses to configure the
10550 card's resources when not in PnP mode. If your card is in PnP mode,
10551 then be sure to say N to the previous option, "MSND Pinnacle Non-PnP
10554 MSND buffer size (kB)
10555 CONFIG_MSND_FIFOSIZE
10556 Configures the size of each audio buffer, in kilobytes, for
10557 recording and playing in the MultiSound drivers (both the Classic
10558 and Pinnacle). Larger values reduce the chance of data overruns at
10559 the expense of overall latency. If unsure, use the default.
10561 /dev/dsp and /dev/audio support
10563 If you say Y here, you will get the /dev/dsp and /dev/audio devices;
10564 these are the analog-digital and digital-analog converter devices
10565 and are very useful, so say Y.
10567 MIDI interface support
10569 Answering N disables /dev/midixx devices and access to any MIDI
10570 ports using /dev/sequencer and /dev/music. This option also affects
10571 any MPU401 and/or General MIDI compatible devices. Answer Y.
10573 FM synthesizer (YM3812/OPL-3) support
10574 CONFIG_SOUND_YM3812
10575 Answer Y here, unless you know you will not need the option.
10579 This is support for the sound cards on Sun workstations. The code
10580 does not exist yet, so you might as well say N here.
10582 Additional low level drivers
10583 CONFIG_LOWLEVEL_SOUND
10584 If you need additional low level sound drivers which have not yet
10585 appeared, say Y. The answer to this question does not directly
10586 affect the kernel; saying Y will simply cause this configure script
10587 to present you with more options. If unsure, say Y.
10589 ACI mixer (miroPCM12/PCM20)
10591 ACI (Audio Command Interface) is a protocol used to communicate with
10592 the microcontroller on some sound cards produced by miro, e.g. the
10593 miroSOUND PCM12 and PCM20. The main function of the ACI is to
10594 control the mixer and to get a product identification.
10596 This Voxware ACI driver currently only supports the ACI functions on
10597 the miroSOUND PCM12 and PCM20 cards. On the PCM20, ACI also controls
10598 the radio tuner. This is supported in the video4linux
10599 radio-miropcm20 driver.
10603 Say Y here if you have a Sound Blaster SB32, AWE32-PnP, SB AWE64 or
10604 similar sound card. See Documentation/sound/README.awe,
10605 Documentation/sound/AWE32 and the Soundblaster-AWE mini-HOWTO,
10606 available from http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto for more
10609 Gallant's Audio Excel DSP 16 support (SC-6000 and SC-6600)
10611 Answer Y if you have a Gallant's Audio Excel DSP 16 card. This
10612 driver supports Audio Excel DSP 16 but not the III nor PnP versions
10615 The Gallant's Audio Excel DSP 16 card can emulate either an SBPro or
10616 a Microsoft Sound System card, so you should have said Y to either
10617 "100% Sound Blaster compatibles (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support"
10618 or "Microsoft Sound System support", above, and you need to answer
10619 the "MSS emulation" and "SBPro emulation" questions below
10620 accordingly. You should say Y to one and only one of these two
10623 Read the drivers/sound/lowlevel/README.aedsp16 file and the head of
10624 drivers/sound/lowlevel/aedsp16.c as well as
10625 Documentation/sound/AudioExcelDSP16 to get more information about
10626 this driver and its configuration.
10628 I/O base for Audio Excel DSP 16
10629 CONFIG_AEDSP16_BASE
10630 This is the base I/O address of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must
10631 be 220 or 240. If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify
10632 this parameter as 'io=0xNNN'.
10634 Audio Excel DSP 16 (SBPro emulation)
10635 CONFIG_AEDSP16_SBPRO
10636 Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate Sound Blaster Pro.
10637 You should then say Y to "100% Sound Blaster compatibles
10638 (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support" and N to "Audio Excel DSP 16 (MSS
10641 Audio Excel DSP 16 IRQ
10642 CONFIG_AEDSP16_SB_IRQ
10643 This is the IRQ of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must be 5, 7, 9,
10644 10 or 11. If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify
10645 this parameter as 'irq=NN'.
10647 Audio Excel DSP 16 DMA
10648 CONFIG_AEDSP16_SB_DMA
10649 This is the IRQ of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must be 0, 1 or
10650 3. If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify this
10651 parameter as 'dma=NN'.
10653 Audio Excel DSP 16 (MSS emulation)
10655 Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate Microsoft Sound
10656 System. You should then say Y to "Microsoft Sound System support"
10657 and say N to "Audio Excel DSP 16 (SBPro emulation)".
10659 Audio Excel DSP 16 IRQ
10660 CONFIG_AEDSP16_MSS_IRQ
10661 This is the IRQ of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must be 5, 7, 9,
10662 10 or 11. If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify
10663 this parameter as 'irq=NN'.
10665 Audio Excel DSP 16 DMA
10666 CONFIG_AEDSP16_MSS_DMA
10667 This is the IRQ of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must be 0, 1
10668 or 3. If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify this
10669 parameter as 'dma=NN'.
10671 SC-6600 based audio cards (new Audio Excel DSP 16)
10673 The SC6600 is the new version of DSP mounted on the Audio Excel DSP
10674 16 cards. Find in the manual the FCC ID of your audio card and
10675 answer Y if you have an SC6600 DSP.
10677 SC-6600 Joystick Interface
10679 Say Y here in order to use the joystick interface of the Audio Excel
10682 SC-6600 CDROM Interface
10683 CONFIG_SC6600_CDROM
10684 This is used to activate the the CDROM interface of the Audio Excel
10685 DSP 16 card. Enter: 0 for Sony, 1 for Panasonic, 2 for IDE, 4 for no
10688 Audio Excel DSP 16 (MPU401 emulation)
10689 CONFIG_AEDSP16_MPU401
10690 Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate the MPU-401 midi
10691 interface. You should then also say Y to "MPU-401 support".
10693 Note that the I/O base for MPU-401 support of aedsp16 is the same
10694 you have selected for "MPU-401 support". If you are using this
10695 driver as a module you have to specify the MPU I/O base address with
10696 the parameter 'mpu_base=0xNNN'.
10698 MPU401 IRQ for Audio Excel DSP 16
10699 CONFIG_AEDSP16_MPU_IRQ
10700 This is the IRQ of the MPU-401 emulation of your Audio Excel DSP 16
10701 card. It must be 5, 7, 9, 10 or 0 (to disable MPU-401 interface). If
10702 you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify this parameter as
10705 Ensoniq ES1370 based PCI sound cards
10706 CONFIG_SOUND_ES1370
10707 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the Ensoniq
10708 ES1370 chipset, such as Ensoniq's AudioPCI (non-97). To find
10709 out if your sound card uses an ES1370 without removing your
10710 computer's cover, use lspci -n and look for the PCI ID
10711 1274:5000. Since Ensoniq was bought by Creative Labs,
10712 Sound Blaster 64/PCI models are either ES1370 or ES1371 based.
10713 This driver differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ
10714 Documentation/sound/es1370.
10716 Ensoniq ES1371 based PCI sound cards
10717 CONFIG_SOUND_ES1371
10718 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the Ensoniq
10719 ES1371 chipset, such as Ensoniq's AudioPCI97. To find out if
10720 your sound card uses an ES1371 without removing your computer's
10721 cover, use lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 1274:1371. Since
10722 Ensoniq was bought by Creative Labs, Sound Blaster 64/PCI
10723 models are either ES1370 or ES1371 based. This driver differs
10724 slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ Documentation/sound/es1371.
10726 ESS Solo1 based PCI sound cards (eg. SC1938)
10727 CONFIG_SOUND_ESSSOLO1
10728 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the ESS Technology
10729 Solo1 chip. To find out if your sound card uses a
10730 Solo1 chip without removing your computer's cover, use
10731 lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 125D:1969. This driver
10732 differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ
10733 Documentation/sound/solo1.
10735 S3 SonicVibes based PCI sound cards
10736 CONFIG_SOUND_SONICVIBES
10737 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the S3
10738 SonicVibes chipset. To find out if your sound card uses a
10739 SonicVibes chip without removing your computer's cover, use
10740 lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 5333:CA00. This driver
10741 differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ
10742 Documentation/sound/sonicvibes.
10744 Rockwell WaveArtist
10745 CONFIG_SOUND_WAVEARTIST
10746 Say Y here to include support for the Rockwell WaveArtist sound
10747 system. This driver is mainly for the NetWinder.
10749 Are you using a crosscompiler
10750 CONFIG_CROSSCOMPILE
10751 Say Y here if you are compiling the kernel on a different
10752 architecture than the one it is intended to run on.
10754 Build fp exception handler module
10755 CONFIG_MIPS_FPE_MODULE
10756 Build the floating point exception handler module. This option is
10757 only useful for people working on the floating point exception
10758 handler. If you don't, say N.
10760 Remote GDB kernel debugging
10761 CONFIG_REMOTE_DEBUG
10762 If you say Y here, it will be possible to remotely debug the MIPS
10763 kernel using gdb. This enlarges your kernel image disk size by
10764 several megabytes and requires a machine with more than 16 MB,
10765 better 32 MB RAM to avoid excessive linking time. This is only
10766 useful for kernel hackers. If unsure, say N.
10768 Magic System Request Key support
10770 If you say Y here, you will have some control over the system even
10771 if the system crashes for example during kernel debugging (e.g., you
10772 will be able to flush the buffer cache to disk, reboot the system
10773 immediately or dump some status information). This is accomplished
10774 by pressing various keys while holding SysRq (Alt+PrintScreen). The
10775 keys are documented in Documentation/sysrq.txt. Don't say Y unless
10776 you really know what this hack does.
10780 ISDN ("Integrated Services Digital Networks", called RNIS in France)
10781 is a special type of fully digital telephone service; it's mostly
10782 used to connect to your Internet service provider (with SLIP or
10783 PPP). The main advantage is that the speed is higher than ordinary
10784 modem/telephone connections, and that you can have voice
10785 conversations while downloading stuff. It only works if your
10786 computer is equipped with an ISDN card and both you and your service
10787 provider purchased an ISDN line from the phone company. For details,
10788 read http://alumni.caltech.edu/~dank/isdn/ on the WWW.
10790 This driver allows you to use an ISDN-card for networking
10791 connections and as dialin/out device. The isdn-tty's have a built in
10792 AT-compatible modem emulator. Network devices support autodial,
10793 channel-bundling, callback and caller-authentication without having
10794 a daemon running. A reduced T.70 protocol is supported with tty's
10795 suitable for German BTX. On D-Channel, the protocols EDSS1
10796 (Euro-ISDN) and 1TR6 (German style) are supported. See
10797 Documentation/isdn/README for more information.
10799 If you want to compile the ISDN code as a module ( = code which can
10800 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10801 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
10802 will be called isdn.o. If unsure, say N.
10804 Support synchronous PPP
10806 Over digital connections such as ISDN, there is no need to
10807 synchronize sender and recipient's clocks with start and stop bits
10808 as is done over analog telephone lines. Instead, one can use
10809 "synchronous PPP". Saying Y here will include this protocol. This
10810 protocol is used by Cisco and Sun for example. So you want to say Y
10811 here if the other end of your ISDN connection supports it. You will
10812 need a special version of pppd (called ipppd) for using this
10813 feature. See Documentation/isdn/README.syncppp and
10814 Documentation/isdn/syncPPP.FAQ for more information.
10816 Support generic MP (RFC 1717)
10818 With synchronous PPP enabled, it is possible to increase throughput
10819 by bundling several ISDN-connections, using this protocol. See
10820 Documentation/isdn/README.syncppp for more information.
10822 Use VJ-compression with synchronous PPP
10824 This enables Van Jacobson header compression for synchronous PPP.
10825 Say Y if the other end of the connection supports it.
10827 Support audio via ISDN
10829 If you say Y here, the modem-emulator will support a subset of the
10830 EIA Class 8 Voice commands. Using a getty with voice-support
10831 (mgetty+sendfax by gert@greenie.muc.de with an extension, available
10832 with the ISDN utility package for example), you will be able to use
10833 your Linux box as an ISDN-answering machine. Of course, this must be
10834 supported by the lowlevel driver also. Currently, the HiSax driver
10835 is the only voice-supporting driver. See
10836 Documentation/isdn/README.audio for more information.
10838 X.25 PLP on top of ISDN (EXPERIMENTAL)
10840 This experimental feature provides the X.25 protocol over ISDN
10841 connections. See Documentation/isdn/README.x25 for more information
10842 if you are thinking about using this.
10844 ISDN diversion services support
10845 CONFIG_ISDN_DIVERSION
10846 This option allows you to use some supplementary diversion
10847 services in conjunction with the HiSax driver on an EURO/DSS1
10850 Supported options are CD (call deflection), CFU (Call forward
10851 unconditional), CFB (Call forward when busy) and CFNR (call forward
10852 not reachable). Additionally the actual CFU, CFB and CFNR state may
10855 The use of CFU, CFB, CFNR and interrogation may be limited to some
10856 countries. The keypad protocol is still not implemented. CD should
10857 work in all countries if the service has been subscribed to.
10859 Please read the file Documentation/isdn/README.diversion.
10861 ICN 2B and 4B support
10862 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_ICN
10863 This enables support for two kinds of ISDN-cards made by a German
10864 company called ICN. 2B is the standard version for a single ISDN
10865 line with two B-channels, 4B supports two ISDN lines. For running
10866 this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be
10867 downloaded into the card using a utility which is distributed
10868 separately. See Documentation/isdn/README and README.icn for more
10871 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
10872 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10873 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
10877 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_LOOP
10878 This driver provides a virtual ISDN card. Its primary purpose is
10879 testing of linklevel features or configuration without getting
10880 charged by your service-provider for lots of phone calls.
10881 You need will need the loopctrl utility from the latest isdn4k-utils
10882 package to set up this driver.
10884 HiSax SiemensChipSet driver support
10885 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_HISAX
10886 This is a driver supporting the Siemens chipset on various
10887 ISDN-cards (like AVM A1, Elsa ISDN cards, Teles S0-16.0, Teles
10888 S0-16.3, Teles S0-8, Teles/Creatix PnP, ITK micro ix1 and many
10891 HiSax is just the name of this driver, not the name of any hardware.
10893 If you have a card with such a chipset, you should say Y here and
10894 also to the configuration option of the driver for your particular
10897 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
10898 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10899 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
10900 called hisax.o. See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax for more
10901 information on using this driver.
10903 HiSax Support for Teles 16.0/8.0
10905 This enables HiSax support for the Teles ISDN-cards S0-16.0, S0-8
10906 and many compatibles.
10908 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10909 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10910 IRQ/port/shmem settings.
10912 HiSax Support for Teles 16.3 or PNP or PCMCIA
10914 This enables HiSax support for the Teles ISDN-cards S0-16.3 the
10915 Teles/Creatix PnP and the Teles PCMCIA.
10917 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10918 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10921 HiSax Support for Teles 16.3c
10922 CONFIG_HISAX_TELES3C
10923 This enables HiSax support for the Teles ISDN-cards 16.3c.
10925 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10926 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10929 HiSax Support for AVM A1 (Fritz)
10930 CONFIG_HISAX_AVM_A1
10931 This enables HiSax support for the AVM A1 (aka "Fritz").
10933 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10934 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10937 HiSax Support for Elsa ISA cards
10939 This enables HiSax support for the Elsa Mircolink ISA cards, for the
10940 Elsa Quickstep series cards and Elsa PCMCIA.
10942 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10943 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10946 HiSax Support for ITK ix1-micro Revision 2
10947 CONFIG_HISAX_IX1MICROR2
10948 This enables HiSax support for the ITK ix1-micro Revision 2 card.
10950 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10951 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10954 HiSax Support for Eicon.Diehl Diva cards
10955 CONFIG_HISAX_DIEHLDIVA
10956 This enables HiSax support for the Eicon.Diehl Diva none PRO
10957 versions passive ISDN cards.
10959 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10960 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10963 HiSax Support for ASUSCOM cards
10964 CONFIG_HISAX_ASUSCOM
10965 This enables HiSax support for the AsusCom and their OEM versions
10966 passive ISDN cards.
10968 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10969 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10972 HiSax Support for TELEINT cards
10973 CONFIG_HISAX_TELEINT
10974 This enables HiSax support for the TELEINT SA1 semiactiv ISDN card.
10976 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10977 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10980 HiSax Support for Sedlbauer speed card/win-star
10981 CONFIG_HISAX_SEDLBAUER
10982 This enables HiSax support for the Sedlbauer passive ISDN cards.
10984 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
10985 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
10988 HiSax Support for USR Sportster internal TA
10989 CONFIG_HISAX_SPORTSTER
10990 This enables HiSax support for the USR Sportster internal TA card.
10992 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using a
10993 different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port settings.
10995 HiSax Support for MIC card
10997 This enables HiSax support for the ITH MIC card.
10999 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using a
11000 different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port settings.
11002 HiSax Support for NETjet card
11003 CONFIG_HISAX_NETJET
11004 This enables HiSax support for the NetJet from Traverse
11007 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using a
11008 different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port settings.
11010 HiSax Support for Niccy PnP/PCI card
11012 This enables HiSax support for the Dr. Neuhaus Niccy PnP or PCI.
11014 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using a
11015 different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port settings.
11017 HiSax Support for Am7930 (EXPERIMENTAL)
11018 CONFIG_HISAX_AMD7930
11019 This enables HiSax support for the AMD7930 chips on some SPARCs.
11020 This code is not finished yet.
11022 HiSax Support for EURO/DSS1
11024 Say Y or N according to the D-channel protocol which your local
11025 telephone service company provides.
11027 NOTE: If you say Y here and you have only one ISDN card installed,
11028 you cannot say Y to "HiSax Support for German 1TR6", below. And vice
11031 Support for German tariff info
11033 If you want that the HiSax hardware driver sends messages to the
11034 upper level of the isdn code on each AOCD (Advice Of Charge, During
11035 the call -- transmission of the fee information during a call) and
11036 on each AOCE (Advice Of Charge, at the End of the call --
11037 transmission of fee information at the end of the call), say Y here.
11038 This works only in Germany.
11040 Support for Australian Microlink service (not for std. EURO)
11042 If you are in Australia and connected to the Microlink telephone
11043 network, enable this, because there are little differences in
11046 Please don't enable this in other countries.
11048 HiSax Support for US/NI-1 (not released yet)
11050 Say Y or N according to the D-channel protocol which your local
11051 telephone service company provides.
11053 HiSax Support for German 1TR6
11055 Say Y or N according to the D-channel protocol which your local
11056 telephone service company provides.
11058 NOTE: If you say Y here and you have only one ISDN card installed,
11059 you cannot say Y to "HiSax Support for EURO/DSS1", above. And vice
11063 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_PCBIT
11064 This enables support for the PCBIT ISDN-card. This card is
11065 manufactured in Portugal by Octal. For running this card, additional
11066 firmware is necessary, which has to be downloaded into the card
11067 using a utility which is distributed separately. See
11068 Documentation/isdn/README and Documentation/isdn/README.pcbit for
11071 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
11072 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11073 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11076 Spellcaster support (EXPERIMENTAL)
11078 This enables support for the Spellcaster BRI ISDN boards. This
11079 driver currently builds only in a modularized version ( = code which
11080 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
11081 want, details in Documentation/modules.txt); the module will be
11082 called sc.o. See Documentation/isdn/README.sc and
11083 http://www.spellcast.com for more information.
11085 Eicon.Diehl active card support
11086 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_EICON
11087 Say Y here if you have an Eicon active ISDN card. In order to use
11088 this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be loaded
11089 into the card using the eiconctrl utility which is part of the
11090 latest isdn4k-utils package. Please read the file
11091 Documentation/isdn/README.eicon for more information.
11093 Eicon old-type card support
11094 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_EICON_ISA
11095 Say Y here if you have an old-type Eicon active ISDN card. In order
11096 to use this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be
11097 loaded into the card using the eiconctrl utility which is part of
11098 the latest isdn4k-utils package. Please read the file
11099 Documentation/isdn/README.eicon for more information.
11101 Support AT-Fax Class 2 commands
11102 CONFIG_ISDN_TTY_FAX
11103 If you say Y here, the modem-emulator will support a subset of the
11104 Fax Class 2 commands. Using a getty with fax-support
11105 (mgetty+sendfax, hylafax), you will be able to use your Linux box as
11106 an ISDN-fax-machine. This must be supported by the lowlevel driver
11107 also. See Documentation/isdn/README.fax for more information.
11109 AVM-B1 with CAPI2.0 support
11110 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1
11111 This enables support for the AVM B1 ISDN networking cards. In
11112 addition, a CAPI (Common ISDN Application Programming Interface, a
11113 standard making it easy for programs to access ISDN hardware, see
11114 http://www.capi.org/ ) interface for this card is provided. In order
11115 to use this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be
11116 downloaded into the card using a utility which is distributed
11117 separately. Please read the file Documentation/isdn/README.avmb1.
11119 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11120 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11121 The module will be called avmb1.o. If you want to compile it as a
11122 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11124 Verbose reason code reporting (kernel size +=7K)
11125 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_VERBOSE_REASON
11126 If you say Y here, the AVM B1 driver will give verbose reasons for
11127 disconnecting. This will increase the size of the kernel by 7 KB. If
11130 IBM Active 2000 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
11131 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_ACT2000
11132 Say Y here if you have an IBM Active 2000 ISDN card. In order to use
11133 this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be loaded
11134 into the card using a utility which is part of the latest
11135 isdn4k-utils package. Please read the file
11136 Documentation/isdn/README.act2000 for more information.
11138 Support for AP1000 multicomputer
11140 This enables support for a SPARC based parallel multi-computer
11141 called AP1000+. For details on our efforts to port Linux to this
11142 machine see http://cap.anu.edu.au/cap/projects/linux or mail to
11143 hackers@cafe.anu.edu.au
11145 Support for Sun4 architecture
11147 Say Y here if, and only if, your machine is a Sun4. Note that
11148 a kernel compiled with this option will run only on Sun4.
11149 (And the current version will probably work only on sun4/330.)
11151 SPARC ESP SCSI support
11153 This is the driver for the Sun ESP SCSI host adapter. The ESP
11154 chipset is present in most SPARC-based computers.
11156 SPARC /dev/openprom compatibility driver
11157 CONFIG_SUN_OPENPROMIO
11158 This driver provides user programs with an interface to the SPARC
11159 PROM device tree. The driver implements a SunOS-compatible
11160 interface and a NetBSD-compatible interface.
11162 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
11163 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11164 say M and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say Y.
11166 Mostek real time clock support
11167 CONFIG_SUN_MOSTEK_RTC
11168 The Mostek RTC chip is used on all knows Sun computers except
11169 some JavaStations. For a JavaStation you need to say Y both here
11170 and to "Enhanced Real Time Clock Support".
11172 Say Y here unless you are building a special purpose kernel.
11174 #Siemens SAB82532 serial support
11177 ### Please someone fill these in.
11181 # m68k-specific kernel options
11182 # Documented by Chris Lawrence <quango@themall.net> et al.
11186 This option enables support for the Amiga series of computers. If
11187 you plan to use this kernel on an Amiga, say Y here and browse the
11188 material available in Documentation/m68k; otherwise say N.
11192 This option enables support for the 68000-based Atari series of
11193 computers (including the TT, Falcon and Medusa). If you plan to use
11194 this kernel on an Atari, say Y here and browse the material
11195 available in Documentation/m68k; otherwise say N.
11199 This option enables support for the Hades Atari clone. If you plan
11200 to use this kernel on a Hades, say Y here; otherwise say N.
11204 This option enables support for the Apple Macintosh series of
11205 computers (yes, there is experimental support now, at least for part
11208 Say N unless you're willing to code the remaining necessary support.
11213 This option enables support for the HP9000/300 series of
11214 workstations. Support for these machines is still very experimental.
11215 If you plan to try to use the kernel on such a machine say Y here.
11216 Everybody else says N.
11220 This option enables support for the Sun 3 series of workstations. Be
11221 warned that this support is very experimental. You will also want to
11222 say Y to 68020 support and N to the other processors below.
11223 Currently, it is not possible to build a kernel with support for the
11224 Sun 3 and something else, so make sure you have said N to all the
11225 other machines. This option does not support the sun3x series of
11226 machines (the Sun 3/80 and 3/460). If you don't want to compile a
11227 kernel for a Sun 3, say N.
11231 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68020
11232 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that the 68020 requires a
11233 68851 MMU (Memory Management Unit) to run Linux/m68k, except on the
11234 Sun 3, which provides its own version.
11238 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68030
11239 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that a MC68EC030 will not
11240 work, as it does not include an MMU (Memory Management Unit).
11244 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68LC040
11245 or MC68040 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that an
11246 MC68EC040 will not work, as it does not include an MMU (Memory
11251 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68060
11252 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
11254 Math emulation support
11256 At some point in the future, this will cause floating-point math
11257 instructions to be emulated by the kernel on machines that lack a
11258 floating-point math coprocessor. Thrill-seekers and chronically
11259 sleep-deprived psychotic hacker types can say Y now, everyone else
11260 should probably wait a while.
11262 Math emulation only kernel
11263 CONFIG_M68KFPU_EMU_ONLY
11264 This option prevents any floating-point instructions from being
11265 compiled into the kernel, thereby the kernel doesn't save any
11266 floating point context anymore during task switches, so this
11267 kernel will only be usable on machines without a floating-point
11268 math coprocessor. This makes the kernel a bit faster as no tests
11269 needs to be executed whether a floating-point instruction in the
11270 kernel should be executed or not.
11272 Math emulation extra precision
11273 CONFIG_M68KFPU_EMU_EXTRAPREC
11274 The fpu uses normally a few bit more during calculations for
11275 correct rounding, the emulator can (often) do the same but this
11276 extra calculation can cost quite some time, so you can disable
11277 it here. The emulator will then "only" calculate with a 64 bit
11278 mantissa and round slightly incorrect, what is more then enough
11281 Advanced processor options
11282 CONFIG_ADVANCED_CPU
11283 This gives you access to some advanced options for the CPU. The
11284 defaults should be fine for most users, but these options may make
11285 it possible for you to improve performance somewhat if you know what
11286 you are doing. Most users should say N to this question.
11288 Use read-modify-write instructions
11290 This allows to use certain instructions that work with indivisible
11291 read-modify-write bus cycles. While this is faster than the
11292 workaround of disabling interrupts, it can conflict with DMA
11293 ( = direct memory access) on many Amiga systems, and it is also said
11294 to destabilize other machines. It is very likely that this will
11295 cause serious problems on any Amiga or Atari Medusa if set. The only
11296 configuration where it should work are 68030-based Ataris, where it
11297 apparently improves performance. But you've been warned! Unless you
11298 really know what you are doing, say N. Try Y only if you're quite
11301 Amiga AutoConfig Identification
11303 This enables support for automatic identification of Amiga expansion
11304 cards that obey the AutoConfig(tm) specification.
11305 Say Y if you want your expansion cards to be identified on bootup;
11306 it will enlarge your kernel by about 10 KB. The identification
11307 information is also available through /proc/zorro (say Y to
11308 "/proc filesystem support"!).
11310 Note that even if you say N here, you can still use your expansion
11311 cards. If in doubt, say Y.
11313 Amiga 1200/600 PCMCIA support
11314 CONFIG_AMIGA_PCMCIA
11315 Include support in the kernel for pcmcia on Amiga 1200 and Amiga
11316 600. If you intend to use pcmcia cards say Y; otherwise say N.
11318 Amiga GSP (TMS340x0) support
11320 Include support for Amiga graphics cards that use the Texas
11321 Instruments TMS340x0 GSP (Graphics Signal Processor) chips. Say Y
11322 if you want to use a DMI Resolver or Commodore A2410 (Lowell)
11323 graphics card on an Amiga; otherwise, say N.
11325 DMI Resolver support
11326 CONFIG_GSP_RESOLVER
11327 Include support in the kernel for the DMI Resolver graphics card. If
11328 you have one, say Y; otherwise, say N.
11332 Include support in the kernel for the Commodore/University of Lowell
11333 A2410 graphics card. If you have one, say Y; otherwise, say N.
11335 Amiga Zorro II ramdisk support
11337 This enables support for using Chip RAM and Zorro II RAM as a
11338 ramdisk or as a swap partition. Say Y if you want to include this
11339 driver in the kernel. This driver is also available as a module
11340 ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running
11341 kernel whenever you want). The module is called z2ram.o. If you want
11342 to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11343 Documentation/modules.txt.
11345 Atari ST-RAM swap support
11347 This enables support for using (parts of) ST-RAM as swap space,
11348 instead of as normal system memory. This can first enhance system
11349 performance if you have lots of alternate RAM (compared to the size
11350 of ST-RAM), because executable code always will reside in faster
11351 memory. ST-RAM will remain as ultra-fast swap space. On the other
11352 hand, it allows much improved dynamic allocations of ST-RAM buffers
11353 for device driver modules (e.g. floppy, ACSI, SLM printer, DMA
11354 sound). The probability that such allocations at module load time
11355 fail is drastically reduced.
11359 This enables support for the Atari ACSI interface. The driver
11360 supports hard disks and CD-ROMs, which have 512-byte sectors, or can
11361 be switched to that mode. Due to the ACSI command format, only disks
11362 up to 1 GB are supported. Special support for certain ACSI to SCSI
11363 adapters, which could relax that, isn't included yet. The ACSI
11364 driver is also the basis for certain other drivers for devices
11365 attached to the ACSI bus: Atari SLM laser printer, BioNet-100
11366 Ethernet, and PAMsNet Ethernet. If you want to use one of these
11367 devices, you need ACSI support, too.
11369 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11370 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11371 The module will be called acsi.o.
11373 Probe all LUNs on each ACSI device
11374 CONFIG_ACSI_MULTI_LUN
11375 If you have a ACSI device that supports more than one LUN (Logical
11376 Unit Number), e.g. a CD jukebox, you should say Y here so that all
11377 will be found by the ACSI driver. An ACSI device with multiple LUNs
11378 acts logically like multiple ACSI devices. The vast majority of ACSI
11379 devices have only one LUN, and so most people can say N here and
11380 should in fact do so, because it is safer.
11382 Atari SLM laser printer support
11384 If you have an Atari SLM laser printer, say Y to include support for
11385 it in the kernel. Otherwise, say N. This driver is also available as
11386 a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
11387 running kernel whenever you want). The module will be called
11388 acsi_slm.o. Be warned: the driver needs much ST-RAM and can cause
11389 problems due to that fact!
11391 A3000 WD33C93A support
11393 If you have an Amiga 3000 and have SCSI devices connected to the
11394 built-in SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise, say N. This driver is
11395 also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
11396 removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The module is
11397 called wd33c93.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
11398 and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11400 A2091 WD33C93A support
11402 If you have a Commodore A2091 SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise,
11403 say N. This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can
11404 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
11405 want). The module is called wd33c93.o. If you want to compile it as
11406 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11408 GVP Series II WD33C93A support
11410 If you have a Great Valley Products Series II SCSI controller,
11411 answer Y. Also say Y if you have a later model of GVP SCSI
11412 controller (such as the GVP A4008 or a Combo board). Otherwise,
11413 answer N. This driver does NOT work for the T-Rex series of
11414 accelerators from TekMagic and GVP-M.
11416 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11417 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
11418 want). The module will be called gvp11.o. If you want to compile it
11419 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11421 Cyberstorm SCSI support
11422 CONFIG_CYBERSTORM_SCSI
11423 If you have an Amiga with an original (MkI) Phase5 Cyberstorm
11424 accelerator board and the optional Cyberstorm SCSI controller,
11425 answer Y. Otherwise, say N.
11427 Cyberstorm II SCSI support
11428 CONFIG_CYBERSTORMII_SCSI
11429 If you have an Amiga with a Phase5 Cyberstorm MkII accelerator board
11430 and the optional Cyberstorm SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise,
11433 Blizzard 2060 SCSI support
11434 CONFIG_BLZ2060_SCSI
11435 If you have an Amiga with a Phase5 Blizzard 2060 accelerator board
11436 and want to use the onboard SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise,
11439 Blizzard 1230IV/1260 SCSI support
11440 CONFIG_BLZ1230_SCSI
11441 If you have an Amiga 1200 with a Phase5 Blizzard 1230IV or Blizzard
11442 1260 accelerator, and the optional SCSI module, say Y. Otherwise,
11445 Blizzard PowerUP 603e+ SCSI support
11446 CONFIG_BLZ603EPLUS_SCSI
11447 If you have an Amiga 1200 with a Phase5 Blizzard PowerUP 603e+
11448 accelerator, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
11450 Fastlane SCSI support
11451 CONFIG_FASTLANE_SCSI
11452 If you have the Phase5 Fastlane Z3 SCSI controller, or plan to use
11453 one in the near future, say Y to this question. Otherwise, say N.
11455 Atari native SCSI support
11457 If you have an Atari with built-in NCR5380 SCSI controller (TT,
11458 Falcon, ...) say Y to get it supported. Of course also, if you have
11459 a compatible SCSI controller (e.g. for Medusa). This driver is also
11460 available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed
11461 from the running kernel whenever you want). The module is called
11462 atari_scsi.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
11463 read Documentation/modules.txt. This driver supports both styles of
11464 NCR integration into the system: the TT style (separate DMA), and
11465 the Falcon style (via ST-DMA, replacing ACSI). It does NOT support
11466 other schemes, like in the Hades (without DMA).
11468 Long delays for Toshiba CD-ROMs
11469 CONFIG_ATARI_SCSI_TOSHIBA_DELAY
11470 This option increases the delay after a SCSI arbitration to
11471 accommodate some flaky Toshiba CD-ROM drives. Say Y if you intend to
11472 use a Toshiba CD-ROM drive; otherwise, the option is not needed and
11473 would impact performance a bit, so say N.
11475 Hades SCSI DMA emulator (EXPERIMENTAL)
11477 This option enables code which emulates the TT SCSI DMA chip on the
11478 Hades. This increases the SCSI transfer rates at least ten times
11479 compared to PIO transfers. Note that this code is experimental and
11480 has only been tested on a Hades with a 68060 processor. Before you
11481 use this, make backups of your entire hard disk.
11485 If you have a Village Tronic Ariadne Ethernet adapter, say Y.
11488 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11489 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
11490 want). The module is called ariadne.o. If you want to compile it as
11491 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11495 If you have a Village Tronic Ariadne II Ethernet adapter, say Y.
11498 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11499 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
11500 want). The module is called ariadne2.o. If you want to compile it as
11501 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11505 If you have a Commodore A2065 Ethernet adapter, say Y. Otherwise,
11508 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11509 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
11510 want). The module is called a2065.o. If you want to compile it as a
11511 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11515 If you have a Hydra Ethernet adapter, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
11517 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11518 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
11519 want). The module is called hydra.o. If you want to compile it as a
11520 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11522 Pcmcia NE2000 compatible support
11524 If you have a pcmcia ne2000 compatible adapter, say Y. Otherwise,
11527 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11528 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
11529 want). The module is called apne.o. If you want to compile it as a
11530 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11532 Atari Lance support
11534 Say Y to include support for several Atari Ethernet adapters based
11535 on the AMD Lance chipset: RieblCard (with or without battery), or
11536 PAMCard VME (also the version by Rhotron, with different addresses).
11539 CONFIG_ATARI_BIONET
11540 Say Y to include support for BioData's BioNet-100 Ethernet adapter
11541 for the ACSI port. The driver works (has to work...) with a polled
11542 I/O scheme, so it's rather slow :-(
11545 CONFIG_ATARI_PAMSNET
11546 Say Y to include support for the PAMsNet Ethernet adapter for the
11547 ACSI port ("ACSI node"). The driver works (has to work...) with a
11548 polled I/O scheme, so it's rather slow :-(
11550 Multiface Card III parallel support
11551 CONFIG_MULTIFACE_III_LP
11552 If you have a Multiface III card for your Amiga, and want to use its
11553 parallel port in Linux, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
11555 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11556 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11557 The module is called lp_m68k.o. If you want to compile it as a
11558 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11560 Amiga mouse support
11562 If you want to be able to use an Amiga mouse in Linux, say Y.
11564 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11565 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11566 The module is called amigamouse.o. If you want to compile it as a
11567 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11569 Amiga Copper Console
11571 This configures the console to use the Amiga's graphics coprocessor
11572 for scrolling, instead of using the CPU. This option markedly
11573 improves response times in the high color modes (5 bitplanes and
11574 up). If you would like to use this, say Y; otherwise, say N.
11576 Atari mouse support
11578 If you want to be able to use an Atari mouse in Linux, say Y.
11580 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11581 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11582 The module is called atarimouse.o. If you want to compile it as a
11583 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11585 Atari MFP serial support
11586 CONFIG_ATARI_MFPSER
11587 If you like to use the MFP serial ports ("Modem1", "Serial1") under
11588 Linux, say Y. The driver equally supports all kinds of MFP serial
11589 ports and automatically detects whether Serial1 is available.
11591 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11592 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11593 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11594 Documentation/modules.txt.
11596 Note for Falcon users: You also have an MFP port, it's just not
11597 wired to the outside... But you could use the port under Linux.
11599 Atari SCC serial support
11601 If you have serial ports based on a Zilog SCC chip (Modem2, Serial2,
11602 LAN) and like to use them under Linux, say Y. All built-in SCC's are
11603 supported (TT, MegaSTE, Falcon), and also the ST-ESCC. If you have
11604 two connectors for channel A (Serial2 and LAN), they are visible as
11605 two separate devices.
11607 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11608 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11609 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11610 Documentation/modules.txt.
11612 Atari SCC serial DMA support
11613 CONFIG_ATARI_SCC_DMA
11614 This enables DMA support for receiving data on channel A of the SCC.
11615 If you have a TT you may say Y here and read
11616 drivers/char/atari_SCC.README. All other users should say N here,
11617 because only the TT has SCC-DMA, even if your machine keeps claiming
11620 Atari MIDI serial support
11622 If you want to use your Atari's MIDI port in Linux, say Y.
11624 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11625 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
11626 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11627 Documentation/modules.txt.
11629 Atari DSP56k Digital Signal Processor support
11630 CONFIG_ATARI_DSP56K
11631 If you want to be able to use the DSP56001 in Falcons, say Y. This
11632 driver is still experimental, and if you don't know what it is, or
11633 if you don't have this processor, just say N.
11635 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11636 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11637 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11638 Documentation/modules.txt.
11640 Amiga builtin serial support
11641 CONFIG_AMIGA_BUILTIN_SERIAL
11642 If you want to use your Amiga's built-in serial port in Linux,
11645 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11646 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
11647 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11648 Documentation/modules.txt.
11650 GVP IO-Extender support
11652 If you want to use a GVP IO-Extender serial card in Linux, say Y.
11655 Multiface Card III serial support
11656 CONFIG_MULTIFACE_III_TTY
11657 If you want to use a Multiface III card's serial port in Linux,
11660 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11661 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
11662 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11663 Documentation/modules.txt.
11665 Amiga or Atari DMA sound support
11667 If you want to use the internal audio of your Atari or Amiga in
11668 Linux, answer Y to this question. This will provide a Sun-like
11669 /dev/audio, compatible with the Linux/i386 sound system. Otherwise,
11672 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
11673 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
11674 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
11675 Documentation/modules.txt.
11677 HP DCA serial support
11679 If you want to use the internal "DCA" serial ports on an HP300
11680 machine, say Y here.
11682 HP on-board LANCE support
11684 If you want to use the builtin "LANCE" Ethernet controller on an
11685 HP300 machine, say Y here.
11687 Sun 3 onboard LANCE support
11689 If you want to use the onboard AMD "LANCE" (le) Ethernet hardware
11690 on a Sun 3, you will need to say Y here.
11694 Say Y here to enable support for the "DIO" expansion bus used in
11695 HP300 machines. If you are using such a system you almost certainly
11700 There are two types of PowerPC chips supported. The more common
11701 types (601,603,604,740,750) and the embedded versions (821 and 860).
11702 Unless you are building a kernel for one of the embedded boards
11703 using the 821 or 860 choose 6xx.
11707 Linux currently supports several different kinds of PowerPC-based
11708 machines: Apple Power Macintoshes and clones (such as the Motorola
11709 Starmax series), PReP (PowerPC Reference Platform) machines such as
11710 the Motorola PowerStack, Amiga Power-Up systems (APUS), CHRP and the
11711 embedded MBX boards from Motorola. Currently, a single kernel binary
11712 only supports one type or the other. However, there is very early
11713 work on support for CHRP, PReP and PowerMac's from a single binary.
11715 Support for Open Firmware device tree in /proc
11716 CONFIG_PROC_DEVICETREE
11717 This option adds a device-tree directory under /proc which contains
11718 an image of the device tree that the kernel copies from Open
11719 Firmware. If unsure, say Y here.
11721 MESH (Power Mac internal SCSI) support
11723 Many Power Macintoshes and clones have a MESH (Macintosh Enhanced
11724 SCSI Hardware) SCSI bus adaptor (the 7200 doesn't, but all of the
11725 other Power Macintoshes do). Say Y to include support for this SCSI
11726 adaptor. This driver is also available as a module called mesh.o
11727 ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running
11728 kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module,
11729 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11731 Maximum synchronous transfer rate
11732 CONFIG_SCSI_MESH_SYNC_RATE
11733 On Power Macintoshes (and clones) where the MESH SCSI bus adaptor
11734 drives a bus which is entirely internal to the machine (such as the
11735 7500, 7600, 8500, etc.), the MESH is capable of synchronous
11736 operation at up to 10 MB/s. On machines where the SCSI bus
11737 controlled by the MESH can have external devices connected, it is
11738 usually rated at 5 MB/s. 5 is a safe value here unless you know the
11739 MESH SCSI bus is internal only; in that case you can say 10. Say 0
11740 to disable synchronous operation.
11742 53C94 (Power Mac external SCSI) support
11743 CONFIG_SCSI_MAC53C94
11744 On Power Macintoshes (and clones) with two SCSI buses, the external
11745 SCSI bus is usually controlled by a 53C94 SCSI bus adaptor. Older
11746 machines which only have one SCSI bus, such as the 7200, also use
11747 the 53C94. Say Y to include support for the 53C94.
11749 This driver is also available as a module called mac53c94.o ( = code
11750 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11751 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11752 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11754 MACE (Power Mac Ethernet) support
11756 Power Macintoshes and clones with Ethernet built-in on the
11757 motherboard will usually use a MACE (Medium Access Control for
11758 Ethernet) interface. Say Y to include support for the MACE chip.
11760 This driver is also available as a module called mace.o ( = code
11761 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11762 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11763 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11765 BMAC (G3 ethernet) support
11767 Say Y for support of BMAC Ethernet interfaces. These are used on G3
11770 This driver is also available as a module called bmac.o ( = code
11771 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11772 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11773 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11777 Support for audio/video capture and overlay devices and FM radio
11778 cards. The exact capabilities of each device vary. User tools for
11779 this are available from
11780 ftp://ftp.uk.linux.org/pub/linux/video4linux .
11782 If you are interested in writing a driver for such an audio/video
11783 device or user software interacting with such a driver, please read
11784 the file Documentation/video4linux/API.html.
11786 This driver is also available as a module called videodev.o ( = code
11787 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
11788 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
11789 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11791 AIMSlab RadioTrack (aka RadioReveal) support
11792 CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK
11793 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
11794 in the port address below.
11796 Note that newer AIMSlab RadioTrack cards have a different chipset
11797 and are not supported by this driver. For these cards, use the
11798 RadioTrack II driver below.
11800 If you have a GemTeks combined (PnP) sound- and radio card you must
11801 use this driver as a module and setup the card with isapnptools. You
11802 must also pass the module a suitable io parameter, 0x248 has been
11803 reported to be used by these cards.
11805 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11806 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11807 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11808 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml . More information
11809 is contained in the file Documentation/video4linux/radiotrack.txt.
11811 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11812 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11813 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11814 called radio-aimslab.o.
11816 RadioTrack i/o port
11817 CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK_PORT
11818 Enter either 0x30f or 0x20f here. The card default is 0x30f, if you
11819 haven't changed the jumper setting on the card.
11821 AIMSlab RadioTrack II support
11822 CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK2
11823 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the
11824 port address below.
11826 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11827 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11828 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11829 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml .
11831 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11832 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11833 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11834 called radio-rtrack2.o.
11836 RadioTrack II i/o port
11837 CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK2_PORT
11838 Enter either 0x30c or 0x20c here. The card default is 0x30c, if you
11839 haven't changed the jumper setting on the card.
11841 Aztech/Packard Bell Radio
11842 CONFIG_RADIO_AZTECH
11843 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
11844 in the port address below.
11846 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11847 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11848 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11849 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml .
11851 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11852 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11853 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11854 called radio-aztech.o.
11856 Aztech/Packard Bell radio card i/o port
11857 CONFIG_RADIO_AZTECH_PORT
11858 Enter either 0x350 or 0x358 here. The card default is 0x350, if you
11859 haven't changed the setting of jumper JP3 on the card. Removing the
11860 jumper sets the card to 0x358.
11862 ADS Cadet AM/FM Radio Tuner Card
11864 Choose Y here if you have one of these AM/FM radio cards, and then
11865 fill in the port address below.
11867 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11868 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11869 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11870 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml .
11872 Further documentation on this driver can be found on the WWW at
11873 http://linux.blackhawke.net/cadet.html .
11875 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11876 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11877 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11878 called radio-cadet.o.
11880 ADS Cadet AM/FM Radio Tuner Card I/O Port
11881 CONFIG_RADIO_CADET_PORT
11882 Enter the I/O address of the card here (most commonly 330).
11885 CONFIG_RADIO_SF16FMI
11886 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
11887 in the port address below.
11889 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11890 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11891 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11892 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml .
11894 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11895 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11896 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11897 called radio-sf16fmi.o
11899 SF16FMI I/O port (0x284 or 0x384)
11900 CONFIG_RADIO_SF16FMI_PORT
11901 Enter the I/O port of your SF16FMI radio card.
11904 CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON
11905 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
11906 in the port address and the frequency used for muting below.
11908 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11909 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11910 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11911 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml .
11913 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11914 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11915 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11916 called radio-typhoon.o
11918 Support for /proc/radio-typhoon
11919 CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_PROC_FS
11920 Say Y here if you want the typhoon radio card driver to write
11921 status information (frequency, volume, muted, mute frequency,
11922 base address) to /proc/radio-typhoon. The file can be viewed with
11923 your favorite pager (i.e. use "more /proc/radio-typhoon" or "less
11924 /proc/radio-typhoon" or simply "cat /proc/radio-typhoon").
11926 Typhoon I/O port (0x316 or 0x336)
11927 CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_PORT
11928 Enter the I/O port of your Typhoon or EcoRadio radio card.
11930 Typhoon frequency set when muting the device (kHz)
11931 CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_MUTEFREQ
11932 Enter the frequency used for muting the radio. The device is never
11933 completely silent. If the volume is just turned down, you can still
11934 hear silent voices and music. For that reason, the frequency of the
11935 radio device is set to the frequency you can enter here whenever
11936 the device is muted. There should be no local radio station at that
11940 CONFIG_RADIO_ZOLTRIX
11941 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
11942 in the port address below.
11944 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11945 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11946 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11947 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml .
11949 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11950 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11951 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11952 called radio-zoltrix.o
11954 ZOLTRIX I/O port (0x20c or 0x30c)
11955 CONFIG_RADIO_ZOLTRIX_PORT
11956 Enter the I/O port of your Zoltrix radio card.
11958 IIC on parallel port
11960 I2C is a simple serial bus system used in many micro controller
11961 applications. Saying Y here will allow you to use your parallel port
11962 as an I2C interface.
11964 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11965 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11966 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11967 called i2c-parport.o.
11970 CONFIG_RADIO_MIROPCM20
11971 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card. You also need to say Y
11972 to "ACI mixer (miroPCM12/PCM20)" (in "additional low level sound
11973 drivers") for this to work.
11975 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11976 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11977 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11978 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml .
11980 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11981 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11982 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11983 called radio-miropcm20.o
11986 CONFIG_RADIO_GEMTEK
11987 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the
11988 port address below.
11990 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
11991 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
11992 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
11993 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml .
11995 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
11996 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
11997 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
11998 called radio-gemtek.o.
12001 CONFIG_RADIO_GEMTEK_PORT
12002 Enter either 0x20c, 0x30c, 0x24c or 0x34c here. The card default is
12003 0x34c, if you haven't changed the jumper setting on the card.
12005 PlanB Video-In for PowerMacs
12007 PlanB is the V4L driver for the PowerMac 7x00/8x00 series video
12008 input hardware. If you want to experiment with this, say Y.
12009 Otherwise, or if you don't understand a word, say N.
12010 See http://www.cpu.lu/~mlan/planb.html for more info.
12012 Saying M will compile this driver as a module (planb.o).
12014 TerraTec ActiveRadio
12015 CONFIG_RADIO_TERRATEC
12016 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the
12017 port address below. (TODO)
12019 Note: This driver is in its early stages. Right now volume and
12020 frequency control and muting works at least for me, but
12021 unfortunately i have not found anybody who wants to use this card
12022 with linux. So if it is this what YOU are trying to do right now,
12023 PLEASE DROP ME A NOTE!! Rolf Offermanns (rolf@offermanns.de)
12025 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
12026 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
12027 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
12028 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
12029 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
12030 program like lynx or netscape.
12032 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
12033 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
12034 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
12035 called radio-terratec.o.
12037 # Zoran ZR36057/36060 support
12038 # CONFIG_VIDEO_ZORAN
12040 # Include support for Iomega Buz
12043 BT848 Video For Linux
12045 Support for BT848 based frame grabber/overlay boards. This includes
12046 the Miro, Hauppauge and STB boards. Please read the material in
12047 Documentation/video4linux/bttv for more information.
12049 This driver is also available as a module called bttv.o ( = code
12050 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
12051 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
12052 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
12054 SAA5249 Teletext processor
12055 CONFIG_VIDEO_SAA5249
12056 Support for I2C bus based teletext using the SAA5249 chip. At the
12057 moment this is only useful on some European WinTV cards.
12059 This driver is also available as a module called saa5249.o ( = code
12060 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
12061 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
12062 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
12064 Quickcam BW Video For Linux
12065 CONFIG_VIDEO_BWQCAM
12066 Say Y have if you the black and white version of the QuickCam
12067 camera. See the next option for the color version.
12069 This driver is also available as a module called bw-qcam.o ( = code
12070 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
12071 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
12072 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
12074 Colour QuickCam Video For Linux
12076 This is the video4linux driver for the colour version of the
12077 Connectix Quickcam. If you have one of these cameras, say Y here,
12078 otherwise say N. This driver does not work with the original
12079 monochrome Quickcam, Quickcam VC or QuickClip. It is also available
12080 as a module (c-qcam.o).
12082 Mediavision Pro Movie Studio Video For Linux
12084 Say Y if you have such a thing. This driver is also available as a
12085 module called pms.o ( = code which can be inserted in and removed
12086 from the running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile
12087 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
12089 Compaq SMART2 support
12091 This is the driver for Compaq Smart Array controllers.
12092 Everyone using these boards should say Y here.
12093 See the file Documentation/cpqarray.txt for the current list of
12094 boards supported by this driver, and for further information
12095 on the use of this driver.
12102 This selects the processor type of your CPU. This is only used to
12103 determine C compiler optimization options, and can affect the
12104 compatibility of the kernel on other processors. If you specify
12105 ARM6, the kernel should work on all 32-bit processors. If you
12106 specify ARM2, ARM250 or ARM3, it should work on all 26-bit
12107 processors. If you're not sure, set it to "None".
12111 This selects what ARM system you wish to build the kernel for. It
12112 also selects to some extent the CPU type. If you are unsure what
12113 to set this option to, please consult any information supplied with
12116 Include support for Chalice CATS boards
12118 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on a CATS system.
12120 Include support for Intel EBSA285
12121 CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA285
12124 Include support for the NetWinder
12125 CONFIG_ARCH_NETWINDER
12126 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the NetWinder.
12128 Maximum Physical Memory
12130 Linux can use up to 2 Gigabytes (= 2^31 bytes) of physical memory.
12131 If you are compiling a kernel which will never run on a machine with
12132 more than 1 Gigabyte, answer "1GB" here. Otherwise, say "2GB".
12134 The actual amount of physical memory should be specified using a
12135 kernel command line option such as "mem=256M". (Try "man bootparam"
12136 or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about
12137 how to pass options to the kernel at boot time. The lilo procedure
12138 is also explained in the SCSI-HOWTO, available from
12139 http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .)
12143 Say Y to include the NWFPE floating point emulator in the kernel.
12144 This is necessary to run most binaries. Linux does not currently
12145 support floating point hardware so you need to say Y here even if
12146 your machine has an FPA or floating point co-processor podule.
12148 It is also possible to say M to build the emulator as a module
12149 (nwfpe.o) or indeed to leave it out altogether. However, unless you
12150 know what you are doing this can easily render your machine
12151 unbootable. Saying Y is the safe option.
12153 You may say N here if you are going to load the Acorn FPEmulator
12154 early in the bootup.
12156 DS1620 Thermometer support
12158 Say Y here to include support for the thermal management hardware
12159 found in the NetWinder. This driver allows the user to control the
12160 temperature set points and to read the current temperature.
12162 It is also possible to say M here to build it as a module (ds1620.o)
12163 It is recommended to be used on a NetWinder, but it is not a
12166 Verbose kernel error messages
12167 CONFIG_DEBUG_ERRORS
12168 This option controls verbose debugging information which can be
12169 printed when the kernel detects an internal error. This debugging
12170 information is useful to kernel hackers when tracking down problems,
12171 but mostly meaningless to other people. It's safe to say Y unless
12172 you are concerned with the code size or don't want to see these
12175 Build Tools Selection
12176 CONFIG_BINUTILS_NEW
12177 Say Y here if and only if you're using GCC 2.8.1/EGCS with a
12178 binutils version >= 2.8.1 to compile the kernel (check with "gcc
12179 --version" and "ld -v").
12181 Compile kernel with frame pointer
12182 CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER
12183 If you say Y here, the resulting kernel will be slightly larger and
12184 slower, but it will give useful debugging information. If you don't
12185 debug the kernel, you can say N.
12187 User fault debugging
12189 When a user program crashes due to an exception, the kernel can
12190 print a brief message explaining what the problem was. This is
12191 sometimes helpful for debugging but serves no purpose on a
12192 production system. Most people should say N here.
12194 Include gdb debugging information in kernel binary
12196 Say Y here to include source-level debugging information in the
12197 `vmlinux' binary image. This is handy if you want to use gdb or
12198 addr2line to debug the kernel. It has no impact on the in-memory
12199 footprint of the running kernel but it can increase the amount of
12200 time and disk space needed for compilation of the kernel. If in
12203 Split initialisation functions into discardable section
12204 CONFIG_TEXT_SECTIONS
12205 If you say Y here, kernel code that is only used during
12206 initialisation is collected into a special area of the kernel so
12207 that it can be discarded and the memory reclaimed when
12208 initialisation is complete. In addition, if the kernel you wish to
12209 build is able to run on multiple architectures, it allows the unused
12210 code to be discarded. Some versions of binutils, however, have a bug
12211 that causes the kernel to crash during startup when this option is
12212 enabled. Say Y unless you experience problems that you suspect may
12215 Disable pgtable cache
12216 CONFIG_NO_PGT_CACHE
12217 Normally the kernel maintains a `quicklist' of preallocated
12218 pagetable structures in order to increase performance. On machines
12219 with very few pages this may however be a loss. Say Y here to
12220 disable the pgtable cache.
12222 RISC OS personality
12224 Say Y here to include the kernel code necessary if you want to run
12225 Acorn RISC OS/Arthur binaries under Linux. This code is still very
12226 experimental; if this sounds frightening, say N and sleep in peace.
12227 You can also say M here to compile this support as a module (which
12228 will be called arthur.o).
12230 Initial kernel command line
12232 On some architectures (EBSA110 and CATS), there is currently no way
12233 for the boot loader to pass arguments to the kernel. For these
12234 architectures, you should supply some command-line options at build
12235 time by entering them here. As a minimum, you should specify the
12236 memory size and the root device (e.g., mem=64M root=/dev/nfs)
12238 Hardware alignment trap
12239 CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP
12240 ARM processors can not fetch/store information which is not
12241 naturally aligned on the bus, i.e., a 4 byte fetch must start at an
12242 address divisible by 4. On 32-bit ARM processors, these non-aligned
12243 fetch/store instructions will be emulated in software if you say
12244 here, which has a severe performance impact. This is necessary for
12245 correct operation of some network protocols. With an IP-only
12246 configuration it is safe to say N, otherwise say Y.
12248 21285 serial port support
12249 CONFIG_SERIAL_21285
12250 If you have a machine based on a 21285 (Footbridge) StrongARM/PCI
12251 bridge you can enable its onboard serial port by enabling this
12252 option. The device has major ID 4, minor 64.
12254 Console on 21285 serial port
12255 CONFIG_SERIAL_21285_CONSOLE
12256 If you have enabled the serial port on the 21285 footbridge you can
12257 make it the console by answering Y to this option.
12260 CONFIG_HOST_FOOTBRIDGE
12261 The 21285 Footbridge chip can operate in either `host mode' or
12262 `add-in' mode. Say Y if your 21285 is in host mode, and therefore
12263 is the configuration master, otherwise say N. This must not be
12264 set to Y if the card is used in 'add-in' mode.
12266 MFM hard disk support
12268 Support the MFM hard drives on the Acorn Archimedes both
12269 on-board the A4x0 motherboards and via the Acorn MFM podules.
12270 Drives up to 64MB are supported. If you haven't got one of these
12271 machines or drives just say N.
12273 Old Archimedes floppy (1772) support
12274 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD1772
12275 Support the floppy drive on the Acorn Archimedes (A300, A4x0, A540,
12276 R140 and R260) series of computers; it supports only 720K floppies
12277 at the moment. If you don't have one of these machines just answer
12280 Autodetect hard drive geometry
12281 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MFM_AUTODETECT
12282 If you answer Y, the MFM code will attempt to automatically detect
12283 the cylinders/heads/sectors count on your hard drive. WARNING: This
12284 sometimes doesn't work and it also does some dodgy stuff which
12285 potentially might damage your drive.
12289 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrDA (TM) protocols.
12290 The Infrared Data Associations (tm) specifies standards for wireless
12291 infrared communication and is supported by most laptops and PDA's.
12293 To use Linux support for the IrDA (tm) protocols, you will also need
12294 some user-space utilities like the irmanager and probably irattach
12295 as well. For more information, see the file
12296 Documentation/networking/irda.txt. You also want to read the
12297 IR-HOWTO, available at http://metalab.unc.edu/mdw/linux.html#howto .
12299 This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile
12300 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
12302 IrDA Cache last LSAP
12303 CONFIG_IRDA_CACHE_LAST_LSAP
12304 Say Y here if you want IrLMP to cache the last LSAP used. This makes
12305 sense since most frames will be sent/received on the same
12306 connection. Enabling this option will save a hash-lookup per frame.
12311 CONFIG_IRDA_FAST_RR
12312 Say Y here is you want IrLAP to send fast RR (Receive Ready) frames
12313 when acting as a primary station. This will make IrLAP send out a RR
12314 frame immediately when receiving a frame if its own transmit queue
12315 is currently empty. This will give a lot of speed improvement when
12316 receiving much data since the secondary station will not have to
12317 wait the max. turn around time before it is allowed to transmit the
12318 next time. If the transmit queue of the secondary is also empty the
12319 primary will back off waiting longer for sending out the RR frame
12320 until the timeout reaches the normal value. Enabling this option
12321 will make the IR-diode burn more power and thus reduce your battery
12328 Say Y here if you want the IrDA subsystem to write debug information
12329 to your syslog. You can change the debug level in
12330 /proc/sys/net/irda/debug
12332 If unsure, say Y (since it makes it easier to find the bugs).
12334 IrLAP Compression support
12335 CONFIG_IRDA_COMPRESSION
12336 Compression is _not_ part of the IrDA(tm) protocol specification,
12337 but it's working great! Linux is the first to try out compression
12338 support at the IrLAP layer. This means that you will only benefit
12339 from compression if you are running a Linux <-> Linux configuration.
12341 If you say Y here, you also need to say Y or M to a compression
12344 IrLAP Deflate Compression Protocol
12345 CONFIG_IRDA_DEFLATE
12346 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Deflate compression
12347 protocol. The deflate compression (GZIP) is exactly
12348 the same as the one used by the PPP protocol.
12350 If you want to compile this compression support as a module, say M
12351 here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
12356 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrLAN protocol. If
12357 you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
12358 Documentation/modules.txt. IrLAN emulates an Ethernet and makes it
12359 possible to put up a wireless LAN using infrared beams.
12361 The IrLAN protocol can be used to talk with infrared access points
12362 like the HP NetbeamIR, or the ESI JetEye NET. You can also connect
12363 to another Linux machine running the IrLAN protocol for ad-hoc
12368 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrCOMM protocol. If
12369 you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
12370 Documentation/modules.txt. IrCOMM implements serial port emulation,
12371 and makes it possible to use all existing applications that
12372 understands TTY's with an infrared link. Thus you should be able to
12373 use application like PPP, minicom and others. Enabling this option
12374 will create two modules called ircomm and ircomm_tty. For more
12375 information go to http://www.pluto.dti.ne.jp/~thiguchi/irda/
12377 IrTTY IrDA Device Driver
12379 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrTTY line
12380 discipline. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
12381 read Documentation/modules.txt. IrTTY makes it possible to use
12382 Linux's own serial driver for all IrDA ports that are 16550
12383 compatible. Most IrDA chips are 16550 compatible so you should
12384 probably say Y to this option. Using IrTTY will however limit the
12385 speed of the connection to 115200 bps (IrDA SIR mode)
12389 IrPORT IrDA Device Driver
12391 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrPORT IrDA device
12392 driver. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
12393 read Documentation/modules.txt. IrPORT can be used instead of
12394 IrTTY and sometimes this can be better. One example is if your
12395 IrDA port does not have echo-canceling, which will work OK with
12396 IrPORT since this driver is working in half-duplex mode only. You
12397 don't need to use irattach with IrPORT, but you just insert it
12398 the same way as FIR drivers (insmod irport io=0x3e8 irq=11).
12399 Notice that IrPORT is a SIR device driver which means that speed
12400 is limited to 115200 bps.
12404 SiS5513 chipset support
12405 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SIS5513
12406 This driver ensures (U)DMA support for SIS5513 chipset based
12407 mainboards. SiS620/530 UDMA mode 4, SiS5600/5597 UDMA mode 2, all
12408 other DMA mode 2 limited chipsets are unsupported to date.
12410 If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when
12411 available" as well.
12413 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/sis5513.c
12415 Winbond W83977AF IrDA Device Driver
12417 Say Y here if you want to build IrDA support for the Winbond
12418 W83977AF super-io chipset. If you want to compile it as a module,
12419 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This driver should be
12420 used for the IrDA chipset in the Corel NetWinder. The driver
12421 supports SIR, MIR and FIR (4Mbps) speeds.
12423 NSC PC87108 IrDA Device Driver
12425 Say Y here if you want to build support for the NSC PC87108 IrDA
12426 chipset. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
12427 read Documentation/modules.txt. This drivers currently only supports
12428 the ACTiSYS IR2000B ISA card and supports SIR, MIR and FIR (4Mbps)
12431 Sharp UIRCC IrDA Device Driver
12433 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Sharp UIRCC IrDA
12434 chipset. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
12435 read Documentation/modules.txt. This chipset is used by the Toshiba
12438 Toshiba Type-O IR Port Device Driver
12440 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Toshiba Type-O IR
12441 chipset. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
12442 read Documentation/modules.txt. This chipset is used by the Toshiba
12443 Libretto 100CT, and many more laptops.
12445 ESI JetEye PC Dongle
12447 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Extended Systems
12448 JetEye PC dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
12449 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The ESI dongle attaches to the
12450 normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be used
12451 by IrTTY. To activate support for ESI dongles you will have to
12452 insert "irattach -d esi" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
12454 ACTiSYS IR-220L and IR220L+ dongle
12455 CONFIG_ACTISYS_DONGLE
12456 Say Y here if you want to build support for the ACTiSYS
12457 IR-220L and IR220L+ dongles. If you want to compile it as a module,
12458 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The ACTiSYS dongles
12459 attaches to the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can
12460 currently only be used by IrTTY. To activate support for ACTiSYS
12461 dongles you will have to insert "irattach -d actisys" or
12462 "irattach -d actisys_plus" in the/etc/irda/drivers script.
12464 Tekram IrMate 210B dongle
12465 CONFIG_TEKRAM_DONGLE
12466 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Tekram IrMate 210B
12467 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
12468 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The Tekram dongle attaches to
12469 the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be
12470 used by IrTTY. To activate support for Tekram dongles you will have
12471 to insert "irattach -d tekram" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
12473 Greenwich GIrBIL dongle
12474 CONFIG_GIRBIL_DONGLE
12475 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Greenwich GIrBIL
12476 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
12477 Documentation/modules.txt. The Greenwich dongle attaches to the
12478 normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be used
12479 by IrTTY. To activate support for Greenwich dongles you will have to
12480 insert "irattach -d girbil" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
12482 Parallax Litelink dongle
12483 CONFIG_LITELINK_DONGLE
12484 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Parallax Litelink
12485 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
12486 Documentation/modules.txt. The Parallax dongle attaches to the
12487 normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be used
12488 by IrTTY. To activate support for Parallax dongles you will have to
12489 insert "irattach -d litelink" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
12491 Adaptec Airport 1000 and 2000 dongle
12492 CONFIG_AIRPORT_DONGLE
12493 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Adaptec Airport 1000
12494 and 2000 dongles. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
12495 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
12496 airport.o. The Airport dongle attaches to the normal 9-pin serial
12497 port connector, and can currently only be used by IrTTY. To activate
12498 support for Airport dongles you will have to insert "irattach -d
12499 airport" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
12501 VME (Motorola and BVM) support
12503 Say Y here if you want to build a kernel for a 680x0 based VME
12504 board. Boards currently supported include Motorola boards MVME162,
12505 MVME166, MVME167, MVME172, and MVME177. BVME4000 and BVME6000
12506 boards from BVM Ltd are also supported.
12508 MVME162, 166 and 167 support
12510 Say Y to include support for Motorola VME boards. This will build a
12511 kernel which can run on MVME162, MVME166, MVME167, MVME172, and
12512 MVME177 boards. If you select this option you will have to select
12513 the appropriate drivers for SCSI, Ethernet and serial ports later
12516 BVME4000 and BVME6000 support
12518 Say Y to include support for VME boards from BVM Ltd. This will
12519 build a kernel which can run on BVME4000 and BVME6000 boards. If
12520 you select this option you will have to select the appropriate
12521 drivers for SCSI, Ethernet and serial ports later on.
12523 Use write-through caching for 68060 supervisor accesses
12524 CONFIG_060_WRITETHROUGH
12525 The 68060 generally uses copyback caching of recently accessed data.
12526 Copyback caching means that memory writes will be held in an on-chip
12527 cache and only written back to memory some time later. Saying Y
12528 here will force supervisor (kernel) accesses to use writethrough
12529 caching. Writethrough caching means that data is written to memory
12530 straight away, so that cache and memory data always agree.
12531 Writethrough caching is less efficient, but is needed for some
12532 drivers on 68060 based systems where the 68060 bus snooping signal
12533 is hardwired on. The 53c710 SCSI driver is known to suffer from
12536 NCR53C710 SCSI driver for MVME16x
12537 CONFIG_MVME16x_SCSI
12538 The Motorola MVME162, 166, 167, 172 and 177 boards use the NCR53C710
12539 SCSI controller chip. Almost everyone using one of these boards
12540 will want to say Y to this question.
12542 NCR53C710 SCSI driver for BVME6000
12543 CONFIG_BVME6000_SCSI
12544 The BVME4000 and BVME6000 boards from BVM Ltd use the NCR53C710
12545 SCSI controller chip. Almost everyone using one of these boards
12546 will want to say Y to this question.
12548 MVME16x Ethernet support
12550 This is the driver for the Ethernet interface on the Motorola
12551 MVME162, 166, 167, 172 and 177 boards. Say Y here to include the
12552 driver for this chip in your kernel. If you want to compile it as
12553 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
12555 BVME6000 Ethernet support
12556 CONFIG_BVME6000_NET
12557 This is the driver for the Ethernet interface on BVME4000 and
12558 BVME6000 VME boards. Say Y here to include the driver for this chip
12559 in your kernel. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
12560 and read Documentation/modules.txt.
12562 CD2401 support for MVME166/7 serial ports
12564 This is the driver for the serial ports on the Motorola MVME166,
12565 167, and 172 boards. Everyone using one of these boards should say
12568 SCC support for MVME162 serial ports
12570 This is the driver for the serial ports on the Motorola MVME162 and
12571 172 boards. Everyone using one of these boards should say Y here.
12573 SCC support for BVME6000 serial ports
12574 CONFIG_BVME6000_SCC
12575 This is the driver for the serial ports on the BVME4000 and BVME6000
12576 boards from BVM Ltd. Everyone using one of these boards should say
12579 Support for user-space parallel port device drivers
12581 Saying Y to this adds support for /dev/parport device nodes. This
12582 is needed for programs that want portable access to the parallel
12583 port, for instance deviceid (which displays Plug-and-Play device
12584 IDs) and vlp (which makes a Linux computer act as though it's a
12587 This is the parallel port equivalent of SCSI generic support (sg).
12588 It is safe to say N to this -- it is not needed for normal printing
12589 or parallel port CD-ROM/disk support.
12591 This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile
12592 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The
12593 module will be called ppdev.o.
12597 Kernel httpd acceleration (EXPERIMENTAL)
12599 The kernel httpd acceleration daemon (kHTTPd) is a (limited)
12600 web server build into the kernel. It is limited since it can only
12601 serve files from the filesystem. Saying "M" here builds the
12602 kHTTPd module; this is NOT enough to have a working kHTTPd.
12603 For safety reasons, the module has to be activated by doing a
12604 "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/khttpd/start" after inserting the module.
12606 Before using this, read the README in /usr/src/linux/net/khttpd !
12608 The kHTTPd is experimental. Be careful when using it on a production
12609 machine. Also note that kHTTPd doesn't support virtual servers yet.
12612 # A couple of things I keep forgetting:
12613 # capitalize: AppleTalk, Ethernet, DOS, DMA, FAT, FTP, Internet,
12614 # Intel, IRQ, Linux, MSDOS, NetWare, NetWinder, NFS,
12616 # two words: hard drive, hard disk, sound card, home page
12617 # other: it's safe to save; daemon; use --, not - or ---
12620 # This is used by Emacs' spell checker ispell.el:
12622 # LocalWords: CONFIG coprocessor DX Pentium SX lilo loadlin HOWTO ftp metalab
12623 # LocalWords: unc edu docs emu README kB BLK DEV FD Thinkpad fd MFM RLL IDE gz
12624 # LocalWords: cdrom diskless netboot nfs xzvf ATAPI MB ide pavia rubini pl pd
12625 # LocalWords: HD CDROMs IDECD NEC MITSUMI filesystem XT XD PCI BIOS cezar ATEN
12626 # LocalWords: ISA EISA Microchannel VESA BIOSes IPC SYSVIPC ipc Ctrl dmesg hlt
12627 # LocalWords: BINFMT Linkable http ac uk jo html GCC SPARC AVANTI CABRIOLET EB
12628 # LocalWords: netscape gcc LD CC toplevel MODVERSIONS insmod rmmod modprobe IP
12629 # LocalWords: genksyms INET loopback gatewaying ethernet PPP ARP Arp MEMSIZE
12630 # LocalWords: howto multicasting MULTICAST MBONE firewalling ipfw ACCT resp ip
12631 # LocalWords: proc acct IPIP encapsulator decapsulator klogd PCTCP RARP EXT PS
12632 # LocalWords: telnetting subnetted NAGLE rlogin NOSR ttyS TGA techinfo mbone nl
12633 # LocalWords: Mb SKB IPX Novell dosemu Appletalk DDP ATALK vmalloc visar ehome
12634 # LocalWords: SD CHR scsi thingy SG CD LUNs LUN jukebox Adaptec BusLogic EATA
12635 # LocalWords: buslogic DMA DPT ATT eata dma PIO UltraStor fdomain umsdos ext
12636 # LocalWords: QLOGIC qlogic TMC seagate Trantor ultrastor FASST wd NETDEVICES
12637 # LocalWords: unix BBS linux CSLIP PLIP Kirch's LDP CSlip SL SCC IRQ csustan
12638 # LocalWords: Turbo Laplink plip NCSA port's ReQuest IRQs EQL SMC AMD PCnet NE
12639 # LocalWords: COM ELPLUS Com EtherLinkIII VLB Arcnet Cabletron DEPCA DE carlos
12640 # LocalWords: depca EtherWorks EWRK ewrk SEEQ EtherExpress EEXPRESS NI xxx dia
12641 # LocalWords: EtherExpress WaveLAN wavelan PCLAN HPLAN VG SK Ansel Xen de ZNET
12642 # LocalWords: PCMCIA cb stanford LAN TEC RealTek ATP atp DLINK NetTools VISWS
12643 # LocalWords: TR Sony CDU caddyless cdu Mitsumi MCD cd mcd XA MultiSession CDA
12644 # LocalWords: Matsushita Panasonic SBPCD Soundblaster Longshine sbpcd Aztech
12645 # LocalWords: Okano Wearnes AZTCD CDD SE aztcd sonycd Goldstar GSCD Philips fs
12646 # LocalWords: LMS OPTCD Sanyo SJCD minix faqs xiafs XIA msdos mtools Cichocki
12647 # LocalWords: std softlinks umssync NetworkFileSharing nfsd mountd CDs HPFS TI
12648 # LocalWords: hpfs SYSV SCO iBCS Wyse WordPerfect tsx mit unixes sysv NR irisa
12649 # LocalWords: SMB WfW Cyclades async mux Logitech busmouse MouseSystem aka AST
12650 # LocalWords: PSMOUSE Compaq trackballs Travelmate Inport ATIXL ATI busmice ld
12651 # LocalWords: gpm config QIC DYNCONF FTAPE Stor Ftape ftape pcsndrv manpage NT
12652 # LocalWords: readprofile diskdrives org com masq EtherTalk tcp netrom sunacm
12653 # LocalWords: misc AIC aic pio scc Portmaster eql GIS PhotoCDs MCDX Perell PG
12654 # LocalWords: mcdx gscd optcd sjcd ISP hdparm Workgroups Lan samba PARIDE PCD
12655 # LocalWords: filesystems smbfs ATA ppp PCTech RZ www powerquest txt CMD ESDI
12656 # LocalWords: chipset FB multicast MROUTE appletalk ifconfig IBMTR multiport
12657 # LocalWords: Multisession STALDRV EasyIO EC EasyConnection ISTALLION ONboard
12658 # LocalWords: Brumby pci TNC cis ohio faq usenet NETLINK dev hydra ca Tyne mem
12659 # LocalWords: carleton Deskstation DECstation SUNFD JENSEN Noname XXXM SLiRP
12660 # LocalWords: pppd Zilog ZS SRM bootloader ez mainmenu rarp ipfwadm paride pcd
12661 # LocalWords: RTNETLINK mknod xos MTU lwared Macs mac netatalk macs cs Wolff
12662 # LocalWords: dartmouth flowerpt MultiMaster FlashPoint tudelft etherexpress
12663 # LocalWords: ICL EtherTeam ETH IDESCSI TXC SmartRAID SmartCache httpd sjc dlp
12664 # LocalWords: thesphere TwoServers BOOTP DHCP ncpfs BPQETHER BPQ MG HIPPI cern
12665 # LocalWords: bsd comp SPARCstation le SunOS ie Gracilis PackeTwin PT pt LU FX
12666 # LocalWords: FX TEAC CR LCS mS ramdisk IDETAPE cmd fperllo encis tcfs unisa
12667 # LocalWords: Vertos Genoa Funai hsfs NCP NetWare tgz APM apm ioctls UltraLite
12668 # LocalWords: TravelMate CDT LCD backlight VC RPC Mips AXP barlow cdrecord pg
12669 # LocalWords: PMAX MILO Alphas Multia Tseng linuxelf endian mipsel mips drv HT
12670 # LocalWords: kerneld callouts AdvanSys advansys Admin WDT DataStor EP verden
12671 # LocalWords: wdt hdb hdc bugfix SiS vlb Acculogic CSA DTC dtc Holtek ht QDI
12672 # LocalWords: QD qd UMC umc ALI ali lena fnet fr azstarnet cdr fb MDA ps esdi
12673 # LocalWords: Avanti XL AlphaStations Jensen DECpc AXPpci UDB Cabriolet MCA RC
12674 # LocalWords: AlphaPC mca AOUT OUTput PPro sipx gwdg lo nwe FourPort Boca unm
12675 # LocalWords: Keepalive linefill RELCOM keepalive analogue CDR conf CDI INIT
12676 # LocalWords: OPTi isp irq noisp VFAT vfat NTFS losetup dmsdosfs dosfs ISDN MP
12677 # LocalWords: NOWAYOUT behaviour dialin isdn callback BTX Teles ICN EDSS Cisco
12678 # LocalWords: ipppd syncppp RFC MPP VJ downloaded icn NICCY Creatix shmem ufr
12679 # LocalWords: ibp md ARCnet ether encap NDIS arcether ODI Amigas AmiTCP NetBSD
12680 # LocalWords: initrd tue util DES funet des OnNet BIOSP smc Travan Iomega CMS
12681 # LocalWords: FC DC dc PPA IOMEGA's ppa RNFS FMV Fujitsu ARPD arpd loran layes
12682 # LocalWords: FRAD indiana framerelay DLCI DCLIs Sangoma SDLA mrouted sync sec
12683 # LocalWords: Starmode Metricom MosquitoNet mosquitonet kbit nfsroot Digiboard
12684 # LocalWords: DIGI Xe Xeve digiboard UMISC touchscreens mtu ethernets HBAs MEX
12685 # LocalWords: Shifflett netcom js jshiffle WIC DECchip ELCP EtherPower dst RTC
12686 # LocalWords: rtc SMP lp Digi Intl RightSwitch DGRS dgrs AFFS Amiga UFS SDL AP
12687 # LocalWords: Solaris RISCom riscom syncPPP PCBIT pcbit sparc anu au artoo MFB
12688 # LocalWords: hitchcock Crynwr cnam pktdrvr NCSA's CyDROM CyCDROM FreeBSD NeXT
12689 # LocalWords: NeXTstep disklabel disklabels SMD FFS tm AmigaOS diskfiles Un IQ
12690 # LocalWords: Bernd informatik rwth aachen uae affs multihosting bytecode java
12691 # LocalWords: applets applet JDK ncsa cabi SNI Alphatronix readme LANs scarab
12692 # LocalWords: winsock RNIS caltech OSPF honour Honouring Mbit LocalTalk DEFRAG
12693 # LocalWords: localtalk download Packetwin Baycom baycom interwork ASCII JNT
12694 # LocalWords: Camtec proxying indyramp defragment defragmented UDP FAS FASXX
12695 # LocalWords: FastSCSI SIO FDC qlogicfas QLogic qlogicisp setbaycom ife ee LJ
12696 # LocalWords: ethz ch Travelmates ProAudioSpectrum ProAudio SoundMan SB SBPro
12697 # LocalWords: Thunderboard SM OPL FM ADLIB TSR Gravis MPU PSS ADI SW DSP codec
12698 # LocalWords: ADSP ESC ASIC daughtercard GUSMAX MSS NX AdLib Excell Ensoniq YM
12699 # LocalWords: SoundScape Spea MediaTriX AudioTriX WSS OTI ThunderBoard VoxWare
12700 # LocalWords: Soundscape SSCAPE TRIX MediaTrix PnP Maui dsp midixx EIA getty
12701 # LocalWords: mgetty sendfax gert greenie muc lowlevel Lasermate LanManager io
12702 # LocalWords: OOPSes trackball binghamton mobileip ncr IOMAPPED settags ns ser
12703 # LocalWords: setsync NEGO MPARITY autotuning prefetch PIIX cdwrite utils rc
12704 # LocalWords: PCWATCHDOG berkprod bitgate boldt ucsb jf kyoto jp euc Tetsuyasu
12705 # LocalWords: YAMADA tetsu cauchy nslab ntt nevod perm su doc kaf kheops wsc
12706 # LocalWords: traduc Bourgin dbourgin menuconfig kfill READMEs HOWTOs Virge WA
12707 # LocalWords: IDEDISK IDEFLOPPY EIDE firewalls QMAGIC ZMAGIC LocalWords opti
12708 # LocalWords: SVGATextMode vga svga Xkernel syr jmwobus comfaqs dhcp flakey GD
12709 # LocalWords: IPv IPng interoperability ipng ipv radio's tapr pkthome PLP nano
12710 # LocalWords: Ses Mhz sethdlc SOUNDMODEM WindowsSoundSystem smdiag pcf inka ES
12711 # LocalWords: smmixer ptt circ soundmodem MKISS FDDI DEFEA DEFPA DEFXX redhat
12712 # LocalWords: HyperNews khg mconv sed lina wuftpd MicroChannel netlink irc cum
12713 # LocalWords: raudio RealAudio PPROP NETBIOS GUI IBMMCA ELMC Racal Interlan fi
12714 # LocalWords: eth shapecfg src esp PCWD PREVSTAT bootparam sig bitwizard SBC
12715 # LocalWords: downloads AFSK TCM FP Karn KA FSK RUH LinkSys cron mouseman LLC
12716 # LocalWords: SyQuest SyQuest's CCITT MicroSolutions BPCD bpcd ESPSERIAL PROM
12717 # LocalWords: SUNESP openprom OPENPROMIO quango themall al TT MC MMU LC RMW AA
12718 # LocalWords: INSNS Ataris AutoConfig ZORRO OCS AMIFB Agnus Denise ECS CDTV GB
12719 # LocalWords: AGA Cybervision CYBER GSP TMS DMI Zorro ACSI ROMs SLM BioNet GVP
12720 # LocalWords: PAMsNet TekMagic Cyberstorm MkI CYBERSTORMII MkII BLZ onboard cx
12721 # LocalWords: Village Tronic ATARILANCE RieblCard PAMCard VME MFP sangoma LAPB
12722 # LocalWords: Rhotron BioData's Multiface AMIGAMOUSE COPCON Amiga's bitplanes
12723 # LocalWords: ATARIMOUSE MFPSER SCC's MegaSTE ESCC Atari's GVPIOEXT DMASOUND
12724 # LocalWords: fdutils cisco univercd rpcg htm iface lapb LAPBETHER tpqic qic
12725 # LocalWords: SYNTH xd en binfmt aout ipip terra ipx sd sr sg wic framebuffer
12726 # LocalWords: ibmmca lapbether mkiss dlci sdla fmv eepro eexpress ni hp ne es
12727 # LocalWords: ibmtr isofs ROMFS romfs pcxx cyclades istallion psaux msbusmouse
12728 # LocalWords: atixlmouse sbin softdog pcwd USS Lite ACI miroSOUND PCM miroPCM
12729 # LocalWords: microcontroller miro Voxware downloading teles acsi slm gvp ltpc
12730 # LocalWords: atari ariadne amigamouse atarimouse builtin IPDDP maths bradford
12731 # LocalWords: AppleTalk Farallon PhoneNet Zubkoff lnz SCCB HAPN WANs vesafb nt
12732 # LocalWords: wanrouter WANPIPE multiprotocol Mbps wanpipe EtherWORKS nodma SC
12733 # LocalWords: smp HiSax SiemensChipSet Siemens AVM Elsa ITK hisax PCC MICROR
12734 # LocalWords: Mircolink EURO DSS Spellcaster BRI sc spellcast Digiboards GPIO
12735 # LocalWords: SYMBIOS COMPAT SDMS rev ASUS Tekram HX VX API ibmmcascsi ASY asy
12736 # LocalWords: loader's PCnetPCI automounter AUTOFS amd autofs VT Gallant's Pnp
12737 # LocalWords: AEDSP aedsp enskip tik Sysctl sysctl PARPORT parport pnp IDs EPP
12738 # LocalWords: Autoprobe bart patrickr HDLS READBACK AB usr DAMA DS SparQ aten
12739 # LocalWords: Symbios PCscsi tmscsim RoamAbout GHz Hinds contrib mathematik ok
12740 # LocalWords: darmstadt okir DIGIEPCA International's Xem digiepca epca bootup
12741 # LocalWords: zorro CAPI AVMB capi avmb VP SYN syncookies EM em pc Ethertalk
12742 # LocalWords: Dayna DL Daynatalk LT PhoneNET ATB Daystar queueing CMDS SCBs ls
12743 # LocalWords: SCB STATS Thinnet ThunderLAN TLAN Netelligent NetFlex tlan james
12744 # LocalWords: caldera Preload Preloading slowdowns schoebel uni NBD nbd prog
12745 # LocalWords: stuttgart rdist TRANS hostnames mango jukeboxes ESS userland PD
12746 # LocalWords: hardlinked NAMETRANS env mtab fstab umount nologin runlevel gid
12747 # LocalWords: transname filespace adm Nodename hostname uname Kernelname bootp
12748 # LocalWords: KERNNAME kname ktype kernelname Kerneltype KERNTYPE Alt RX mdafb
12749 # LocalWords: dataless kerneltype SYSNAME Comtrol Rocketport palmtop fbset EGS
12750 # LocalWords: nvram SYSRQ SysRq PrintScreen sysrq NVRAMs NvRAM Shortwave RTTY
12751 # LocalWords: Sitor Amtor Pactor GTOR hayes TX TMOUT JFdocs BIGMEM DAC IRQ's
12752 # LocalWords: IDEPCI IDEDMA idedma PDC pdc TRM trm raidtools luthien nuclecu
12753 # LocalWords: unam mx miguel koobera uic EMUL solaris pp ieee lpsg co DMAs TOS
12754 # LocalWords: BLDCONFIG preloading jumperless BOOTINIT modutils multipath GRE
12755 # LocalWords: misconfigured autoconfiguration IPGRE ICMP tracert ipautofw PIM
12756 # LocalWords: netis rlynch autofw ipportfw monmouth ipsubs portforwarding pimd
12757 # LocalWords: portfw PIMSM netweb usc pim pf EUI aggregatable PB decapsulate
12758 # LocalWords: ipddp Decapsulation DECAP bool HAMRADIO tcpdump af CDs tx FBCON
12759 # LocalWords: ethertap multisession PPC MMIO GDT GDTH ICP gdth hamradio bpp
12760 # LocalWords: lmh weejock AIMSlab RadioTrack RTRACK HZP OptoSCC TRX rx TRXECHO
12761 # LocalWords: DMASCC paccomm dmascc addr cfg oevsv oe kib picpar FDX baudrate
12762 # LocalWords: baudrates fdx HDX hdx PSK kanren frforum QoS SCHED CBQ SCH sched
12763 # LocalWords: sch cbq CSZ Shenker Zhang csz SFQ sfq TBF tbf PFIFO fifo PRIO RW
12764 # LocalWords: prio Micom xIO dwmw rimi OMIRR omirr omirrd unicode ntfs cmu NIC
12765 # LocalWords: Braam braam Schmidt's freiburg nls codepages codepage Romanian
12766 # LocalWords: Slovak Slovenian Sorbian Nordic iso Catalan Faeroese Galician SZ
12767 # LocalWords: Valencian Slovene Esperanto Estonian Latvian Byelorussian KOI mt
12768 # LocalWords: charset Inuit Greenlandic Sami Lappish koi SOFTCURSOR softcursor
12769 # LocalWords: Specialix specialix DTR RTS RTSCTS cycladesZ Exabyte ftape's inr
12770 # LocalWords: Iomega's LBFM claus ZFTAPE VFS zftape zft William's lzrw DFLT kb
12771 # LocalWords: MTSETBLK MTIOCTOP qft setblk zftape's tar's afio's setdrvbuffer
12772 # LocalWords: Procfs Exabyte's THR FCD sysvinit init PSC pscwdt VMIDI Euro SAB
12773 # LocalWords: Mostek Fastlane PowerMac PReP PMAC PowerPC Macintoshes Starmax
12774 # LocalWords: PowerStack Starmaxes MCOMMON DEVICETREE ATY IMS IMSTT videodev
12775 # LocalWords: BT Hauppauge STB bttv Quickcam BW BWQCAM bw qcam Mediavision PMS
12776 # LocalWords: pms Avatar Freecom Imation Superdisk BPCK bpck COMM comm DSTR ru
12777 # LocalWords: dstr EPAT EPEZ epat EPIA epia FreeCom FRPW frpw KingByte KBIC HW
12778 # LocalWords: KingByte's kbic OnSpec ValuStore FASTROUTE fastroute FLOWCONTROL
12779 # LocalWords: struct APIC realtime OSs LynxOS CNC tmp cvf HFS hfs ADFS Risc os
12780 # LocalWords: adfs ncpmount namespace SUBDIR reexport NDS kcore FT SPX spx DAT
12781 # LocalWords: interserver BLKSZ NUMBUFFERS apmd Tadpole ANA roestock QuickCam
12782 # LocalWords: isapnptools Colour CQCAM colour Connectix QuickClip prive mentre
12783 # LocalWords: KMOD kmod conformant utexas kharker UnixWare Mwave cgi cl ts ibm
12784 # LocalWords: eXchange threepio oakland simtel pre ULTRAMCA EtherLink isa luik
12785 # LocalWords: EtherLink OpenBSD pts DEVPTS devpts ptmx ttyp glibc readback SA
12786 # LocalWords: mwave OLDCARD isdnloop linklevel loopctrl Eicon Diehl DIEHLDIVA
12787 # LocalWords: ASUSCOM AsusCom TELEINT semiactiv Sedlbauer Sportster TA MIC ITH
12788 # LocalWords: NETjet NetJet Niccy Neuhaus sparcs AOC AOCD AOCE Microlink SAA
12789 # LocalWords: teletext WinTV saa iproute tc Quadra Performa PowerBook tor AUN
12790 # LocalWords: setserial compsoc steve Econet econet AUNUDP psched TEQL TLE CLS
12791 # LocalWords: teql FW Ingres TwistedPair MTRR MTRRs mtrr cfs crypto TD ktti KT
12792 # LocalWords: PHd ICS ipchains adelaide rustcorp syslog Cumana steganography
12793 # LocalWords: AcornSCSI EcoSCSI EESOX EESOXSCSI Powertec POWERTECSCSI dec SF
12794 # LocalWords: RadioReveal gatekeeper aimslab aztech FMI sf fmi RTL rtl cesdis
12795 # LocalWords: Yellowfin gsfc nasa gov yellowfin pcnet Mylex LNE lne EtherH hs
12796 # LocalWords: EBSA chattr RiscOS Winmodem AGP Atomwide DUALSP pcsp robinson CT
12797 # LocalWords: SGALAXY Waverider DSPxxx TRXPRO AudioTrix OSWF MOT CFB DSY kbps
12798 # LocalWords: tuwien kkudielk LVD mega lun MAXTAGS Gbps arcnet Olicom SKTR SNA
12799 # LocalWords: SysKonnect sktr sna etherboot ufs NetBEUI MultiSound MSNDCLAS GX
12800 # LocalWords: MSNDINIT MSNDPERM MSNDPIN PNDSPINI PNDSPERM Ensoniq's RetinaZ SS
12801 # LocalWords: AudioPCI lspci SonicVibes sonicvibes SPARCs roadrunner CLgen UPA
12802 # LocalWords: swansea shtml Zoltrix zoltrix BINUTILS EGCS binutils VIDC DACs
12803 # LocalWords: CyberVision Cirrus PowerBooks Topcat SBUS CGsix TurboGX BWtwo SS
12804 # LocalWords: CGthree TCX unswapable vfb fbcon hicolor truecolor AFB ILBM SOC
12805 # LocalWords: IPLAN gracilis Fibre SBus SparcSTORAGE SV jnewbigin swin QNX qnx
12806 # LocalWords: PTY PTYS ptyxx ttyxx PTYs ssh sb Avance ALS pss pvv kerneli hd
12807 # LocalWords: synth WaveFront MSND NONPNP AudioExcelDSP STRAM APUS CHRP MBX Nx
12808 # LocalWords: PowerMac's BMAC radiotrack rtrack miropcm OFFBOARD HPT UDMA DVD
12809 # LocalWords: hpt fokus gmd Cyrix DXL SLC DLC NexGen MediaGX GXm IDT WinChip
12810 # LocalWords: MMX MII valkyrie mdacon vdolive VDOLive cuseeme CU hippi rrunner
12811 # LocalWords: SeeMe ipmasqadm juanjox ipmarkfw markfw TNCs Microdyne rhine lib
12812 # LocalWords: libc jsX gamepad gameport CHF FCS FPGaming MadCatz ASSASIN GrIP
12813 # LocalWords: Assasin gamepads GamePad PDPI gamecards gamecard WingMan BSP WCS
12814 # LocalWords: ThunderPad CyberMan SideWinder ThrustMaster DirectConnect NES XF
12815 # LocalWords: Millenium SNES PSX Multisystem Nintendo PlayStation Amstrad CPC
12816 # LocalWords: Sega TurboGraFX Steffen Schwenke Multiststem PDIF FIFOSIZE EPLUS
12817 # LocalWords: PowerUP RoadRunner tahallah dos functionkey setterm imladris Woz
12818 # LocalWords: PowerMacs Winbond Algorithmics ALGOR algor ECOFF IRIX SGI SGI's
12819 # LocalWords: gfx virtualized Xpmac mklinux XFree FBDev Woodhouse mvhi Seeq fp
12820 # LocalWords: SGISEEQ HIgh ADB ADBMOUSE crosscompiler CROSSCOMPILE FPE GDB gdb
12821 # LocalWords: JOYPORT rp spoofing DawiControl NOGENSUPP EEPROM HSSI Alessandro
12822 # LocalWords: singleprocessor tex MATHEMU FRIQ Maxell friq Alcor XLT AlphaBook
12823 # LocalWords: AlphaPCI DP LX Miata Mikasa Noritake RPX UX BX Takara EV PRIMO
12824 # LocalWords: TSC Matrox Productiva matroxfb matrox multihead ia linuxhq MFW
12825 # LocalWords: mfw AAA MCS Initio XXU initio imm AutoDetect IZIP CTR usec HDLC
12826 # LocalWords: COSA SRP muni cz kas cosa Alteon AceNIC acenic VTOC OSes GMT SAx
12827 # LocalWords: Inspiron localtime INTS Thinkpads Ralf Brown's Flightstick NNN
12828 # LocalWords: Xterminator Blackhawk NN mpu ioports DCA HPDCA HPLANCE DIO Corel
12829 # LocalWords: GemTek gemtek CMDLINE IrDA PDA's irmanager irattach RR AVA DN rg
12830 # LocalWords: uit dagb irda LSAP IrLMP RR's IrLAP IR alloc skb's kfree skb's
12831 # LocalWords: GZIP IrLAN NetbeamIR ESI JetEye IrOBEX IrCOMM TTY's minicom dti
12832 # LocalWords: ircomm ircomm pluto thiguchi IrTTY Linux's bps NetWinder MIR NSC
12833 # LocalWords: ACTiSYS Dongle dongle dongles esi actisys IrMate tekram BVM MVME
12834 # LocalWords: BVME BVME WRITETHROUGH copyback writethrough fwmark syncookie tu
12835 # LocalWords: alphalinux GOBIOS csn chemnitz nat ACARD AMI MegaRAID megaraid
12836 # LocalWords: QNXFS ISI isicom xterms Apollos VPN RCPCI rcpci sgi visws pcmcia
12837 # LocalWords: IrLPT UIRCC Tecra Strebel jstrebel suse Eichwalder ke INI INIA
12838 # LocalWords: FCP qlogicfc sym isapnp DTLK DoubleTalk rcsys dtlk DMAP SGIVW ar
12839 # LocalWords: dmabuf EcoRadio MUTEFREQ GIrBIL girbil tepkom vol mha diplom PQS
12840 # LocalWords: bmac Microgate SyncLink synclink hdlc excl ioaddr Tane tanep TCQ
12841 # LocalWords: PDS SMALLDOS charsets bigfoot kernelfr mcs cls fw rsvp SKnet sk
12842 # LocalWords: SKMC USB UHCI OHCI intel compaq usb ohci HCD Virt Compaq's hcd
12843 # LocalWords: VROOTHUB KBD ARRs MCRs NWBUTTON nwbutton NUM WaveArtist APNE cpu
12844 # LocalWords: apne blackhawke PlanB lu mlan planb NWFPE FPA nwfpe unbootable
12845 # LocalWords: FPEmulator ds vmlinux initialisation discardable pgtable PGT mdw
12846 # LocalWords: quicklist pagetable arthur StrongARM podule podules Autodetect
12847 # LocalWords: dodgy IrPORT irport Litelink litelink SuSE rtfm internet hda CY
12848 # LocalWords: multmode DriveReady SeekComplete DriveStatusError miscompile AEC
12849 # LocalWords: mainboard's Digital's alim FastTrak aec PIIXn piix Gayle Eyetech
12850 # LocalWords: Catweasel IDEDOUBLER Powerbook Centris ICSIDE RapIDE OSM HDM IOP
12851 # LocalWords: HDM's OSM's lan FibreChannel ECP autoprobe itg lbl ipmasq cjb IC
12852 # LocalWords: bieringer Caulfield's dreamtime decnet SIOCFIGCONF SIOCGIFCONF
12853 # LocalWords: rtnetlink Endnode Aironet Arlan Telxon ylenurme arlan ACB aeschi
12854 # LocalWords: Sealevel sealevel Cyclom br wanconfig tarball conectiva cycsyn
12855 # LocalWords: devel bazar cyclomx NetGear GA IBMOL Lanstreamer uhci eu efs CYZ
12856 # LocalWords: olympic linuxtr usbcore acm EZUSB downloader EFS XFS INTR op IIC
12857 # LocalWords: heine soundcore JavaStations JavaStation GemTeks TerraTec TODO
12858 # LocalWords: ActiveRadio Standalone terratec Rolf Offermanns rolf offermanns
12859 # LocalWords: Zoran ZR Buz LML CPQ DA cpqarray PPDEV deviceid vlp ppdev atyfb
12860 # LocalWords: AcceleRAID eXtremeRAID NETFILTER Netfilter masqueraded netfilter
12861 # LocalWords: kernelnotes Cardbus PCMCIA's CardBus clgenfb Permedia YAM MMAP
12862 # LocalWords: mmapped ATM atm PVCs SVCs InARP ATMARP neighbour neighbours MPOA
12863 # LocalWords: VCs ENI FPGA Tonga MMF MF UTP printks ZeitNet ZN ZATM uPD SAR PN
12864 # LocalWords: approx NICStAR NICs ForeRunnerLE Madge Collage ATMizer Dxxxx VCI
12865 # LocalWords: ServeRAID IPS ips ipslinux gzip BSDCOMP LZW RAYCS Interphase app
12866 # LocalWords: Tachyon IPHASE Surfboard NextLevel SURFboard jacksonville Tigon
12867 # LocalWords: fventuri adelphia siglercm linuxpower AceNICs Starfire starfire
12868 # LocalWords: ISOC CPiA cpia uss ACPI UDF DirectCD udf CDRW's OSF Manx acpi
12869 # LocalWords: Unixware cymru Computone IntelliPort Intelliport computone SI sx
12870 # LocalWords: adbmouse DRI DRM dlabs GMX PLCs Applicom fieldbus applicom int
12871 # LocalWords: VWSND eg ESSSOLO CFU CFNR scribed eiconctrl eicon hylafax KFPU
12872 # LocalWords: EXTRAPREC fpu mainboards KHTTPD kHTTPd khttpd Xcelerator
12873 # LocalWords: LOGIBUSMOUSE